The books in the LRC are arranged by topic using Library of Congress classification system. Here are a few call number ranges to explore:
For Subject searches using the Worldcat Discover, try:
To do Keyword searches, you can either use add terms or use phrases.
Searching for Fashion Photography?
Test out Fashion AND Photography or "Fashion Photography" as searches and see what you can find.
The Bachelor of Arts in Photography of the De La Salle-College of Saint Benilde equips our students with the necessary skills to become technically proficient and visually literate photographers. By providing them with access to modern photo-imagery equipment and current photographic language, the program aims to develop photographers who are competent in using the most modern technology to effectively communicate ideas. Students are encouraged to strategize methods to address technical, creative, and aesthetics constraints in the photographic process by innovative and inspired solutions.
Courses in the program are focused on developing a deep conversation into the photographic language through student engagement and dialogue. Students design ideas and concepts to fulfill a specific creative and artistic direction by articulation using the current picture language within the context it is used.
They develop their own insights through peer-evaluation and creative thinking process so that they may lead the photographic community into a much deeper and richer conversation about the discipline. Graduates of the program are creative and innovative professional photographers who can share ideas and information through engaging their audience in a constantly changing digital landscape.
This subject guide gathers in one place carefully evaluated and selected resources on photography available and accessible at the CLR and its subscribed databases. Books (both print and electronic) are categorized per course; while journals, online databases, and industry report are recommended for the entire Photography program.
QUICK LINKS
BUSINESS OF PHOTOGRAPHY will offer you the basic principles and practices of business management. This class will introduce you to issues that impact the professional practice of photographers and other artists i.e. local and international laws, contracts, licenses and permits, marketing & promotions, IPO, and copyright laws.
Anti Glossy Fashion Photography Now
by
Capturing contemporary trends and forecasting the look of the future, this dazzling anthology collects the work of the most cutting-edge photographers working today, this volume is an essential compilation of the most important photographic trends of the age of social media and digital publication. The interaction between photography and fashion has always been compelling--how can artists balance commercial viability against their own creative vision? Anti-Glossy collects some of the most innovative photographers working in the field of fashion, exploring the way new media is influencing the direction of photography for print. As the notion of the "fashion photographer" becomes less distinct, the industry is benefitting from the talents of artists whose influence leads the genre into a multitude of surprising, often shocking, directions. In this collection of new fashion photography, full-page color and black-and-white photographs represent an incredible range of styles and techniques. From the evolving vision of masters of the form such as Juergen Teller and Glen Luchford, to the ironic work of Sebastian Kim, to the challenges posed by young female voices like Annemarieke Van Drimmelen, Charlotte Wales, Sarah Piantadosi, Joanna Piotrowska, and Karen Knorr, the photographers featured in this exciting collection represent a cutting-edge trend in all its diversity. Paris-based author and editor Patrick Remy has selected over twenty photographers from emerging talents that hold the prospect of creating enduring fashion images and influencing the cultural and style trends of tomorrow to established figures exploring new directions.
A Companion to Photography
by
The study of photography has never been more important. A look at today's digital world reveals that a greater number of photographs are being taken each day than at any other moment in history. Countless photographs are disseminated instantly online and more and more photographic images are earning prominent positions--and garnering record prices--in the rarefied realm of top art galleries. Reflecting this dramatic increase in all things photographic, A Companion to Photography presents a comprehensive collection of original essays that explore a variety of key areas of current debate around the state of photography in the twenty-first century. Essays are grouped and organized in themed sections--including photographic interpretation, markets, popular photography, documents, and fine art--and provide comprehensive coverage of the subject. Representing a diversity of approaches, essays are written by both established and emerging photographers and scholars, as well as various experts in their respective areas. A Companion to Photography offers scholars and professional photographers alike an essential and up-to-date resource that brings the study of contemporary photography into clear focus.
The Family of Man Revisited : photography in a global age
by
The Family of Man is the most widely seen exhibition in the history of photography. The book of the exhibition, still in print, is also the most commercially successful photobook ever published. First shown at the Museum of Modern Art in New York in 1955, the exhibition travelled throughout the United States and to forty-six countries, and was seen by over nine million people. Edward Steichen conceived, curated and designed the exhibition. He explained its subject as `the everydayness of life' and `the essential oneness of mankind throughout the world'. The exhibition was a statement against war and the conflicts and divisions that threatened a common future for humanity after 1945. The popular international response was overwhelmingly enthusiastic. Many critics, however, have dismissed the exhibition as a form of sentimental humanism unable to address the challenges of history, politics and cultural difference. This book revises the critical debate about The Family of Man, challenging in particular the legacy of Roland Barthes's influential account of the exhibition. The expert contributors explore new contexts for understanding Steichen's work and they undertake radically new analyses of the formal dynamics of the exhibition. Also presented are documents about the exhibition never before available in English. Commentaries by critical theorist Max Horkheimer and novelist Wolfgang Koeppen, letters from photographer August Sander, and a poetic sequence on the images by Polish poet Witold Wirpsza enable and encourage new critical reflections. A detailed survey of audience responses in Munich from 1955 allows a rare glimpse of what visitors thought about the exhibition. Today, when armed conflict, environmental catastrophe and economic inequality continue to threaten our future, it seems timely to revisit The Family of Man.
Insta-Perfect : creative photography for social media today
by
As 21st-century technology has enabled nearly anyone to sell merchandise to an international customer base, the need for high-quality presentation has never been higher. Social media allows sellers to share images and information, but the tool is wasted if the product itself isn't presented in an engaging, attractive way. Insta- Perfect is the ultimate inspiration guide to just that, featuring bold and memorable examples of product photography and art direction for a wide range of products. In interviews throughout the book, expert marketers and successful Instagram stars share their insights on a variety of topics, including setting, image composition/framing photo editing/retouching. A gallery of visual splendor in the age of social media for amateurs and professionals alike.
Mastering the Business of Photography : what the pros do when they're not taking incredible pictures
by
Photography can be a competitive and unforgiving trade, however there are many strategies for professional success. This book is a resource for photographers of all kinds and demonstrates the many ways to manage a career in photography, while still "earning enough money to support yourself, a family, your interests, your aspirations, and your passion." Mastering the Business of Photography offers insights into what happens when you're not shooting--which is most of the time--and explains what you must do to further your career, make a living, and accomplish your personal goals. Topics include: * Organizing assignments from start to finish * Creating a plan and calculating risks * Building a standout portfolio * Anticipating financial matters * Working with clients * Self-promoting * Getting paid * Booking gigs * Negotiating a contract * And much more For freelance photographers and for those employed by agencies as well, this guide is full of practical advice for navigating the world of photo work, coming from an industry professional with over forty years of experience. Allworth Press, an imprint of Skyhorse Publishing, publishes a broad range of books on the visual and performing arts, with emphasis on the business of art. Our titles cover subjects such as graphic design, theater, branding, fine art, photography, interior design, writing, acting, film, how to start careers, business and legal forms, business practices, and more. While we don't aspire to publish a New York Times bestseller or a national bestseller, we are deeply committed to quality books that help creative professionals succeed and thrive. We often publish in areas overlooked by other publishers and welcome the author whose expertise can help our audience of readers.
The Photographer's MBA
by
The Photographer's MBA takes into consideration the overall photography industry and discusses in depth how to set up, maintain, and grow a new photography business. Photographer Sal Cincotta - who runs a highly successful portrait, senior, and wedding photography business in St. Louis - first dives in to discuss the various corporate models (S-corp, C-corp, LLC, etc.), then, chapter by chapter, takes on the all-important business plan, basic accounting tips and tricks, business insurance, creating contracts, and model releases. He dives deep into understanding concepts surrounding costs and pricing, marketing and branding, and much more. At the end of each chapter, Cincotta closes with a checklist of tasks and action items to complete so that the student gets the full benefit of the information provided - a clear opportunity to turn the information learned in the book into action to create a successful business for themselves. At the end of the book, there is also a list of resources - government and otherwise - for the student to use.
Running a Successful Photography Business
by
Running a Successful Photography Business is the definitive business bible for every professional photographer a one-stop resource covering everything you need to know to make your business a success. This handy book contains guidance on the key areas of running your business- fine-tuning your brand, attracting new clients and keeping existing ones, costing and producing shoots, professional ethics and codes of practice, contracts, preparing a business plan, operating your business effectively, legal obligations, working with agents and agencies and how to evolve and prosper in this ever changing industry. Everything a working photographer needs to know in order for their business to flourish. Written from the unique point of view of a leading photographers' agent, the author knows from first-hand experience what it takes to survive and succeed as a professional photographer. This book builds on the author's popular first book, Setting up a Successful Photography Business, aimed at those starting out in freelance photography.
BUSINESS OF PHOTOGRAPHY will offer you the basic principles and practices of business management. This class will introduce you to issues that impact the professional practice of photographers and other artists i.e. local and international laws, contracts, licenses and permits, marketing & promotions, IPO, and copyright laws.
Businessfotographie : Professionelle Porträts von Menschen und Marken
by
A Companion to Photography
by
The study of photography has never been more important. A look at today's digital world reveals that a greater number of photographs are being taken each day than at any other moment in history. Countless photographs are disseminated instantly online and more and more photographic images are earning prominent positions--and garnering record prices--in the rarefied realm of top art galleries. Reflecting this dramatic increase in all things photographic, A Companion to Photography presents a comprehensive collection of original essays that explore a variety of key areas of current debate around the state of photography in the twenty-first century. Essays are grouped and organized in themed sections--including photographic interpretation, markets, popular photography, documents, and fine art--and provide comprehensive coverage of the subject. Representing a diversity of approaches, essays are written by both established and emerging photographers and scholars, as well as various experts in their respective areas. A Companion to Photography offers scholars and professional photographers alike an essential and up-to-date resource that brings the study of contemporary photography into clear focus.
The Essential Student Guide to Professional Photography
by
This essential reference for photography students explains how to become part of the professional community. By defining professional photography today, and exploring what is expected of professional photographers, the book demystifies this often-misunderstood and misjudged career track. The easily accessible text provides readers with valuable information, inspiration, and education on topics including developing your photographic voice, finding your area of specialization, exploring the moving image, building a website, and understanding self-presentation, promotion, legal aspects, and marketing. It also features inspirational projects for students to embark on their education in photography. 　
The five-minute fix : 200 tips for improving your photography and growing your business
by
The photographer's MBA, senior high school portraiture : everything you need to know to run a successful business
by
The photographer's pricing system : get paid what you're worth for your portraits and weddings
by
Photographers at work : essential business and production skills for photographers in editorial, design, and advertising
by
Professional Photography : the new global landscape explained
by
Since the 2006 photographic digital revolution, the world of professional photography has been on a rollercoaster of evolution. Not only has new camera technology transformed every aspect of the professional photographer's workflow, but it has also changed business practices across the industry. This essential handbook uses a global approach to teach photographers how to thrive in a fast-changing and competitive international marketplace. Highlights include practical examples and detailed advice about: Being well-versed in creating both still and moving images. Designing and maintaining a well-structured website. The importance of engaging with social media. Exploring personal projects to find new clients. Managing print sales and exhibiting. Understanding budgeting and copyright in a digital world. The accompanying podcast interviews with some of today's top professional photographers provide additional insider information to help photographers understand their place in both the commercial and creative worlds.
SUCCESSFUL PROFESSIONAL PHOTOGRAPHER.
by
The study of photography has never been more important. A look at today's digital world reveals that a greater number of photographs are being taken each day than at any other moment in history. Countless photographs are disseminated instantly online and more and more photographic images are earning prominent positions--and garnering record prices--in the rarefied realm of top art galleries. Reflecting this dramatic increase in all things photographic, A Companion to Photography presents a comprehensive collection of original essays that explore a variety of key areas of current debate around the state of photography in the twenty-first century. Essays are grouped and organized in themed sections--including photographic interpretation, markets, popular photography, documents, and fine art--and provide comprehensive coverage of the subject. Representing a diversity of approaches, essays are written by both established and emerging photographers and scholars, as well as various experts in their respective areas. A Companion to Photography offers scholars and professional photographers alike an essential and up-to-date resource that brings the study of contemporary photography into clear focus.
Philippine Photography History Survey
SURVEY ON PHILIPPINE PHOTOGRAPHY is a course designed to introduce you to the history of Photography within the Philippine context. You will survey the beginnings of photography in the Philippines from the first “Manila daguerrotypes” of 1846 to the current times, in terms of how the medium was used as imaging technologies and photographic styles evolved and emerged. Through chronological, technological, and stylistic timelines in a social-cultural context you will develop a deeper appreciation of Filipino photography
Before-And-after Photography : histories and contexts
by
The before-and-after trope in photography has long paired images to represent change- whether affirmatively, as in the results of makeovers, social reforms or medical interventions, or negatively, in the destruction of the environment by the impacts of war or natural disasters. This interdisciplinary, multi-authored volume examines the central but almost unspoken position of before-and-after photography found in a wide range of contexts from the 19th century through to the present. Packed with case studies that explore the conceptual implications of these images, the book 's rich language of evidence, documentation and persuasion present both historical material and the work of practicing photographers who have deployed and challenged the conventions of the before-and-after pairing. Touching on issues including sexuality, race, environmental change and criminality, Before-and-After Photography examines major topics of current debate in the critique of photography in an accessible way to allow students and scholars to explore the rich conceptual issues around photography 's relationship with time and imagination.
A Companion to Photography
by
The study of photography has never been more important. A look at today's digital world reveals that a greater number of photographs are being taken each day than at any other moment in history. Countless photographs are disseminated instantly online and more and more photographic images are earning prominent positions--and garnering record prices--in the rarefied realm of top art galleries. Reflecting this dramatic increase in all things photographic, A Companion to Photography presents a comprehensive collection of original essays that explore a variety of key areas of current debate around the state of photography in the twenty-first century. Essays are grouped and organized in themed sections--including photographic interpretation, markets, popular photography, documents, and fine art--and provide comprehensive coverage of the subject. Representing a diversity of approaches, essays are written by both established and emerging photographers and scholars, as well as various experts in their respective areas. A Companion to Photography offers scholars and professional photographers alike an essential and up-to-date resource that brings the study of contemporary photography into clear focus.
Dean Worcester's Fantasy Islands : photography, film, and the colonial Philippines
by
Dean Worcester's Fantasy Islandsnbsp;brings to life one of the most significant (but under examined) figures in the history of U.S. colonialism in the Philippines. Upon the outbreak of the Spanish-American War, Worcester, a scientist who had traveled twice to the Philippines on zoological expeditions, established himself as one of America's leading experts on the Philippines. Over a fourteen-year career as a member of the U.S. colonial regime, Worcester devoted much of his time and energy to traveling among and photographing non-Christian minority groups in the Philippines. He amassed an archive of several thousand photographs taken by him or by government photographers. Worcester deployed those photographs in books, magazine articles, and lectures to promote his belief that the United States should maintain control of the Philippines for decades to come. While many historians have examined American colonial photography in the Philippines, this book is the first lengthy treatment of Worcester's role in shaping American perceptions of the Philippines in the early twentieth century.
The Making of Visual News : a history of photography in the press
by
The Making of Visual News sets out to show how photography has changed the way we read, report and sell the news. It investigates how photographs first became news images at the end of the nineteenth century and how magazines in the USA, the UK, France and Germany have put them to use ever since. Drawing on a wide selection of images, author Thierry Gervais (in collaboration with Gaelle Morel) analyses news photographs in the context of their original presentation in print. Highly illustrated, the book contains 85 full colour magazine layouts and spreads, offering the reader a view of how photographs were and are used in print publications, including Life, Picture Post, the Berliner Illustrirte Zeitung and VU. It examines how photographs were employed to attract new readers throughout the twentieth century, arguing that photography was the main tool by which news editors sought to communicate the news and attract a broader readership. Looking beyond the roles of photographer and journalist, this study also highlights the contributions of picture editors and artistic directors; by commissioning photographs and incorporating images into magazine layouts, these figures played critical but often overlooked roles in the construction of visual news, even as they crafted unique styles for their publications. Charting changes in technology and reportage, as well as broader social and political histories, The Making of Visual News offers new insight into the history of photojournalism, making this an essential resource for students and scholars of photojournalism and the history of photography, media and culture
Photography, Fourth Edition
by
The fourth edition of this comprehensive history of photography spans the entire history of the medium, from its early development to current practice, and provides a focused understanding of the cultural contexts in which photographers have lived and worked. Mary Warner Marien discusses photography from a truly global viewpoint and examines a wide-range of images through the lenses of art, science, travel, war, fashion, the mass media, and individual photographers. Professional, amateur,and art photographers are all represented, with "Portrait" boxes devoted to highlighting important individuals and "Focus" boxes charting particular cultural debates. This indispensable book shows how photography has charted, shaped, and sharpened our perception of the world.
Photography: History and Theory
by
Photography: History and Theory introduces students to both the history of photography and critical theory. From its inception in the nineteenth century, photography has instigated a series of theoretical debates. In this new text, Jae Emerling therefore argues that the most insightful way to approach the histories of photography is to address simultaneously the key events of photographic history alongside the theoretical discourse that accompanied them. While the nineteenth century is discussed, the central focus of the text is on modern and contemporary photographic theory. Particular attention is paid to key thinkers, such as Baudelaire, Barthes and Sontag. In addition, the centrality of photography to contemporary art practice is addressed through the theoretical work of Allan Sekula, John Tagg, Rosalind Krauss, and Vilém Flusser. The text also includes readings of many canonical photographers and exhibitions including: Atget, Brassai, August Sander, Walker Evans, The Family of Man, Diane Arbus, Lee Friedlander, Cindy Sherman, Bernd and Hilla Becher, Sebastaio Salgado, Jeff Wall, and others. In addition, Emerling provides close readings of key passages from some major theoretical texts. These glosses come between the chapters and serve as a conceptual line that connects them. Glosses include: Roland Barthes, "The Rhetoric of the Image" (1964) Susan Sontag, Regarding the Pain of Others (2002) Michel Foucault on the archive (1969) Walter Benjamin, "Little History of Photography" (1931) Vilém Flusser, Towards a Philosophy of Photography (1983) A substantial glossary of critical terms and names, as well as an extensive bibliography, make this the ideal book for courses on the history and theory of photography.
X Y Z : the creativity of Jaime Zobel
by
Artistic photography by Jaime Zobel.
Philippine Photography History Survey
SURVEY ON PHILIPPINE PHOTOGRAPHY is a course designed to introduce you to the history of Photography within the Philippine context. You will survey the beginnings of photography in the Philippines from the first “Manila daguerrotypes” of 1846 to the current times, in terms of how the medium was used as imaging technologies and photographic styles evolved and emerged. Through chronological, technological, and stylistic timelines in a social-cultural context you will develop a deeper appreciation of Filipino photography
BUILDING A WHITE NATION propaganda, photography, and the apartheid regime between the late 1940s... and the mid-1970s
by
Citizens of photography : the camera and the political imagination
by
Global Photographies : Memory - History - Archives
by
How is photography connected to global practices? This is a first edited collection to trace the relationship between history, photography and memory in a global perspective on three interrelated levels: firstly, in the artistic and cultural production of pictures, secondly, in the decoding of colonial and contemporary photography, and thirdly, in collecting photographs in picture archives dealing with colonial, anthropological and family photography. The contributions sketch the contested field of global photography and trace the manifold intertwinements between historical and contemporary photographs.
Photography, Anthropology and History : Expanding the Frame
by
Photography, Anthropology and History examines the complex historical relationship between photography and anthropology, and in particular the strong emergence of the contemporary relevance of historical images. Thematically organized, and focusing on the visual practices developed within anthropology as a discipline, this book brings together a range of contemporary and methodologically innovative approaches to the historical image within anthropology. Importantly, it also demonstrates the ongoing relevance of both the historical image and the notion of the archive to recent anthropological thought. As current research rethinks the relationship between photography and anthropology, this volume will serve as a stimulus to this new phase of research as an essential text and methodological reference point in any course that addresses the relationship between anthropology and visuality.
The Photography Handbook
by
The new edition of The Photography Handbook builds on previous editions' illuminating overview of the history, theory and practice of the creation and consumption of photographic images, and engages with the practical and theoretical implications of the explosion of new platforms for making, viewing and distributing images. New materials in this edition includes new chapters on 'Photo-elicitation' and 'Photography and Technological Change', exploration and analysis of 'selfie' culture, and extensive discussion of the work and practices by a new generation photographic artists. The Photography Handbook, Third edition also features: exploration and discussion of key photographic terms, including composition, framing, visualisation, formalism and realism analysis of the ethics of photojournalism, and ethical issues specific to digital photography practice today case studies illustrating different photographic production practices and specific related issues, including an assignment for the Guardian, the Libyan People's Bureau siege, and the work of war photographers a foregrounding of digital photographic practices, and exploration of areas including photographic manipulation, digital photojournalism, citizen journalists and copyright on the internet end of chapter summaries of key points, and an extensive glossary of essential photography terms. The Photography Handbook, Third edition is an invaluable resource for students, scholars and practitioners of photography, and all those seeking to understand its place in today's society.
HISTORY OF PHOTOGRAPHY is a survey on the history of photography from the early discoveries of Joseph Nicéphore Niépce and Louis Daguerre to contemporary practice of photography. You will learn the history of photography from its beginnings to its current form through chronological and stylistic lines. You will trace out the development of styles and methods as influenced by innovations in technologies and social factors to find out how these shaped photography as we know it today. This course lays the foundation for other courses such as PHOFILI and PHOLOOK.
Before-And-after Photography : histories and contexts
by
The before-and-after trope in photography has long paired images to represent change- whether affirmatively, as in the results of makeovers, social reforms or medical interventions, or negatively, in the destruction of the environment by the impacts of war or natural disasters. This interdisciplinary, multi-authored volume examines the central but almost unspoken position of before-and-after photography found in a wide range of contexts from the 19th century through to the present. Packed with case studies that explore the conceptual implications of these images, the book 's rich language of evidence, documentation and persuasion present both historical material and the work of practicing photographers who have deployed and challenged the conventions of the before-and-after pairing. Touching on issues including sexuality, race, environmental change and criminality, Before-and-After Photography examines major topics of current debate in the critique of photography in an accessible way to allow students and scholars to explore the rich conceptual issues around photography 's relationship with time and imagination.
Bystander : a history of street photography
by
In this book, the authors explore and discuss the development of one of the most interesting and dynamic of photographic genres. Hailed as a landmark work when it was first published in 1994, Bystander is widely regarded by street photographers as the 'bible' of street photography. It covers an incredible array of talent, from the unknowns of the late 19th century to the acknowledged masters of the 20th, such as Atget, Stieglitz, Strand, Cartier-Bresson, Brassai, Kertesz, Frank, Arbus, Winogrand and Levitt to name just a few. In this new and fully revised edition, the story of street photography is brought up to date with a re-evaluation of some historical material, the inclusion of more contemporary photographers and a discussion of the ongoing rise of digital photography.
A Companion to Photography
by
The study of photography has never been more important. A look at today's digital world reveals that a greater number of photographs are being taken each day than at any other moment in history. Countless photographs are disseminated instantly online and more and more photographic images are earning prominent positions--and garnering record prices--in the rarefied realm of top art galleries. Reflecting this dramatic increase in all things photographic, A Companion to Photography presents a comprehensive collection of original essays that explore a variety of key areas of current debate around the state of photography in the twenty-first century. Essays are grouped and organized in themed sections--including photographic interpretation, markets, popular photography, documents, and fine art--and provide comprehensive coverage of the subject. Representing a diversity of approaches, essays are written by both established and emerging photographers and scholars, as well as various experts in their respective areas. A Companion to Photography offers scholars and professional photographers alike an essential and up-to-date resource that brings the study of contemporary photography into clear focus.
The Family of Man Revisited: photography in a global age
by
The Family of Man is the most widely seen exhibition in the history of photography. The book of the exhibition, still in print, is also the most commercially successful photobook ever published. First shown at the Museum of Modern Art in New York in 1955, the exhibition travelled throughout the United States and to forty-six countries, and was seen by over nine million people. Edward Steichen conceived, curated and designed the exhibition. He explained its subject as `the everydayness of life' and `the essential oneness of mankind throughout the world'. The exhibition was a statement against war and the conflicts and divisions that threatened a common future for humanity after 1945. The popular international response was overwhelmingly enthusiastic. Many critics, however, have dismissed the exhibition as a form of sentimental humanism unable to address the challenges of history, politics and cultural difference. This book revises the critical debate about The Family of Man, challenging in particular the legacy of Roland Barthes's influential account of the exhibition. The expert contributors explore new contexts for understanding Steichen's work and they undertake radically new analyses of the formal dynamics of the exhibition. Also presented are documents about the exhibition never before available in English. Commentaries by critical theorist Max Horkheimer and novelist Wolfgang Koeppen, letters from photographer August Sander, and a poetic sequence on the images by Polish poet Witold Wirpsza enable and encourage new critical reflections. A detailed survey of audience responses in Munich from 1955 allows a rare glimpse of what visitors thought about the exhibition. Today, when armed conflict, environmental catastrophe and economic inequality continue to threaten our future, it seems timely to revisit The Family of Man.
A History of Photography. From 1839 to the Present
by
George Eastman's career developed in a particularly American way. The founder of Kodak progressed from a delivery boy to one of the most important industrialists in American history, and a crucial innovator in photographic history. Eastman died in 1932, and left his house to the University of Rochester. Since 1949 the site has operated as an international museum of photography and film, and today holds the largest collection of its kind in the world, containing over 400,000 images and negatives--among them the work of such masters as Alfred Stieglitz, Edward Steichen, and Ansel Adams. Home also to 23,000 cinema films, five million film stills, one of the most important silent film collections, technical equipment and a library with 40,000 books on photography and film, the George Eastman House is a pilgrimage site for researchers, photographers, and collectors from all over the world. This volume curates the most impressive images from the collection in chronological order to offer an incomparable overview of photographic history. About the series Bibliotheca Universalis -- Compact cultural companions celebrating the eclectic TASCHEN universe!
The Making of Visual News : a history of photography in the press
by
The Making of Visual News sets out to show how photography has changed the way we read, report and sell the news. It investigates how photographs first became news images at the end of the nineteenth century and how magazines in the USA, the UK, France and Germany have put them to use ever since. Drawing on a wide selection of images, author Thierry Gervais (in collaboration with Gaelle Morel) analyses news photographs in the context of their original presentation in print. Highly illustrated, the book contains 85 full colour magazine layouts and spreads, offering the reader a view of how photographs were and are used in print publications, including Life, Picture Post, the Berliner Illustrirte Zeitung and VU. It examines how photographs were employed to attract new readers throughout the twentieth century, arguing that photography was the main tool by which news editors sought to communicate the news and attract a broader readership. Looking beyond the roles of photographer and journalist, this study also highlights the contributions of picture editors and artistic directors; by commissioning photographs and incorporating images into magazine layouts, these figures played critical but often overlooked roles in the construction of visual news, even as they crafted unique styles for their publications. Charting changes in technology and reportage, as well as broader social and political histories, The Making of Visual News offers new insight into the history of photojournalism, making this an essential resource for students and scholars of photojournalism and the history of photography, media and culture
Photography : a cultural history
by
The fourth edition of this comprehensive history of photography spans the entire history of the medium, from its early development to current practice, and provides a focused understanding of the cultural contexts in which photographers have lived and worked. Mary Warner Marien discusses photography from a truly global viewpoint and examines a wide-range of images through the lenses of art, science, travel, war, fashion, the mass media, and individual photographers. Professional, amateur,and art photographers are all represented, with "Portrait" boxes devoted to highlighting important individuals and "Focus" boxes charting particular cultural debates. This indispensable book shows how photography has charted, shaped, and sharpened our perception of the world.
Photography in India : from archives to contemporary practice
by
Photography's prominence in the representation and experience of India in contemporary and historical times has not guaranteed it a position of sustained attention in research and scholarship. For a technology as all pervasive as photography, and a country as colossal as India, this scenario is somewhat of an anomaly. Photography in India explores elements of the past, present and future of photography in the context of India through speculation and reflection on photography as an artistic, documentary and everyday practice. The perspectives of writers, theorists, curators and artists are selectively brought to bear upon known as well as previously unseen photographic archives, together with changes in photographic practice that have been synchronous with contemporary India's rapid urban and rural transformation and the technological shift from chemistry and light to programming and algorithms. Essential reading for anyone interested in Indian photography, this book binds insights into a history of photography with its contemporary development, consolidating wide-ranging thinking on the topic and setting the agenda for future research.
Victorian Photography, Literature and the Invention of Modern Memory
by
Invented during a period of anxiety about the ability of human memory to cope with the demands of expanding knowledge, photography not only changed the way the Victorians saw the world, but also provided them with a new sense of connection with the past and a developing language with which to describe it. Analysing a broad range of texts by inventors, cultural critics, photographers, and novelists, Victorian Photography, Literature, and the Invention of Modern Memory- Already the Past argues that Victorian photography ultimately defined the concept of memory for generations to come including our own. In addition to being invaluable for scholars working within the emerging field of research at the intersection of photographic and literary studies, this book will also be of interest to students of Victorian and modernist literature, visual culture and intellectual history.
HISTORY OF PHOTOGRAPHY is a survey on the history of photography from the early discoveries of Joseph Nicéphore Niépce and Louis Daguerre to contemporary practice of photography. You will learn the history of photography from its beginnings to its current form through chronological and stylistic lines. You will trace out the development of styles and methods as influenced by innovations in technologies and social factors to find out how these shaped photography as we know it today. This course lays the foundation for other courses such as PHOFILI and PHOLOOK.
Camera Palaestina
by
A free open access ebook is available upon publication. Learn more at www.luminosoa.org. Camera Palaestina is a critical exploration of Jerusalemite chronicler Wasif Jawhariyyeh (1904-1972) and his seven photography albums entitled The Illustrated History of Palestine. Jawhariyyeh's nine hundred images narrate the rich cultural and political milieu of Ottoman and Mandate Palestine. Nassar, Sheehi, and Tamari locate this archive at the juncture between the history of photography in the Arab world and the social history of Palestine. Shedding new light on this foundational period, the authors explore not just major historical events and the development of an urban bourgeois lifestyle but a social field of vision of Palestinian life as exemplified in the Jerusalem community. Tracking the interplay between photographic images, the authors offer evidence of the unbroken field of material, historical, and collective experience from the living past to the living present of Arab Palestine.
Citizens of photography : the camera and the political imagination.
by
A Companion to Photography
by
The study of photography has never been more important. A look at today's digital world reveals that a greater number of photographs are being taken each day than at any other moment in history. Countless photographs are disseminated instantly online and more and more photographic images are earning prominent positions--and garnering record prices--in the rarefied realm of top art galleries. Reflecting this dramatic increase in all things photographic, A Companion to Photography presents a comprehensive collection of original essays that explore a variety of key areas of current debate around the state of photography in the twenty-first century. Essays are grouped and organized in themed sections--including photographic interpretation, markets, popular photography, documents, and fine art--and provide comprehensive coverage of the subject. Representing a diversity of approaches, essays are written by both established and emerging photographers and scholars, as well as various experts in their respective areas. A Companion to Photography offers scholars and professional photographers alike an essential and up-to-date resource that brings the study of contemporary photography into clear focus.
Das Karussell - Schwindel, Tausch und Täuschung
by
Das Karussell ist eine Maschine, in der die Tauschparameter von Sinn und Sinnlichkeit im szenischen Arrangement erprobt werden. Ab dem 19. Jahrhundert wird der Auszug wissenschaftlich-medialer Schwindelmaschinen aus den Laboren der Psychophysik Teil einer psychischen Festkultur, die sich von der physisch orientierten Kirmeswelt absetzt. Ralf Bohn liest Medienszenen des Karussells in Literatur, Film, Architektur, Fotografie und Malerei als Illustrationen von physischem Schwindel, ökonomischem Tausch und medialer Täuschung. Damit zeigt er auf, wie durch Spielorte legitimierter Überschreitung die Tauschökonomie jenseits von Moral und diesseits pathologischer Abgründe ausgetestet wird.
Global Photographies : Memory - History - Archives
by
How is photography connected to global practices? This is a first edited collection to trace the relationship between history, photography and memory in a global perspective on three interrelated levels: firstly, in the artistic and cultural production of pictures, secondly, in the decoding of colonial and contemporary photography, and thirdly, in collecting photographs in picture archives dealing with colonial, anthropological and family photography. The contributions sketch the contested field of global photography and trace the manifold intertwinements between historical and contemporary photographs.
Out of the Studio The Photographic Innovations of Charles and John Smeaton at Home and Abroad
by
Photomurals
by
Das fotografische Wandbild, das sogenannte photomural, wurde in den USA der 1930er-Jahre zu einem Inbegriff nationaler Kunst und dabei als Gegenentwurf zum mexikanischen Muralismus positioniert. Johanna Spanke untersucht erstmals, inwiefern der Aufstieg des photomural als das Resultat eines Aushandlungsprozesses zwischen Mexiko und den USA begriffen werden kann, bei dem nicht nur nationale Identitätskonstruktionen und Modernitätsdiskurse eine Rolle spielen, sondern auch eine Medienkonkurrenz verhandelt wird. Der Band leistet einen wichtigen Beitrag zu verflechtungsgeschichtlichen Perspektiven auf die US-amerikanische Kunstgeschichte, der intermediale und transnationale Aushandlungen, aber auch Gender Aspekte zentral in den Vordergrund rückt. Ausgezeichnet mit dem Deutschen Fotobuchpreis 24/25, Goldmedaille in der Kategorie ,,Fototheorie Textband"
Picture Research: The Work of Intermediation from Pre-Photography to Post-Digitization
by
Retratos Públicos : Pintura y Fotografía en la Construcción de Imágenes Heroicas en América Latina Desde el Siglo XIX
by
Snapshots of the Soul Photo-Poetic Encounters in Modern Russian Culture
by
Drawing on theories of the lyric and the elegy, the social history of technology, and little-known archival materials, Molly Thomasy Blasing offers close readings of poems by Boris Pasternak, Marina Tsvetaeva, Joseph Brodsky, and Bella Akhmadulina, as well as by the late and post-Soviet poets Andrei Sen-Sen'kov, Arkadii Dragomoshchenko, and Kirill Medvedev, to understand their fascination with the visual language, representational power, and metaphorical possibilities offered by the camera and the photographic image.
Within the context of long-standing anxieties about the threat that visual media pose to literary culture, Blasing finds that these poets were attracted to the affinities and tensions that exist between the lyric or elegy and the snapshot. Snapshots of the Soul reveals that at the core of each poet's approach to "writing the photograph" is the urge to demonstrate the superior ability of poetic language to capture and convey human experience.
Textual Exposures : photography in twentieth-century Spanish American narrative fiction
by
Textual Exposures: Photography in Twentieth Century Spanish American Narrative Fiction examines how twentieth-century Spanish American literature has registered photography's powers and limitations, and the creative ways in which writers of this region of the Americas have elaborated in fictional form the conventions and assumptions of this medium. While the book is essentially a study of literary criticism, it also aims to show how texts critically reflect upon the media environment in which they were created. The writings analyzed enter a dialogic relation with visual technologies such as the x-ray, cinema, illustrated journalism, and television. The study examines how these technologies, historically and aesthetically linked to the photographic medium, inform the works of some of the most important writers in Latin America.Methodologically, the close readings of the texts centre on the figure of ekphrasis (defined as the verbal representation of a visual representation). The book is concerned with the thematic, symbolic, structural and cultural imprints photography leaves in narrative texts. The author relies on an immanent approach, reading the selected texts according to their own specificities and making the relevant thematic and structural connections between them drawing from a variety of sources in the fields of literary criticism and theory and history of photography.
LOOKING AT PHOTOGRAPHS is about the critical analysis of photographs. You will deconstruct a photograph to its base components to analyze its content and organization to understand the underlying message. You will use an analytical framework based on the work of art writer/curator John Szarkowski, Roland Barthes, Susan Sontag and others who have shaped our modern understand of the photographic language. The course aims to teach you how to look at photographs properly and interpreting these as the basis to determine if a photograph is effective in terms of design and expression. Knowing how to critically look at, and knowing what to look for in, a photograph are essential skills in photographic competence.
Before-And-after Photography : histories and contexts
by
The before-and-after trope in photography has long paired images to represent change- whether affirmatively, as in the results of makeovers, social reforms or medical interventions, or negatively, in the destruction of the environment by the impacts of war or natural disasters. This interdisciplinary, multi-authored volume examines the central but almost unspoken position of before-and-after photography found in a wide range of contexts from the 19th century through to the present. Packed with case studies that explore the conceptual implications of these images, the book 's rich language of evidence, documentation and persuasion present both historical material and the work of practicing photographers who have deployed and challenged the conventions of the before-and-after pairing. Touching on issues including sexuality, race, environmental change and criminality, Before-and-After Photography examines major topics of current debate in the critique of photography in an accessible way to allow students and scholars to explore the rich conceptual issues around photography 's relationship with time and imagination.
A Companion to Photography
by
The study of photography has never been more important. A look at today's digital world reveals that a greater number of photographs are being taken each day than at any other moment in history. Countless photographs are disseminated instantly online and more and more photographic images are earning prominent positions--and garnering record prices--in the rarefied realm of top art galleries. Reflecting this dramatic increase in all things photographic, A Companion to Photography presents a comprehensive collection of original essays that explore a variety of key areas of current debate around the state of photography in the twenty-first century. Essays are grouped and organized in themed sections--including photographic interpretation, markets, popular photography, documents, and fine art--and provide comprehensive coverage of the subject. Representing a diversity of approaches, essays are written by both established and emerging photographers and scholars, as well as various experts in their respective areas. A Companion to Photography offers scholars and professional photographers alike an essential and up-to-date resource that brings the study of contemporary photography into clear focus.
The Making of Visual News : a history of photography in the press
by
The Making of Visual News sets out to show how photography has changed the way we read, report and sell the news. It investigates how photographs first became news images at the end of the nineteenth century and how magazines in the USA, the UK, France and Germany have put them to use ever since. Drawing on a wide selection of images, author Thierry Gervais (in collaboration with Gaelle Morel) analyses news photographs in the context of their original presentation in print. Highly illustrated, the book contains 85 full colour magazine layouts and spreads, offering the reader a view of how photographs were and are used in print publications, including Life, Picture Post, the Berliner Illustrirte Zeitung and VU. It examines how photographs were employed to attract new readers throughout the twentieth century, arguing that photography was the main tool by which news editors sought to communicate the news and attract a broader readership. Looking beyond the roles of photographer and journalist, this study also highlights the contributions of picture editors and artistic directors; by commissioning photographs and incorporating images into magazine layouts, these figures played critical but often overlooked roles in the construction of visual news, even as they crafted unique styles for their publications. Charting changes in technology and reportage, as well as broader social and political histories, The Making of Visual News offers new insight into the history of photojournalism, making this an essential resource for students and scholars of photojournalism and the history of photography, media and culture
New Dimensions in Photo Processes : a step-by-step manual for alternative techniques
by
New Dimensions in Photo Processes invites artists in all visual media to discover contemporary approaches to historical techniques. Painters, printmakers, and photographers alike will find value in this practical book, as these processes require little to no knowledge of photography, digital means, or chemistry. Easy to use in a studio or lab, this edition highlights innovative work by internationally respected artists, such as Robert Rauschenberg, Chuck Close, Mike and Doug Starn, and Emmet Gowin. In addition to including new sun-printing techniques, such as salted paper and lumen printing, this book has been updated throughout, from pinhole camera and digital methods of making color separations and contact negatives to making water color pigments photo-sensitive and more. With step-by-step instructions and clear safety precautions, New Dimensions in Photo Processes will teach you how to: Reproduce original photographic art, collages, and drawings on paper, fabric, metal, and other unusual surfaces. Safely mix chemicals and apply antique light-sensitive emulsions by hand. Create imagery in and out of the traditional darkroom and digital studio. Relocate photo imagery and make prints from real objects, photocopies, and pictures from magazines and newspapers, as well as from your digitial files and black and white negatives. Alter black and white photographs, smart phone images, and digital prints. 　
New Ways of Seeing : the democratic language of photography
by
Those born since the digital revolution, seem to have the hardest time re-imagining the role of photography in the world today. Thinking of photography as a visual language is the approach this book adopts to addresses this challenge. Considering photography in this way develops the metaphor of 'learning a language' when attempting to explain what photography can be, and what it can give a student in transferable creative and life skills. This begins with challenging the pre-conception that successful photography is defined by the successful single image or 'the good photograph'. The book emphasises the central role of narrative and visual storytelling through a technique of 'photosketching' to develop the building blocks of visual creativity and ultimately to craft successful bodies of photographic work. New Ways of Seeing explains how to both learn and teach photography as a visual language, appropriate for both professionals and students working today.
Photographers on Photography : how the masters see, think & shoot
by
Through a carefully curated selection of quotations, images, and interviews, Photographers on Photography reveals what matters most to fifty masters of photography. With enlightening text by Henry Carroll, author of the internationally bestselling Read This If You Want To Take Great Photographs series, you'll discover how the giants of the genre developed their distinctive visual styles and the core ideas that underpin their practice. The insightful perspective from these influential artists will inspire your own photographic process and, most importantly, help determine what photography means to you. "I haven't touched my Nikon 35mm since 2008, and Photographers on Photography: How the Masters See, Think & Shoot made me want to pick it up again. I don't know if there's any more glowing praise I can give than that." Communication Arts "This is a fantastic book that explores photography in a thoughtful way. We can all benefit from giving some thought as to why and how we photograph what we do." Fstoppers.com Interviews with Olivia Bee, Esther Teichmann, Alex Soth, Ron Jude, Broomberg & Chanarin and further inspiration from: Eddie Adams, Lisette Model, Irving Penn, Garry Winogrand, Viviane Sassen, Maisie Cousins, Harley Weir, Gillian Wearing, Dorothea Lange, Hellen Van Meene, Man Ray, David Hockney, Ansel Adams, Daido Moriyama, Ralph Gibson, Saul Leiter, Todd Hido, Richard Misrach, Tacita Dean, Amalia Ulman, Alison Jackson, Jason Fulford, James Welling, Paul Graham, Laia Abril, John Baldessari, Lars Tunbjörk, Richard Avedon, Wendy Red Star, Dana Lixenberg, Edward Weston, Roni Horn, Vik Muniz, Penelope Umbrico, Ryuji Miyamoto, Bill Henson, Alvin Langdon Coburn, Ishiuchi Miyako, Leiko Shiga, Joan Fontcuberta, Charles Sheeler, Brandon Lattu, Nobuyoshi Araki, and William Henry Fox Talbot. Titles in Henry Carroll's "Read This" series: Read This if You Want to Take Great Photographs by Henry Carroll (9781780673356) Read This if You Want to Take Great Photographs of People by Henry Carroll (9781780676241) Use This if You Want to Take Great Photographs: A Photo Journal by Henry Carroll (9781780678887) Read This if You Want to Be Great at Drawing by Selwyn Leamy (9781786270542) Read This if You Want to Be a Great Writer by Ross Raisin (9781786271976) Read This if You Want to Be Instagram Famous edited by Henry Carroll (9781780679679)
Why Art Photography?
by
The second edition of Why Art Photography? is an updated, expanded introduction to the ideas behind today's striking photographic images. Lively, accessible discussions of key issues such as ambiguity, objectivity, fiction, authenticity, and photography's expanding field are supplemented with new material around timely topics such as globalization, selfie culture, and photographers' use of advanced digital technologies, including CGI and virtual reality. The new edition includes: an expanded introduction extended chapters featuring emerging trends a larger selection of images, including new color images an improved and expanded bibliography. This new edition is essential for students looking to enrich their understanding of photography as a complex and multi-faceted art form.
X Y Z : the creativity of Jaime Zobel
by
LOOKING AT PHOTOGRAPHS is about the critical analysis of photographs. You will deconstruct a photograph to its base components to analyze its content and organization to understand the underlying message. You will use an analytical framework based on the work of art writer/curator John Szarkowski, Roland Barthes, Susan Sontag and others who have shaped our modern understand of the photographic language. The course aims to teach you how to look at photographs properly and interpreting these as the basis to determine if a photograph is effective in terms of design and expression. Knowing how to critically look at, and knowing what to look for in, a photograph are essential skills in photographic competence.
Bessere Fotos : Bilder diskutieren, verstehen und verbessern
by
A Companion to Photography
by
The study of photography has never been more important. A look at today's digital world reveals that a greater number of photographs are being taken each day than at any other moment in history. Countless photographs are disseminated instantly online and more and more photographic images are earning prominent positions--and garnering record prices--in the rarefied realm of top art galleries. Reflecting this dramatic increase in all things photographic, A Companion to Photography presents a comprehensive collection of original essays that explore a variety of key areas of current debate around the state of photography in the twenty-first century. Essays are grouped and organized in themed sections--including photographic interpretation, markets, popular photography, documents, and fine art--and provide comprehensive coverage of the subject. Representing a diversity of approaches, essays are written by both established and emerging photographers and scholars, as well as various experts in their respective areas. A Companion to Photography offers scholars and professional photographers alike an essential and up-to-date resource that brings the study of contemporary photography into clear focus.
Contact zones : photography, migration, and cultural encounters in the United States
by
Decoding Digital Culture with Science Fiction
by
How do digital media technologies affect society and our lives? Through the cultural theory hypotheses of hyper-modernism, hyperreality, and posthumanism, Alan N. Shapiro investigates the social impact of Virtual/Augmented Reality, AI, social media platforms, robots, and the Brain-Computer Interface. His examination of concepts of Jean Baudrillard and Katherine Hayles, as well as films such as Blade Runner 2049, Ghost in the Shell, Ex Machina, and the TV series Black Mirror, suggests that the boundary between science fiction narratives and the »real world« has become indistinct. Science-fictional thinking should be advanced as a principal mode of knowledge for grasping the world and digitalization.
Light and Lens : photography in the digital age
by
The new edition of this pioneering book allows students to acquire an essential foundation for digital photography. Fully updated, it clearly and concisely covers the fundamental concepts of imagemaking, how to use digital technology to create compelling images, and how to output and preserve images in the digital world. Exploring history, methods, and theory, this text offers classroom-tested assignments and exercises from leading photographic educators, approaches for analyzing, discussing, and writing about photographs, and tools to critically explore and make images with increased visual literacy. New to this edition: New larger page format Revised and renewed to reflect technological advances Expanded coverage of smartphone/mobile photography Extended coverage of the careers section More than 100 new images
Masterpieces on Japan by foreign authors : from Goncharov to Pinguet
by
Photography, Narrative, Time : imaging our forensic imagination
by
Providing a wide-ranging account of the narrative properties of photographs, Greg Battye focuses on the storytelling power of a single image, rather than the sequence. Drawing on ideas from painting, drawing, film, video, and multimedia, he applies contemporary research and theories drawn from cognitive science and psychology to the analysis of photographs. Using genuine forensic photographs of crime scenes and accidents, the book mines human drama and historical and sociological authenticity to argue for the centrality of the perception and representation of time in photographic narrativity.
The Photography Handbook
by
The new edition of The Photography Handbook builds on previous editions' illuminating overview of the history, theory and practice of the creation and consumption of photographic images, and engages with the practical and theoretical implications of the explosion of new platforms for making, viewing and distributing images. New materials in this edition includes new chapters on 'Photo-elicitation' and 'Photography and Technological Change', exploration and analysis of 'selfie' culture, and extensive discussion of the work and practices by a new generation photographic artists. The Photography Handbook, Third edition also features: exploration and discussion of key photographic terms, including composition, framing, visualisation, formalism and realism analysis of the ethics of photojournalism, and ethical issues specific to digital photography practice today case studies illustrating different photographic production practices and specific related issues, including an assignment for the Guardian, the Libyan People's Bureau siege, and the work of war photographers a foregrounding of digital photographic practices, and exploration of areas including photographic manipulation, digital photojournalism, citizen journalists and copyright on the internet end of chapter summaries of key points, and an extensive glossary of essential photography terms. The Photography Handbook, Third edition is an invaluable resource for students, scholars and practitioners of photography, and all those seeking to understand its place in today's society.
Understanding photography : master your digital camera and capture that perfect photo
by
Was Heisst und Zu Welchem Ende Studiert Man Romanische Literaturwissenschaft?
by
Am 26. Mai des Revolutionsjahres 1789 hielt Friedrich Schiller seine berühmte programmatische Antrittsvorlesung ,,Was heißt und zu welchem Ende studiert man Universalgeschichte?" an der Universität Jena. Dabei situierte sich der Schriftsteller nicht nur als Historiker in den zeitgenössischen Diskussionen um die Universal History und dem Gegensatz zwischen dem ,,Brotgelehrten" und dem ,,philosophischen Kopf", sondern vermittelte seinen Zuhörern auch eine mutige Vision des je eigenen Tuns und der Herausforderungen im Kontext zunehmend weltumspannender Lebenszusammenhänge. Auch im vorliegenden Band wird es weniger um eine kritische Bestandsaufnahme vergangener und gegenwärtiger Romanistik als um eine Vision der möglichen Zukünfte gehen, denen sich das Fach gegenüber öffnen sollte, will es seinen Anspruch auf eine zentrale Rolle im Fächerkanon der Geistes- und Kulturwissenschaften bewahren und ausbauen. Weltumspannende Entwicklungen, so machte schon Schiller deutlich, bestimmen unser Leben. Die Romanistik als weltumspannendes Fach muss sich dieser Aufgabe stellen. Diese Potsdamer Vorlesung unternimmt den Versuch, den Gegenstand ,,Romanische Literaturwissenschaft" im Kontext der Literaturen der Welt näher zu bestimmen, die herausragende, ja überlebenswichtige Bedeutung dieses Studienobjekts zu präzisieren und prospektiv nach den künftigen Möglichkeiten für Forschung, Studium und Leben im Bereich der Romanischen Literaturwissenschaft zu fragen. Zu den programmatischen Herausforderungen der Vorlesung zählen Fragen wie: Welches Wissen vermittelt die Literatur und warum ist die Romanistik eine Archipelwissenschaft? Wie könnte eine (romanische) Philologie der Zukunft aussehen? Wie läßt sich das Verhältnis zwischen den Romanischen Literaturen und den Literaturen der Welt begreifen?
Marketing Strategies for Photographers
MARKETING STRATEGIES FOR PHOTOGRAPHERS will present you the discipline of marketing with emphasis on specific areas that will be useful as you embark on a professional career. In this course, you will cover basic marketing principles, its components, market analysis, and other types of marketing (guerrilla, international, social, digital). The main approach of the course is lectures supported with actual examples, and learning sessions from professional photographers and photo buyers. It will be capped with you presenting a conceptual framework for transition into the professional practice.
A Companion to Photography
by
The study of photography has never been more important. A look at today's digital world reveals that a greater number of photographs are being taken each day than at any other moment in history. Countless photographs are disseminated instantly online and more and more photographic images are earning prominent positions--and garnering record prices--in the rarefied realm of top art galleries. Reflecting this dramatic increase in all things photographic, A Companion to Photography presents a comprehensive collection of original essays that explore a variety of key areas of current debate around the state of photography in the twenty-first century. Essays are grouped and organized in themed sections--including photographic interpretation, markets, popular photography, documents, and fine art--and provide comprehensive coverage of the subject. Representing a diversity of approaches, essays are written by both established and emerging photographers and scholars, as well as various experts in their respective areas. A Companion to Photography offers scholars and professional photographers alike an essential and up-to-date resource that brings the study of contemporary photography into clear focus.
Digital Photography for Dummies
by
Your fun guide to digital photography with any device Whether you're shooting with an inexpensive point-and-shoot camera, a smartphone or tablet, a high-priced contraption, or one of those new-fangled action cameras, it's possible to take your digital photos from good to great by applying a few simple tricks'and Digital Photography For Dummies shows you how! Packed with tips, advice, and insight you won't find in your camera's manual, this friendly guide quickly gets you up to speed on proven photography techniques to help your digital pictures say more than a thousand words! No longer a hobby or profession limited to those with access to fancy and expensive equipment, digital photography is all around us. But if you want to take your shoots a bit more seriously and produce images you'd be proud enough to give as gifts or decorate your home, this friendly guide has you covered. From figuring out how to make the most of your camera's settings to applying exposure tricks the pros use all the time, frame-worthy digital photos are a page'and a click'away. Interpret your camera's settings and apply them for better photos Shoot better portraits, action shots, and low-light photos Collect your photos in a place where you won't lose them Grasp simple digital photography techniques that apply to any kind of camera If you've been experimenting with digital photography for a while or just caught the bug, this new edition of Digital Photography For Dummies is the picture-perfect guide you'll turn to again and again.
Insta-Perfect : creative photography for social media today
by
As 21st-century technology has enabled nearly anyone to sell merchandise to an international customer base, the need for high-quality presentation has never been higher. Social media allows sellers to share images and information, but the tool is wasted if the product itself isn't presented in an engaging, attractive way. Insta- Perfect is the ultimate inspiration guide to just that, featuring bold and memorable examples of product photography and art direction for a wide range of products. In interviews throughout the book, expert marketers and successful Instagram stars share their insights on a variety of topics, including setting, image composition/framing photo editing/retouching. A gallery of visual splendor in the age of social media for amateurs and professionals alike.
Marketing Strategy : Text and Cases
by
Thoroughly revised and updated, MARKETING STRATEGY, 6e continues with one primary goal: to teach students to think and act like marketers. Packed with cutting-edge coverage, current examples, new cases, and photographs, the sixth edition delivers a practical, straightforward approach to analyzing, planning, and implementing marketing strategies--helping students learn to develop a customer-oriented market strategy and market plan. Students sharpen their analytical and creative critical thinking skills as they learn the key concepts and tools of marketing strategy. Continuing in the text's signature student-friendly style, the sixth edition covers essential points without getting bogged down in industry jargon--all in a succinct 10 chapters. Available with InfoTrac Student Collections http://gocengage.com/infotrac.
Perfect Likeness : photography and composition
by
This book considers a fascinating paradigm in contemporary photography, and the many ways it engages many of today's most important photographers. Serious photographers have long been suspicious of images that are too beautiful, too "photogenic," or too controlled. Recently, however, there has been a renewed interest in these questions, and in overtly composed images that go beyond simple representation. This volume collects compelling work by many artists working in this area, including Thomas Demand, Stan Douglas, Roe Ethridge, Peter Holzhauer, Barbara Probst, Jeff Wall, and Christopher Williams. Dozens of color reproductions show how these artists contend with the relationship between the world as they find it and the composed image through landscape, portraiture, and still life. Raising as many questions as it answers, this provocative book presents photography as a dynamic and compelling medium for both its practitioners and its audience.
The Photographer's MBA : everything you need to know for your photography business
by
The Photographer's MBA takes into consideration the overall photography industry and discusses in depth how to set up, maintain, and grow a new photography business. Photographer Sal Cincotta - who runs a highly successful portrait, senior, and wedding photography business in St. Louis - first dives in to discuss the various corporate models (S-corp, C-corp, LLC, etc.), then, chapter by chapter, takes on the all-important business plan, basic accounting tips and tricks, business insurance, creating contracts, and model releases. He dives deep into understanding concepts surrounding costs and pricing, marketing and branding, and much more. At the end of each chapter, Cincotta closes with a checklist of tasks and action items to complete so that the student gets the full benefit of the information provided - a clear opportunity to turn the information learned in the book into action to create a successful business for themselves. At the end of the book, there is also a list of resources - government and otherwise - for the student to use.
Photography : the concise guide
by
Turn your enthusiasm into striking photographs! The perfect companion while in the field or in the lab, PHOTOGRAPHY: THE CONCISE GUIDE provides a straightforward, comprehensive introduction to photography for the film and digital photographer. From "seeing" and composing the shot to applying special techniques, developing the film and working in Photoshop, this information-packed book covers everything you need to know to become a successful black-and-white and/or color photographer. Fully revised and updated to cover all new camera formats, including the latest digital technology, this book is all you need to get started. Step-by-step photo sequences and concise discussions show you how to execute photography processes and special techniques using actual equipment and materials. A full chapter on troubleshooting provides help when you need it. Numerous high-quality, full-color and duotone reproductions of works by well-known photographers such as Ansel Adams, Alfred Stieglitz, Edward Weston, and Diane Arbus offer inspiration and guidance. The history of photography chapter addresses technical, functional, and aesthetic issues, from the first photographs to the evolution of modern film processes and today's social landscape.
Photography and Collaboration : from conceptual art to crowdsourcing
by
Photography and Collaboration offers a fresh perspective on existing debates in art photography and on the act of photography in general. Unlike conventional accounts that celebrate individual photographers and their personal visions, this book investigates the idea that authorship in photography is often more complex and multiple than we imagine involving not only various forms of partnership between photographers, but also an astonishing array of relationships with photographed subjects and viewers. Thematic chapters explore the increasing prevalence of collaborative approaches to photography among a broad range of international artists from conceptual practices in the 1960s to the most recent digital manifestations. Positioning contemporary work in a broader historical and theoretical context, the book reveals that collaboration is an overlooked but essential dimension of the medium's development and potential.
Running a Successful Photography Business
by
Running a Successful Photography Business is the definitive business bible for every professional photographer a one-stop resource covering everything you need to know to make your business a success. This handy book contains guidance on the key areas of running your business- fine-tuning your brand, attracting new clients and keeping existing ones, costing and producing shoots, professional ethics and codes of practice, contracts, preparing a business plan, operating your business effectively, legal obligations, working with agents and agencies and how to evolve and prosper in this ever changing industry. Everything a working photographer needs to know in order for their business to flourish. Written from the unique point of view of a leading photographers' agent, the author knows from first-hand experience what it takes to survive and succeed as a professional photographer. This book builds on the author's popular first book, Setting up a Successful Photography Business, aimed at those starting out in freelance photography.
Marketing Strategies for Photographers
MARKETING STRATEGIES FOR PHOTOGRAPHERS will present you the discipline of marketing with emphasis on specific areas that will be useful as you embark on a professional career. In this course, you will cover basic marketing principles, its components, market analysis, and other types of marketing (guerrilla, international, social, digital). The main approach of the course is lectures supported with actual examples, and learning sessions from professional photographers and photo buyers. It will be capped with you presenting a conceptual framework for transition into the professional practice.
Book Yourself Solid for Coaches and Consultants
by
The Non-Obvious Book Awards 2024 Longlist Selection Build your consulting clientele with self-promotion strategies that really work Book Yourself Solid for Coaches and Consultants is a game changing guide to attracting potential business opportunities and turning them into high-paying gigs, for a solid business foundation. This hyper-targeted, step-by-step advice will help you grow your coaching or consulting practice beyond what you previously thought possible. You'll become inspired to put energy behind your self-promotion practices--even if self-promotion isn't really your thing. In any service business, it's essential to connect with the clients who are a perfect fit for you. For consultants, that means making your marketing efforts more effective by understanding your unique brand, pricing your services competitively, and communicating with prospective clients about how you can help them. This book helps you through all of it, with practical tips and strategic insights to ensure that you're never short on the right kind of clients. Co-authored by Michael Port (mastermind behind the original Book Yourself Solid business techniques) and Matthew Kimberley (successful business consultant), Book Yourself Solid for Coaches and Consultants covers the issues unique to the world of coaching. By attracting clients who are in alignment with your vision, you can create a successful business that also helps you achieve your long-term goals. Understand your unique value proposition and brand, and learn how to talk about it Create a likeable social media presence and a website that brings people in the door Learn step-by-step strategies for networking, direct outreach, generating referrals, and more Discover how the principles of sales and pricing apply to building your consulting practice Book Yourself Solid for Coaches and Consultants is a handbook that translates into results. Promote more than just your skills by creating an image that will resonate with your ideal clientele--and keep you booked solid.
A Companion to Photography
by
The study of photography has never been more important. A look at today's digital world reveals that a greater number of photographs are being taken each day than at any other moment in history. Countless photographs are disseminated instantly online and more and more photographic images are earning prominent positions--and garnering record prices--in the rarefied realm of top art galleries. Reflecting this dramatic increase in all things photographic, A Companion to Photography presents a comprehensive collection of original essays that explore a variety of key areas of current debate around the state of photography in the twenty-first century. Essays are grouped and organized in themed sections--including photographic interpretation, markets, popular photography, documents, and fine art--and provide comprehensive coverage of the subject. Representing a diversity of approaches, essays are written by both established and emerging photographers and scholars, as well as various experts in their respective areas. A Companion to Photography offers scholars and professional photographers alike an essential and up-to-date resource that brings the study of contemporary photography into clear focus.
David Busch's Sony Alpha a6500/ILCE-6500 Guide to Digital Photography
by
The Digital Photography Book
by
Digital Photography for Dummies
by
Photographers! Your guide is here! The demand for high-quality photographs is higher than ever. Whether you're building your influencer rating online, capturing the moments of a child's life, or are looking for ways to improve your skills, photography know-how is a must-have skill. Digital Photography For Dummies helps you do more than pointing, shooting, and hoping for the best or slapping a filter on a camera phone shot. This book introduces you to the camera settings and techniques that separate okay pictures from frame-worthy portraits. It then explains how to apply those skills to capturing your own portraits, landscape shots, and high-action photos. Develop a better eye for image composition Discover how to light photos better, including using natural light Learn to get quick results in auto settings or take full control in manual mode Discover the elements of exposure and how they influence the final product Find instructions on taking a formal or casual portrait Apply basic editing techniques to finalize your image Go beyond photo apps and apply the techniques pros use for their images.
The Midjourney Expedition
by
No detailed description available for "The Midjourney Expedition".
The photographer’s portfolio development workshop (1st edition)
by
Photography
by
A complete introduction to photography, this book is an essential resource for students across the visual arts. This accessible, inspirational guide explores the subjects and themes that have always obsessed photographers and explains technique in a clear and simple way. It introduces the work of the masters of the art as well as showing fresh, dynamic images created by young photographers from all over the world. The book also provides a valuable overview of careers in photography and a comprehensive reference section, including a glossary of technical vocabulary. This second edition has been extensively updated, with a greater range of visual examples from master photographers and up-to-date information on digital photography.
Social Media Marketing for Digital Photographers
by
Teaching photographers how to use social media to grow their businesses With the rapid rise of both digital photography and social media, amateur photographers can now turn what was once a hobby into a thriving business. Social media sites such as Twitter, Facebook, LinkedIn, and Flickr offer loads of exciting marketing opportunities. This practical guide from a well-respected professional photographer shows you how to take advantage of social media to grow a profitable photography business. If you've been wondering which social media sites to use, how to use them, how often to use them, and more, this book is for you. Guides you through how to market your photography business on Twitter, Facebook, LinkedIn, Flickr, and other social media sites Shows you how to translate your use of social media into increased profits Helps you answer such questions as "Which sites should I use?" and "How do I get started?" Provides invaluable testimonials from top photographers discussing their social media business success stories Guides you through inspiring brand evangelists through social media Teaches important survival tips for your social media program In addition to the powerful strategies, interviews were conducted with thought leaders in the photo industry -- Kenny Kim, Zach and Jody Gray, Jerry Ghionis, Becker, Jasmine Star, Catherine Hall, and Grace Ormonde -- to provide you with all-star tips and tricks. Whether you're just starting a professional photography business or are a seasoned pro looking for good advice on using social media to promote yourself, Social Media Marketing for Digital Photographers is the book you need.
Travelling Images : looking across the borderlands of art, media and photography
by
This book critically examines images in the borderlands of the art world, investigating relations between visual art and vernacular visual culture within different images communities from the 1870s to the present day. It concentrates on the mechanisms of such processes and their implications for the understanding of art and art-historical narratives. Merging perspectives from art history and visual culture studies with media studies, it fills a gap in the field of visual studies through its use of a diversity of images as prime sources. Where textual statements are scarce the book maps visual statements instead, demonstrating the potential of image studies. Consequently, it will be of great relevance to those interested in art and visual culture in modernity, as well as discourses of the notion of art and art history writing.
Introduction to Digital Photography
Introduction to Digital Photography is a flexible learning course designed for you to acquire the fundamentals of photographic image- making using a digital camera. As a multimedia art student, the course enables you to combine the tool, the medium, the elements of art and principles of design to formulate a creative undertaking in a variety of genres of photography.
A Companion to Photography
by
The study of photography has never been more important. A look at today's digital world reveals that a greater number of photographs are being taken each day than at any other moment in history. Countless photographs are disseminated instantly online and more and more photographic images are earning prominent positions--and garnering record prices--in the rarefied realm of top art galleries. Reflecting this dramatic increase in all things photographic, A Companion to Photography presents a comprehensive collection of original essays that explore a variety of key areas of current debate around the state of photography in the twenty-first century. Essays are grouped and organized in themed sections--including photographic interpretation, markets, popular photography, documents, and fine art--and provide comprehensive coverage of the subject. Representing a diversity of approaches, essays are written by both established and emerging photographers and scholars, as well as various experts in their respective areas. A Companion to Photography offers scholars and professional photographers alike an essential and up-to-date resource that brings the study of contemporary photography into clear focus.
The Digital Photography Book, Part 2
by
Scott Kelby, author of The Digital Photography Book, part 1, the top-selling digital photography book of all time, is back with an entirely new book that picks up right where part 1 left off. It's more of that "Ah ha-so that's how they do it," straight-to-the-point, skip-thetechno- jargon stuff you can really use today that made part 1 so successful. This book truly has a brilliant premise, and here's how Scott describes it: "If you and I were out on a shoot and you asked me, 'When I use my flash, the background behind the person I'm shooting turns black. How do I fix that?' I wouldn't give you a lecture on flash ratios, or start a discussion on flash synchronization and rear curtain sync. I'd just say, 'Lower your shutter speed to 1/60 of a second. That should do it.' Well, that's what this book is all about: you and I out shooting, where I answer questions, give you advice, and share the secrets I've learned just like I would with a friend-without all the technical explanations and techie photo speak." Each page covers a single concept on how to make your photography better. Every time you turn the page, you'll learn another pro setting, tool, or trick to transform your work from snapshots into gallery prints. If you're tired of taking shots that look "okay," and if you're tired of looking in photography magazines and thinking, "Why don't my shots look like that?" then this is the book for you. This isn't a book of theory-full of confusing jargon and detailed concepts. This is a book on which button to push, which setting to use, and when to use it. With over 200 of the most closely guarded photographic "tricks of the trade," this book gets you shooting dramatically better-looking, sharper, more colorful, more professional-looking photos every time.
Digital Photography for Dummies
by
Your fun guide to digital photography with any device Whether you're shooting with an inexpensive point-and-shoot camera, a smartphone or tablet, a high-priced contraption, or one of those new-fangled action cameras, it's possible to take your digital photos from good to great by applying a few simple tricks'and Digital Photography For Dummies shows you how! Packed with tips, advice, and insight you won't find in your camera's manual, this friendly guide quickly gets you up to speed on proven photography techniques to help your digital pictures say more than a thousand words! No longer a hobby or profession limited to those with access to fancy and expensive equipment, digital photography is all around us. But if you want to take your shoots a bit more seriously and produce images you'd be proud enough to give as gifts or decorate your home, this friendly guide has you covered. From figuring out how to make the most of your camera's settings to applying exposure tricks the pros use all the time, frame-worthy digital photos are a page'and a click'away. Interpret your camera's settings and apply them for better photos Shoot better portraits, action shots, and low-light photos Collect your photos in a place where you won't lose them Grasp simple digital photography techniques that apply to any kind of camera If you've been experimenting with digital photography for a while or just caught the bug, this new edition of Digital Photography For Dummies is the picture-perfect guide you'll turn to again and again.
Langford's Starting Photography : the guide to creating great images
by
Starting with the basics of camera control and moving on to shutter speeds, aperture, zoom and flash, Langford's Starting Photography gives you the only introduction to digital photography you'll ever need. Once you've mastered the basics, examples and projects allow you to explore the key methods for capturing a variety of subjects from portraits and pets to landscapes and sports photography, alongside straightforward advice on using editing software to get the best out of your digital shots, will have you producing unforgettable images in moments. More inspiring than a textbook, more interesting than a reference, and more in-depth than a photography class, Langford's Starting Photography is the only guide you need to start taking great images.
Light: - Science and Magic : an introduction to photographic lighting
by
Photographic lighting is a topic that will never go out of style, no matter how sophisticated cameras and other technology get. Even with the most high-tech gear, photographers still need to put a lot of thought and vision into lighting their photographs in order to get great results. This key skill has the power to dramatically and quickly improve photographs. Light Science and Magic provides you with a comprehensive theory of the nature and principles of light, with examples and instructions for practical application. Featuring photographs, diagrams, and step-by-step instructions, this book speaks to photographers of varying levels. It provides invaluable information on how to light the most difficult subjects, such as surfaces, metal, glass, liquids, extremes (black-on-black and white-on-white), and portraits. This new edition includes: All new chapter titled "Setting Up Your New Studio" A re-vamped and expanded chapter 8 now titled "Making Portraits" New appendix of reliable photo gear sources Over 100 new photographs and informational sidebars Updated information about advances in flash equipment, LED panels and fluorescent lights Styles of lighting continue to change, but the nature of light will always remain the same. Once photographers understand the basic physics of lighting, they can apply that knowledge to a broad range of photographic styles.
Photography: a Critical Introduction
by
Photography: A Critical Introduction was the first introductory textbook to examine key debates in photographic theory and place them in their social and political contexts, and is now established as one of the leading textbooks in its field. Written especially for students in higher education and for introductory college courses, this fully revised edition provides a coherent introduction to the nature of photographic seeing. Individual chapters cover: Key debates in photographic theory and history Documentary photography and photojournalism Personal and popular photography Photography and the human body Photography and commodity culture Photography as art This revised and updated fifth edition includes: New case studies on topics such as: materialism and embodiment, the commodification of human experience, and an extended discussion of landscape as genre. 98 photographs and images, featuring work from: Bill Brandt, Susan Derges, Rineke Dijkstra, Fran Herbello, Hannah Höch, Karen Knorr, Dorothea Lange, Chrystel Lebas, Susan Meiselas, Lee Miller, Martin Parr, Ingrid Pollard, Jacob Riis, Alexander Rodchenko, Andres Serrano, Cindy Sherman and Jeff Wall. Fully updated resource information, including guides to public archives and useful websites. A full glossary of terms and a comprehensive bibliography. Contributors: Michelle Henning, Patricia Holland, Derrick Price, Anandi Ramamurthy and Liz Wells.
Introduction to Digital Photography
Introduction to Digital Photography is a flexible learning course designed for you to acquire the fundamentals of photographic image- making using a digital camera. As a multimedia art student, the course enables you to combine the tool, the medium, the elements of art and principles of design to formulate a creative undertaking in a variety of genres of photography.
David Busch's Canon EOS 90D Guide to Digital Photography
by
David Busch's Canon EOS 90D Guide to Digital Photography is your all-in-one comprehensive resource and reference for the advanced Canon EOS 90D camera. This upgraded 32.5 megapixel APS-C model features a 45-point autofocus system. The Dual Pixel CMOS hybrid autofocus brings lightning-fast phase detect AF to live view and high-definition movie modes, too. The 90D's metering system includes a 220,000-pixel RGB+Infrared sensor with Face Detection for accurate exposure control. The 90D has Wi-Fi/ Bluetooth connectivity to allow linking the camera to a computer and iOS or Android smart devices, and an improved swiveling touch screen LCD. With this book in hand, you can quickly apply all these advanced features to your digital photography, while boosting your creativity to take great photographs with your Canon EOS 90D. Filled with detailed how-to steps and full-color illustrations, David Busch's Canon EOS 90D Guide to Digital Photography covers all this upscale camera's features in depth, from taking your first photos through advanced details of setup, exposure, lens selection, lighting, and more, and relates each feature to specific photographic techniques and situations. Also included is the handy 90D "roadmap," an easy-to-use visual guide to the camera's features and controls. Learn when to use each option and, more importantly, when not to use them, by following the author's recommended settings for every menu entry. With best-selling photographer and mentor David Busch as your guide, you'll quickly have full creative mastery of your camera's capabilities, whether you're shooting on the job, as an advanced enthusiast, or are just out for fun. Start building your knowledge and confidence, while bringing your vision to light with the Canon EOS 90D today.
David Busch's Canon EOS R5/R6 Guide to Digital Photography.
by
David Busch's Canon EOS R8 Guide to Digital Photography
by
#2 on Photo.net's list of Best Photography Books of 2014! To create successful imagery, you need to balance technical know-how and aesthetic vision. In Camera & Craft, we deconstruct photographic principles in new ways to help you think through your process. Together with nine guest photographers, we explore photographic practice and follow up with inventive exercises and demonstrations that challenge you to engage with your tools--all with the goal of helping you work more creatively. Along the way are conversations with our guest photographers that address each topic, from how the professionals work with clients and models to what they think about as they look through the viewfinder. Here's what you'll find inside: Advice and insights from professionals working in a variety of fields, from photojournalism and portraiture to fine-art, landscape and commercial photography Technical explanations about how photographic tools work--so you can connect knowledge to your practice and work more instinctively and creatively Key steps for improving digital workflow Innovative exercises at the end of each chapter as well as on our companion website that encourage you to experiment with and understand the photographic process--from learning how far you can push your camera's sensor to exploring the effects of neutral vs. creative color Interviews with technical and creative experts about developing skills and making images that matter This book is part of The Digital Imaging Masters Series, which features cutting-edge information from the most sought-after and qualified professionals and instructors in the photography field. Based on the progressive curriculum of the Master of Professional Studies in Digital Photography (MPS DP) program created by Katrin Eismann at the School of Visual Arts (SVA) in New York City, these books are the next best thing to being in the classroom with the Digital Photography Masters themselves.
David Busch's Nikon Z9/Z8 : guide to digital still photography
by
David Busch's Sony Alpha a7C Guide to Digital Photography.
by
David Busch's Sony A[lpha] a7 IV : guide to digital photography
by
David Busch's Sony A[lpha] a7CR/a7C II : guide to digital photography
by
Digital Photography for Dummies
by
Photographers! Your guide is here! The demand for high-quality photographs is higher than ever. Whether you're building your influencer rating online, capturing the moments of a child's life, or are looking for ways to improve your skills, photography know-how is a must-have skill. Digital Photography For Dummies helps you do more than pointing, shooting, and hoping for the best or slapping a filter on a camera phone shot. This book introduces you to the camera settings and techniques that separate okay pictures from frame-worthy portraits. It then explains how to apply those skills to capturing your own portraits, landscape shots, and high-action photos. Develop a better eye for image composition Discover how to light photos better, including using natural light Learn to get quick results in auto settings or take full control in manual mode Discover the elements of exposure and how they influence the final product Find instructions on taking a formal or casual portrait Apply basic editing techniques to finalize your image Go beyond photo apps and apply the techniques pros use for their images.
ADVERTISING PHOTOGRAPHY will further develop your expertise in photography as an art of persuasion, a creative service, understanding and promoting a clients objective. This class will focus on technical and aesthetic aspects with main emphasis on the concepts and philosophy of advertising photography. You will accomplish assignments to develop your portfolio with a signature style and individual concepts. Class discussions and consultations will focus on the development of your ability to translate ideas into professionally produced advertising collaterals.
A Companion to Photography
by
The study of photography has never been more important. A look at today's digital world reveals that a greater number of photographs are being taken each day than at any other moment in history. Countless photographs are disseminated instantly online and more and more photographic images are earning prominent positions--and garnering record prices--in the rarefied realm of top art galleries. Reflecting this dramatic increase in all things photographic, A Companion to Photography presents a comprehensive collection of original essays that explore a variety of key areas of current debate around the state of photography in the twenty-first century. Essays are grouped and organized in themed sections--including photographic interpretation, markets, popular photography, documents, and fine art--and provide comprehensive coverage of the subject. Representing a diversity of approaches, essays are written by both established and emerging photographers and scholars, as well as various experts in their respective areas. A Companion to Photography offers scholars and professional photographers alike an essential and up-to-date resource that brings the study of contemporary photography into clear focus.
How to Show and Sell Your Crafts : how to build your craft business at home, online, and in the marketplace
by
For crafters who want to take their craft to a new entrepreneurial level, this book is the perfect guide. Using highly-visual, step-by-step tutorials,How to Show & Sell Your Crafts is packed with helpful branding, selling, and merchandising tips that no serious crafter should be without. Using the workspaces, shops, salons, and "through-the-keyhole" profiles of some of the world's most successful crafters, readers will learn the best ways to merchandise and sell their items online, at craft fairs, markets, pop-up events, exhibitions, and in shops. Plus, you'll learn how to build a personality-driven brand, create a memorable blog or website, improve your photography skills, and analyze your results to help move your business forward into the future. You start by learning how to optimize your workspace to improve creativity and profitability, then how to build a strong brand name and Internet presence on Etsy and across multiple social media platforms. Lastly, learn how to get your work out into the marketplace, engage customers, and use the insider secrets offered in this book to set yourself up for success and grow your sales!
Insta-Perfect : creative photography for social media today
by
As 21st-century technology has enabled nearly anyone to sell merchandise to an international customer base, the need for high-quality presentation has never been higher. Social media allows sellers to share images and information, but the tool is wasted if the product itself isn't presented in an engaging, attractive way. Insta- Perfect is the ultimate inspiration guide to just that, featuring bold and memorable examples of product photography and art direction for a wide range of products. In interviews throughout the book, expert marketers and successful Instagram stars share their insights on a variety of topics, including setting, image composition/framing photo editing/retouching. A gallery of visual splendor in the age of social media for amateurs and professionals alike.
Photocommunication Across Media : beginning photography for professionals in mass media
by
Photocommunication Across Media is a must-have for aspiring mass media professionals who are striving to compete in the new landscape of convergence journalism and media. You will learn principles of photography both still and video and how to incorporate them into your storytelling. That's no longer a specialty skill--in today's world of media, it's a necessity. Editors Ross Collins and Keith Greenwood collaborate with highly accomplished photographers to make the concepts and techniques of today's mass media photography accessible to all readers. Photocommunication Across Media speaks directly to journalists, advertisers and professional communicators who want to round out their toolkit without sifting through dense texts meant specifically for photographers and photojournalists. This guide, edited by experts who teach these concepts to the next generation of media professionals, is everything you need to know--and nothing you don't--to take the next step for your career in communication.
The Photographer's Handbook
by
Know the equipment, refine your technique and express your style. Combining straightforward guidance with artistic insight, this comprehensive handbook is an essential piece of kit for photographers of every style and experience level. Michael Freeman shows you how to: · Make the most of the gear you have · Master the classic styles & subjects · Compose shots with skill and confidence · Share your work in a meaningful way It's everything you need to be a successful photographer.
Publish Your Photography Book : revised and updated
by
The book New Orleans native Anne Rice called "a landmark oOur indispensable guide to publishing your own photography book just got better. In this revised and updated edition ofPublish Your Photography Book, industry insiders Darius D. Himes and Mary Virginia Swanson take budding authors through the publishing process--from concept through production, marketing, and sales--pointing out the many avenues to pursue and pitfalls to avoid. It's packed with information, including interviews and contributions from artists, publishers, designers, packagers, editors, and other industry experts who openly share their publishing experiences. This revised edition features updated case studies and resources sections as well as expanded information on digital publishing platforms, with advice on how to make and market your eBook.
Running a Successful Photography Business
by
Running a Successful Photography Business is the definitive business bible for every professional photographer a one-stop resource covering everything you need to know to make your business a success. This handy book contains guidance on the key areas of running your business- fine-tuning your brand, attracting new clients and keeping existing ones, costing and producing shoots, professional ethics and codes of practice, contracts, preparing a business plan, operating your business effectively, legal obligations, working with agents and agencies and how to evolve and prosper in this ever changing industry. Everything a working photographer needs to know in order for their business to flourish. Written from the unique point of view of a leading photographers' agent, the author knows from first-hand experience what it takes to survive and succeed as a professional photographer. This book builds on the author's popular first book, Setting up a Successful Photography Business, aimed at those starting out in freelance photography.
The ultimate beginner's guide to photography
by
Photography is a profession which involves recording a durable image (known as a photograph) on a light-sensitive material such as photographic film or on a digital electronic or magnetic memory. It requires the use of image sensors or chemicals. A person who is skilled at taking pictures or photographs (on a commercial basis) with a camera is called a professional photographer. Individuals and organizations can document anything and have it on-record using photography. Many people engage in photography as a hobby during travels and engagements. Photographs are also used extensively for presenting facts, figures, and processes related to science and various other fields. Photography is usually done in either of two ways, namely, analog photography and digital photography. This book brings forth some of the most innovative concepts and elucidates the unexplored aspects of photography. Coherent flow of topics, easy language and extensive use of examples make this book an invaluable source of knowledge.
Visual Ethics : a guide for photographers, journalists, and filmmakers
by
Visual Ethics addresses the need for critical thinking and ethical behavior among professionals responsible for visual messages in photography and photojournalism, film, and digital media. From the author of Photojournalism: An Ethical Approach, published more than 20 years ago, this book goes beyond photojournalism ethics. It discusses crucial contemporary concerns, including persuasion, stereotyping, global perspectives, graphic design decisions, multimedia production, social media, and more. Written for an ever-growing discipline, author Paul Martin Lester gives serious ethical consideration to the complex field of visual communication.
ADVERTISING PHOTOGRAPHY will further develop your expertise in photography as an art of persuasion, a creative service, understanding and promoting a clients objective. This class will focus on technical and aesthetic aspects with main emphasis on the concepts and philosophy of advertising photography. You will accomplish assignments to develop your portfolio with a signature style and individual concepts. Class discussions and consultations will focus on the development of your ability to translate ideas into professionally produced advertising collaterals.
A Companion to Photography
by
The study of photography has never been more important. A look at today's digital world reveals that a greater number of photographs are being taken each day than at any other moment in history. Countless photographs are disseminated instantly online and more and more photographic images are earning prominent positions--and garnering record prices--in the rarefied realm of top art galleries. Reflecting this dramatic increase in all things photographic, A Companion to Photography presents a comprehensive collection of original essays that explore a variety of key areas of current debate around the state of photography in the twenty-first century. Essays are grouped and organized in themed sections--including photographic interpretation, markets, popular photography, documents, and fine art--and provide comprehensive coverage of the subject. Representing a diversity of approaches, essays are written by both established and emerging photographers and scholars, as well as various experts in their respective areas. A Companion to Photography offers scholars and professional photographers alike an essential and up-to-date resource that brings the study of contemporary photography into clear focus.
From printing to streaming : cultural production under capitalism
by
Imaginationen des Körpers
by
Fotografische Selbstdarstellungen junger Menschen in Sozialen Medien sind nicht einfach Ausdruck von Narzissmus und Egozentrismus. Clarissa Schär rekonstruiert aus einer subjektivierungs- und körperleibtheoretischen Perspektive, wie sich junge Menschen über ihre Fotografien intensiv mit Gesellschaft auseinandersetzen: Ihnen wird in alltäglichen Begegnungen bedeutet, wer sie sind, zu sein haben oder sein könnten. Zu diesen mitunter leidvollen Adressierungserfahrungen verhalten sie sich mit ihren fotografischen Selbstdarstellungen und entwerfen »Imaginationen des Körpers«, mit denen sie sich als spezifische Subjekte hervorbringen und selbst positionieren.
Photocommunication Across Media : beginning photography for professionals in mass media
by
Photocommunication Across Media is a must-have for aspiring mass media professionals who are striving to compete in the new landscape of convergence journalism and media. You will learn principles of photography both still and video and how to incorporate them into your storytelling. That's no longer a specialty skill--in today's world of media, it's a necessity. Editors Ross Collins and Keith Greenwood collaborate with highly accomplished photographers to make the concepts and techniques of today's mass media photography accessible to all readers. Photocommunication Across Media speaks directly to journalists, advertisers and professional communicators who want to round out their toolkit without sifting through dense texts meant specifically for photographers and photojournalists. This guide, edited by experts who teach these concepts to the next generation of media professionals, is everything you need to know--and nothing you don't--to take the next step for your career in communication.
Photographers at work : essential business and production skills for photographers in editorial, design, and advertising
by
Photography
by
A complete introduction to photography, this book is an essential resource for students across the visual arts. This accessible, inspirational guide explores the subjects and themes that have always obsessed photographers and explains technique in a clear and simple way. It introduces the work of the masters of the art as well as showing fresh, dynamic images created by young photographers from all over the world. The book also provides a valuable overview of careers in photography and a comprehensive reference section, including a glossary of technical vocabulary. This second edition has been extensively updated, with a greater range of visual examples from master photographers and up-to-date information on digital photography.
Product photography : lighting, composition, and shooting techniques
by
Whether you’re photographing a bottle of wine or a painting, a pair of shoes or a piece of jewelry, successful product photography first requires a thorough knowledge of light. You need to fully understand how light works—angles, reflectance, quantity, quality, shadows, and more—as well as how it interacts with the materials, shapes, surfaces, and textures you’re photographing. Once you know where to place the light and how to shape it, along with key compositional and photographic techniques, you can create beautiful photographs of any product or object you encounter. Of all the photographic genres, product photography requires the most precision, a consistent workflow, and a deep knowledge of optics. While this may seem daunting, anyone can learn to take great product photographs with photographer Nath-Sakura’s Product Photography: Lighting, Composition, and Shooting Techniques. Filled with inspiring and beautiful imagery, this book features a wide variety of products with diverse characteristics that will help you learn to tackle any challenge. Is the material glass, metal, liquid, plastic, or rubber? Is the surface’s finish shiny, reflective, dull, matte, or satin? Is the texture smooth, rough, or somewhere in between? Nath-Sakura addresses all of this and more. As opposed to other “photo cookbooks” out there, this book dives deep into the essential concepts you need to know in order to gain a strong technical background for your work. Plus, alongside the text and final photographs are plentiful diagrams, behind-the-scenes shots, and lighting setups to help you on your journey to mastering product photography. Whether your images are destined for catalogs, magazines, advertising, or fine art applications, Product Photography equips you with what you need to know to create flawless product shots.
Visual Ethics : a guide for photographers, journalists, and filmmakers
by
Visual Ethics addresses the need for critical thinking and ethical behavior among professionals responsible for visual messages in photography and photojournalism, film, and digital media. From the author of Photojournalism: An Ethical Approach, published more than 20 years ago, this book goes beyond photojournalism ethics. It discusses crucial contemporary concerns, including persuasion, stereotyping, global perspectives, graphic design decisions, multimedia production, social media, and more. Written for an ever-growing discipline, author Paul Martin Lester gives serious ethical consideration to the complex field of visual communication.
Alternative and Historical Print Processes
ALTERNATIVE AND HISTORICAL PRINT PROCESSES course is about the study and use of historical photographic processes. Though these have been largely forgotten and considered to be obsolete, they are very much in trend again. This course will allow you to experiment with the actual processes to create photographic prints using alternative methods. You will be working in a fully equipped laboratory or darkroom, using original materials and techniques. You will revive the relevance of these historical methods by transforming them into your contemporary works.
The Adobe Photoshop Lightroom 5 book for digital photographers
by
Since Lightroom 1.0 first launched, Scott's Kelby's The Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Book for Digital Photographers has been the world's #1 best-selling Lightroom book (it has been translated into a dozen different languages), and in this latest version for Lightroom 5, Scott uses his same award-winning, step-by-step, plain-English style and layout to make learning Lightroom easy and fun. Scott doesn't just show you which sliders do what (every Lightroom book will do that). Instead, by using the following three simple, yet brilliant, techniques that make it just an incredible learning tool, this book shows you how to create your own photography workflow using Lightroom: Throughout the book, Scott shares his own personal settings and studiotested techniques. Each year he trains thousands of Lightroom users at his live seminars and through that he's learned what really works, what doesn't, and he tells you flat out which techniques work best, which to avoid, and why. The entire book is laid out in a real workflow order with everything step by step, so you can begin using Lightroom like a pro from the start. What really sets this book apart is the last chapter. This is where Scott dramatically answers his #1 most-asked Lightroom question, which is: "Exactly what order am I supposed to do things in, and where does Photoshop fit in?" You'll see Scott's entire start-to-finish Lightroom 5 workflow and learn how to incorporate it into your own workflow. Plus, this book includes a downloadable collection of some of the hottest Lightroom Develop module presets to give you a bunch of amazing effects with just one click! Scott knows first-hand the challenges today's digital photographers are facing, and what they want to learn next to make their workflow faster, easier, and more fun. He has incorporated all of that into this major update for Lightroom 5. It's the first and only book to bring the whole process together in such a clear, concise, and visual way. Plus, the book includes a special chapter on integrating Adobe Photoshop seamlessly right into your workflow, and you'll also learn some of Scott's latest Photoshop portrait retouching techniques and special effects, which take this book to a whole new level. There is no faster, more straight-to-the-point, or more fun way to learn Lightroom than with this groundbreaking book.
Experimental Photography: a handbook of techniques
by
Experimental Photography is the first manual ever to break down into a step-by-step format the experimental techniques that photographers use to subvert or expand conventional camera technology, heralding a new era in photography.The book features technical sections that define a particular process and show how to carry it out, accompanied by examples of the finished images. These are interspersed with illustrated interviews with photographers who use these techniques, examining what their work aims to do and how it is made.Some techniques, such as photograms or lumenprints, are cameraless; others involve building simple cameras from unexpected materials or exploiting the limitations of toy and disposable cameras for artistic effect. Camera hacking--breaking rules in exposure, zooming, panning, focus, and composition; modifying the camera to produce slit-scans; or adding filters--can produce a variety of exciting results.Film can also be manipulated or distressed, and many experiments can be conducted during the preparation of negatives and prints. Even once the print has been produced, creativity continues: mordançage, for example, provides a controlled degrading of the print, and bleaching and encaustic can be used to create new effects.For practicing photographers as well as anyone interested in artistic photographic techniques, this is an unprecedented sourcebook of practical inspiration that celebrates the work of the exceptional artists, "hackers," and artisans who are pushing the boundaries of how we conceive of photography.
Frame-By-Frame Stop Motion : the guide to non-puppet photographic animation techniques
by
Single frame film-making has been around as long as film itself. It is the ancestor to modern day special effects and animation. Despite its age-old practice, Single frame film making and stop-motion animation continues to influence media and culture with its magic. Current advances in technology and classic stop motion techniques, such as pixilation, time-lapse photography and down shooting have combined to form exciting new approaches. Tom Gasek's Frame-By-Frame Stop Motion offers hands-on experience and various tricks, tips, and exercises to help strengthen skills and produce effective results. Interviews from experts in the field offer not only offer inspiration but also help readers learn how to apply skills and new applications. The companion website offers further instruction, recommended films, tools and resources for the both the novice and the expert. Key Features Features interviews with industry experts that offer inspiration and insight as well as detailed explanations of the inner workings of non-traditional stop motion techniques, processes, and workflows Applies professional stop motion techniques that have been taught and refined in the classroom and applied to leading stop motion films, exhibiting at South By Southwest, Cannes, and more Explores the stop motion opportunities beyond model rigs and puppetry. Re-visualizes stop motion character movements, build downshooter rigs, and configures digital workflows with After Effect tutorials while creating dynamic, creative and inspired stop motion films Offers new coverage of smart phones and their application in stop motion Covers motion control, Dragon Frame, evolution of timelapse, expanded light painting, DSLR cameras, and more
Jill Enfield's Guide to Photographic Alternative Processes
by
As technology advances in the world of photography, a passionate crowd of professionals, students, and hobbyists is returning to the darkroom in search of a more authentic, handmade feel to their art.　Jill Enfield's Guide to Photographic Alternative Processes　shows how to do just that. Packed with stunning imagery, how-to recipes, techniques, and historical information on the evolution of processes, this guide provides the instruction to emulate the ethereal, dream-like feel of alternative processing. Whether in a darkroom using traditional chemicals, at the kitchen sink with pantry staples, or in front of the computer re-creating techniques digitally, you will learn how to add a richness and depth to your photography like never before. Covers alternative processing from its historical roots up through digital manipulation. Showcases the different styles and processing methods of various artists. Includes suggestions for vegan and vegetarian-friendly alternative processing!
New Dimensions in Photo Processes : a step-by-step manual for alternative techniques
by
New Dimensions in Photo Processes invites artists in all visual media to discover contemporary approaches to historical techniques. Painters, printmakers, and photographers alike will find value in this practical book, as these processes require little to no knowledge of photography, digital means, or chemistry. Easy to use in a studio or lab, this edition highlights innovative work by internationally respected artists, such as Robert Rauschenberg, Chuck Close, Mike and Doug Starn, and Emmet Gowin. In addition to including new sun-printing techniques, such as salted paper and lumen printing, this book has been updated throughout, from pinhole camera and digital methods of making color separations and contact negatives to making water color pigments photo-sensitive and more. With step-by-step instructions and clear safety precautions, New Dimensions in Photo Processes will teach you how to: Reproduce original photographic art, collages, and drawings on paper, fabric, metal, and other unusual surfaces. Safely mix chemicals and apply antique light-sensitive emulsions by hand. Create imagery in and out of the traditional darkroom and digital studio. Relocate photo imagery and make prints from real objects, photocopies, and pictures from magazines and newspapers, as well as from your digitial files and black and white negatives. Alter black and white photographs, smart phone images, and digital prints. 　
Photography Beyond Technique: Essays from F295 on the Informed Use of Alternative and Historical Photographic Processes
by
Photography is not dying and has not died. It has been an ever-changing medium since its earliest days, and while near-obsession with the technology of the day may have defined photography over the course of its existence, photography is so much more than hardware and software. Photography is communication, whether chemical or digital, tangible or ephemeral in form. Photography Beyond Technique is a compelling selection of essays and images that reveal the thoughts and methods of some of today's most exciting contemporary photographers. These artists employ alternative, historical, or handmade processes and techniques, and they share a comprehensive view of the medium: that the choice of photographic process is just as important as the selection of subjects. While other books concentrate solely on process, or theory, or artistic intent, none focus on photography in which these decisions are considered inseparable. These 20 essays, originally presented at the annual F295 symposium and seminar series, provide a thought-provoking read for anyone interested in photography as an art form and as a medium through which to view the world. Includes: "Looking Backward, Seeing Forward: Reframing Visual History" by Robert Hirsch "Mystery, Memory, and Narrative" by Martha Casanave "Finding Confidence: Combining Process with Purpose" by Mark Osterman "Photograph, Material, and Metaphor" by Jerry Spagnoli
Rick Sammon's Evolution of an Image: a behind-the-scenes look at the creative photographic process
by
Rick Sammon's Evolution of an Image illustrates the creative photographic process from start to finish. In this book, Canon Explorer of Light Rick Sammon pulls back the curtain to prove that creating amazing photographs is a well-thought-out process that involves several stages. Comprising 50 case studies that examine photographs taken by Rick around the world in a wide variety of shooting situations, Evolution of an Image shows the power of creative thinking, getting it right in the camera, and the careful use of image processing using Lightroom. By including his outtakes-- and the reasons that he considers them outtakes-- Rick suggests the steps that every photographer should take in order to improve their images. Combining technical advice with tips on lighting, composition and using Lightroom, this book will motivate and encourage those looking to evolve as creative photographers and digital darkroom artists. Key features include: * More than 200 before-and-after photographs * Fully illustrated sections on wildlife, seascape, landscape, scenic, action and people photography * Screen grabs showing Rick's Lightroom adjustments * Suggestions on working in Adobe Photoshop Lightroom as well as Adobe Photoshop * Special section on Rick's "Sammonisms," or quick tips on getting the best in-camera image * Advice on evolving as a photographer * Inspirational photographs from Provence, the Palouse, Kenya, Antarctica, Iceland, Alaska, Mongolia, Myanmar, Colorado and more
Alternative and Historical Print Processes
ALTERNATIVE AND HISTORICAL PRINT PROCESSES course is about the study and use of historical photographic processes. Though these have been largely forgotten and considered to be obsolete, they are very much in trend again. This course will allow you to experiment with the actual processes to create photographic prints using alternative methods. You will be working in a fully equipped laboratory or darkroom, using original materials and techniques. You will revive the relevance of these historical methods by transforming them into your contemporary works.
Alternative Photographic Processes : crafting handmade images
by
Alternative Photographic Processes teaches techniques, both analog & digital, allowing artists to bring a personal touch through manipulation of a photograph, the negative, and the print. This book stands apart from recent publications on alternative processes by presenting a range of new approaches and methods to achieve popular techniques, as well as providing step-by-step guidance for an array of unique techniques meant to inspire artists working in various mediums. Through detailed guidance, working artist examples, and info about the contemporary use of these processes, this book will provide instruction for students, educators, and artists to expand their creative toolbox.
Apple Photos book for photographers : building your digital darkroom with photos and its powerful editing extensions
by
Arabic-Type Books Printed in Wallachia, Istanbul, and Beyond
by
　 This first volume of Collected Works of the ERC Project TYPARABIC focuses on the history of printing during the 18th century in the Ottoman Empire and the Romanian Principalities among diverse linguistic and confessional communities. Although "most roads lead to Istanbul," the many pathways of early modern Ottoman printing also connected authors, readers and printers from Central and South-Eastern Europe, Western Europe and the Levant. The papers included in this volume are grouped in three sections. The first focuses on the first Turkish-language press in the Ottoman capital, examining the personality and background of its founder, İbrahim Müteferrika, the legal issues it faced, and its context within the multilingual Istanbul printing world. The second section brings together studies of printing and readership in Central and South-East Europe in Romanian, Greek and Arabic. The final section is made up of studies of the Arabic liturgical and biblical texts that were the main focus of Patriarch Athanasios III Dabbās' efforts in the Romanian Principalities and Aleppo. This volume will be of interest to scholars of the history of printing, Ottoman social history, Christian Arabic literature and Eastern Orthodox liturgy.
Between Manuscript and Print
by
A cross-cultural, comparative view on the transition from a predominant 'culture of handwriting' to a predominant 'culture of print' in the late medieval and early modern periods is provided here, combining research on Christian and Jewish European book culture with findings on East Asian manuscript and print culture. This approach highlights interactions and interdependencies instead of retracing a linear process from the manuscript book to its printed successor. While each chapter is written as a disciplinary study focused on one specific case from the respective field, the volume as a whole allows for transcultural perspectives. It thereby not only focusses on change, but also on simultaneities of manuscript and printing practices as well as on shifts in the perception of media, writing surfaces, and materials: Which values did writers, printers, and readers attribute to the handwritten and printed materials? For which types of texts was handwriting preferred or perceived as suitable? How and under which circumstances could handwritten and printed texts coexist, even within the same document, and which epistemic dynamics emerged from such textual assemblages?
e-mark go : das Praxisbuch : zahlreiche kreative Projekte und Ideen
by
The Focal Press Companion to the Constructed Image in Contemporary Photography
by
This compendium examines the choices, construction, inclusions and exemptions, and expanded practices involved in the process of creating a photograph. Focusing on work created in the past twenty-five years, this volume is divided into sections that address a separate means of creating photographs as careful constructs: Directing Spaces, Constructing Places, Performing Space, Building Images, and Camera-less Images. Introduced by both a curator and a scholar, each section features contemporary artists in conversation with curators, critics, gallerists, artists, and art historians. The writings include narratives by the artist, writings on their work, and examinations of studio practices. This pioneering book is the first of its kind to explore this topic beyond those artists building sets to photograph.
Handschrift Im Druck (ca. 1500-1800)
by
Dem Neben- und Miteinander von Hand- und Druckschriftlichkeit in der Frühen Neuzeit bis in die Goethezeit ist in der Forschung bisher nur ungenügend Beachtung geschenkt worden. Der Übergang von der Hand- zur Druckschriftlichkeit ,nach Gutenberg' wird gerne als ein Ablösungsprozess beschrieben; erst in der Zeit um 1800 nehme die Handschrift im Lichte neuer Autorschafts- und Individualitätskonzepte neuen, auratischen Charakter an. Der Band argumentiert in Fallstudien für eine neue Aufmerksamkeit für die zahlreichen Interferenzphänomene von Handschrift und Druck, die die unterschiedlichsten Formen und Funktionen annehmen können. Er fokussiert besonders handschriftliche Interventionen in gedruckten Büchern: Diese brechen den durch den Druck fixierten Text auf, indem sie ihn kommentieren, korrigieren oder erweitern. Sie weisen auf veränderte Gebrauchskontexte, die Flexibilisierung vermeintlich statischer Autorschaftskonzepte und die Dynamik von Korrekturprozessen. Der Band plädiert in der interdisziplinären Zusammenschau von Literatur-, Buch- und Geschichtswissenschaften für einen neuen, materialitätsorientierten Blick auf alte Fragen der Literaturgeschichte des Druckzeitalters.
The Heart of the Photograph
by
New Dimensions in Photo Processes : a Step-by-Step Manual for Alternative Techniques
by
New Dimensions in Photo Processes invites artists in all visual media to discover contemporary approaches to historical techniques. Painters, printmakers, and photographers alike will find value in this practical book, as these processes require little to no knowledge of photography, digital means, or chemistry. Easy to use in a studio or lab, this edition highlights innovative work by internationally respected artists, such as Robert Rauschenberg, Chuck Close, Mike and Doug Starn, and Emmet Gowin. In addition to including new sun-printing techniques, such as salted paper and lumen printing, this book has been updated throughout, from pinhole camera and digital methods of making color separations and contact negatives to making water color pigments photo-sensitive and more. With step-by-step instructions and clear safety precautions, New Dimensions in Photo Processes will teach you how to: Reproduce original photographic art, collages, and drawings on paper, fabric, metal, and other unusual surfaces. Safely mix chemicals and apply antique light-sensitive emulsions by hand. Create imagery in and out of the traditional darkroom and digital studio. Relocate photo imagery and make prints from real objects, photocopies, and pictures from magazines and newspapers, as well as from your digitial files and black and white negatives. Alter black and white photographs, smart phone images, and digital prints. 　
Photographers and Research : the role of research in contemporary photographic practice
by
This ground-breaking book situates research at the heart of photographic practice, asking the key question: What does research mean for photographers? Illuminating the nature and scope of research and its practical application to photography, the book explores how research provides a critical framework to help develop awareness, extend subject knowledge, and inform the development of photographic work. The authors consider research as integral to the creative process and, through interviews with leading photographers, explore how photographers have embedded research strategies into their creative practice.   
Photographic Possibilities
by
The long-awaited new edition of this seminal text features clear, reliable, step-by-step instructions on innovative alternative and traditional photographic processes. Over and above a full update and revision of the technical data, there are new sections on digital negative making, electrophotography, and self-publishing. Foremost practioners, including Edward Bateman, Dan Burkholder, Tom Carpenter, Mark Osterman, France Scully Osterman, Jill Skupin Burkholder, Brian Taylor, and Laurie Tümer, have contributed their expertise to this edition. Perfect for practitioners or students of handmade photography, the book covers classic black-and-white film and paper processes, hand-coated processes like Cyanotype, and Platinum/Palladium. Also featured is an enhanced section on gum bichromate, invaluable instruction on workflow, and the integration of digital, promoting the effective union of one's concepts, materials, and processes. The book showcases work and commentary from more than 150 international artists.
The Production of Knowledge of Normativity in the Age of the Printing Press
by
This volume explores the production of knowledge of normativity in the age of early modern globalisation by looking at an extraordinarily pragmatic and normative book: Manual de Confessores, by the Spanish canon law professor Martín de Azpilcueta (1492-1586). Intertwining expertise, methods, and questions of legal history and book history, this book follows the actors and analyses the factors involved in the production, circulation, and use of the Manual, both in printed and manuscript forms, in the territories of the early modern Iberian Empires and of the Catholic Church. It convincingly illustrates the different dynamics related to the materiality of this object that contributed to "glocal" knowledge production. Contributors are: Samuel Barbosa, Manuela Bragagnolo, Christiane Birr, Luisa Stella de Oliveira Coutinho Silva, Byron Ellsworth Hamann, Idalia García Aguilar, Pedro Guibovich Pérez, Natalia Maillard Álvarez, César Manrique Figueroa, Stuart M. McManus, Yoshimi Orii, David Rex Galindo, Airton Ribeiro, and Pedro Rueda Ramírez.
Transfer Printing Technologies and Applications
by
Transfer Printing Technologies and Applications is a complete guide to transfer printing techniques and their cutting-edge applications. Sections in the book explore the fundamentals behind these technologies, along with state-of-the-art applications enabled by transfer printing techniques, including areas such as flexible sensors, flexible transistors, wearable devices, thin film-based energy systems, flexible displays, microLED-based displays, metal films, and more. A concluding chapter addresses current challenges and future opportunities in this innovative field. This book will be of interest to researchers and advanced students across nanotechnology, materials science, electrical engineering, mechanical engineering, chemistry, and biomedicine, as well as scientists, engineers, R&D professionals, and more.
ARCHITECTURE PHOTOGRAPHY is divided into EXTERIORS and INTERIORS. It is designed to further develop your skills in photography and apply them in architectural subjects. You will be given on-location assignments to support the concept and principles taught inside the class. Architectural photography is both a challenging and a lucrative field of photography. DUE TO THE NATURE OF THIS SUBJECT, CLASSES AND ACTIVITIES THAT ARE BETTER TAUGHT OR CAN ONLY BE HELD ELSEWHERE WILL BE PLANNED AND ANNOUNCED AT LEAST 2 WEEKS AHEAD OF TIME.
Flow : interior, landscape and architecture in the era of liquid modernity
by
Flow combines cutting-edge scholarship with practitioner perspectives to address the concept of flow ' and how it connects interiors, landscapes and buildings, expanding on traditional notions of architectural prominence. Contributors explore the transitional and intermediary relationships between inside/outside. Through a range of case studies, authors extend the notion of flow beyond the western industrialised world and embrace a wider geography while engaging with the specificity of climate and place. Accompanied by stunning colour illustration and photography, Flow brings together historical, theoretical and practice-based approaches to consider themes of nature, mobility, continuity and frames.
Graphic Design for Art, Fashion, Film, Architecture, Photographer, Product Design and Everything in Between
by
This collection of groundbreaking campaigns and industry insights from the world's leading design studios shows how today's graphic designers are thinking, collaborating, and breaking the rules. This guide explores ways in which graphic designers can successfully collaborate with other creative professionals and sectors, whether it be a more sophisticated logo for a product, a better-designed lookbook for a fashion brand, or a more intuitive wayfinding system for a museum. The book features exceptionally conceived design solutions across a variety of industries--from architecture and product design to art, fashion, and film. Through dynamic spreads, readers will discover the Berlin-based studio Hort's transformative campaign for Nike; Base's responsive, flexible logo for Munich's Haus der Kunst museum; how design agency Bond worked with ArtRabbit, a website and app that catalogs contemporary art exhibitions, on a clever identity rollout; and how John Haslam, managing director of bespoke paper company G.F Smith, feels about the process of working with designers. Each example illustrates the significance of the graphic designer's role in making a campaign marketable and successful. Insights from clients and the designers themselves reveal the inner workings of the design process. An indispensable reference for the graphic design industry, this visually arresting and informative volume shows how excellence can be achieved when creative minds work together.
Le Corbusier : the complete buildings
by
This visual tour of every one of Le Corbusier's buildings across the world represents the most comprehensive photographic archive of the architect's work. In 2010, photographer Cemal Emden set out to document every building designed by the master architect Le Corbusier. Traveling through three continents, Emden photographed all the 52 buildings that remain standing. Each of these buildings is featured in the book and captured from multiple angles, with images revealing their exterior and interior details. Interspersed throughout the book are texts by leading architects and scholars, whose commentaries are as fascinating and varied as the buildings themselves. The book closes with an illustrated, annotated index. From the early Villa Vallet, built in Switzerland in 1905, to his groundbreaking Unité d'Habitation in Marseille, completed in 1947, this ambitious project presents the entirety and diversity of Le Corbusier's architectural output. Visually arresting and endlessly engaging, it will appeal to the architect's many fans, as well as anyone interested in the foundation of modern architecture.
Lost Japan : Felice Beato and nineteenth-century Yokohoma photography
by
Felice Beato was one of the first European photographers to work in Eastern Asia, where he spent most of his life. In 1863 he moved to Yokohama, Japan, where he opened a photography school, the School of Yokohama. He is considered the most important photographer of the Edo period. His work was the subject of an exhibition at the Paul Getty Museum in 2011. The photographs published in this volume are drawn from two different albums created by Beato covering a period from 1860-1890. The photographs by Beato will be complemented by some additional images taken by his students at the School of Yokohama, including his most well-known protegee, Kimbei Kusakabe. The volume is organised in four thematic chapters: Female Beauty, featuring geishas and women in traditional dress and women at their toilet; Warriors, featuring samurai, soldiers, sumo fighters, and male workers; Places of the Soul, which includes interiors, gardens, and landscapes; and Rituals and Habits, including the theatre, tea ceremonies, and other traditional ceremonies.
Urban and Rural Decay Photography : how to capture the beauty in the blight
by
If you are a photographer who sees the beauty in abandoned buildings, crumbling facades, and preserving a fading history, and who also has a love of urban exploration, you have stumbled on a must-have for your photographic library. Urban and Rural Decay Photography offers expert tips and techniques for capturing breathtaking photographs of your favorite decay scenes, whether in urban or rural settings.　Author J. Dennis Thomas guides you through the history of decay photography, shows you what equipment you will need, and discusses digital, film and HDR capture and composition. The book addresses which artistic considerations work best for the kinds of shots that capture a moment and convey a story.　 He also provides you with important safety advice and matters of the law when entering and working with decaying structures. Chock full of inspiring images that will ignite your creativity and your passion for decay photography, Urban and Rural Decay Photography is just the book you need to get you out and discovering your newest urban or rural exploration adventure.
Vincent Van Duysen Works 2009-2018
by
This new overview of thework of world-renownedBelgian architect VincentVan Duysen focuses onhis most recent projectsover the past decade. A follow-up and companion to Vincent Van Duysen Works 1989-2009, this brand new overview presents Belgian architect Van Duysen's most recent works over the course of the past decade. With photography by internationally renowned architectural photographer Helene Binet, it will be a welcome addition to any architecture lover or design enthusiast's shelf. In recent years Van Duysen has secured his reputation as one of the major tastemakers of minimalist design. The projects featured in this new book include an array of elegant residences in New York, Paris, and The Hamptons, and other private and public buildings, such as the Alexander Wang storefront in London. Van Duysen's forays into product and interior design are also featured, including yacht interiors and furniture and homeware design for brands including the esteemed Italian house Molteni & C. With foreword by the actor, and close friend of Van Duysen, Julianne Moore, this new collection of works also includes an insightful preface by the architect Nicola di Battista.
ARCHITECTURE PHOTOGRAPHY is divided into EXTERIORS and INTERIORS. It is designed to further develop your skills in photography and apply them in architectural subjects. You will be given on-location assignments to support the concept and principles taught inside the class. Architectural photography is both a challenging and a lucrative field of photography. DUE TO THE NATURE OF THIS SUBJECT, CLASSES AND ACTIVITIES THAT ARE BETTER TAUGHT OR CAN ONLY BE HELD ELSEWHERE WILL BE PLANNED AND ANNOUNCED AT LEAST 2 WEEKS AHEAD OF TIME.
Drone Technology in Architecture, Engineering and Construction
by
A start-to-finish roadmap on incorporating drone technology into your AEC firm workflow Drone Technology in Architecture, Engineering and Construction: A Strategic Guide to Unmanned Aerial Vehicle Operation and Implementation is the only process-driven, step-by-step handbook to implement drone technology in AEC workflows. It provides a comprehensive and practical roadmap for architecture, engineering, and construction firms to incorporate drones into their design and construction processes. The book offers extensive information on drone data processing, and includes guidance on how to acquire, manipulate and use the various data types produced from drone flights. The creation of three-dimensional data and visualizations are covered in-depth. Drone Technology reviews how to select and fly drones based on data needs and initial costs, and how to collect and maintain required flight logs, licenses, and permits. Drone Technology uses several real-world project examples that demonstrate and explain how drones can be used to collect: · Full-color orthorectified imagery · Accurate 3D point cloud and mesh models · Topographic contours · Digital Elevation Models (DEMs) The project examples also describe how these datasets can be integrated with 3D models of proposed conditions, photos, and other project datasets. Drone Technology in Architecture, Engineering and Construction is an essential guide for a wide variety of professionals, from civil engineers to landscape architects. It provides information on professional use of drones for those just considering the technology, to those already flying drones professionally. It is an invaluable guide for anyone working in the design or construction of buildings and landscapes.
Ellen Kooi above Rotterdam
by
High above the streets of Rotterdam, on cold winter nights, during early spring evenings, and dusky autumn days; five situations were staged and captured by artist Ellen Kooi, inside the B' Tower in Rotterdam, by architect Wiel Arets. Nearly each apartment is identical, which lends a receded repetition to the 'stage sets' Kooi created, in the tradition of her renowned landscape photography. In Kooi's 'sets', a sleeping young girl cuddles with whimsical Weimaraners; a lonely business man digitally pines for his distant love; a young couple saunters and seduces one another, inside and out; an informal dinner gathering morphs into an impromptu musical; a mother creates a dream world for her and her children, high above Rotterdam's streets. Interspersed throughout Kooi's sets of imagery are separately created scenes of poetry and prose, by artist Katrien Van den Brande, which alternate with Kooi's narratives-all graphically woven together by a design from Mainstudio. This publication is a two-dimensional immersion into a parallel urban reality, that's at once fantasy and fiction-yet remarkably familiar.
Follow the Sun : a field guide to architectural photography in the digital age
by
Follow the Sun will guide you through all aspects of architectural photography, from the genre's rich history to the exciting new approaches brought by the advent of the digital age. It explains how to use the powerful tools of digital photography while employing many of the skills and traditions of the established genre. Written to be accessible to professionals, amateurs, and students alike, this book will be useful for photographers exploring architecture as fine artists, on editorial assignments, or on commercial shoots. Key features include: * Example photographs and diagrams * Historical background of architectural photography * Advice on essential equipment * How to plan a shoot to your advantage * How to use tilt-shift lenses for architecture * Editing workflow and strategies * Interviews with architectural photographers Peter Aaron, Magda Biernat, Ty Cole, and Elizabeth Felicella.
Indian architecture in postcards : a new perspective on a modern heritage
by
John C. Parkin, archives and photography : reflections on the practice and presentation of modern architecture
by
La memoria fotografica dell'architettura : restituzioni prospettiche e ricostruzioni
by
Urban exploration photography : a guide to shooting abandoned places
by
Capstone Project For Photography 1
Capstone Project For Photography 1 engages you to a creative process in which you will pursue independent research on a topic of your choice and – with the guidance of a faculty advisor – produce an original creative body of work that reflects a deep understanding of the topic. You are expected to defend a project proposal for the conclusive execution of a creative output. The course shall endeavor on issue analysis, qualitative research, project development, creative conceptualization of output, and presentation style.
Behind the image : research in photography
by
Encouraging research, reflection and debate, Basics Creative Photography 03- Behind the Image will revolutionize the way new projects are approached. By looking at how successful photographers have produced meaningful canons of work, Anna Fox & Natasha Caruana give readers the creative edge today's photographers need to make their work stand out from the crowd. The book's generous selection of images brings together an eclectic range of photographic styles and genres, creating a refreshing and inspiring resource for all. AVA has a strong tradition of producing titles that teach students the importance of research in their chosen creative field. This book features a wide range of photographic contributions from students, amateurs and professionals, specifically edited to help students reflect on their own work in order to produce better images in the future.
Bending the Frame
by
The older paradigm for photojournalists was to simply record events, with the hope-and frequently the expectation-that people and their governments would be moved to respond to the injustices pictured; as witnessed by the impact of certain images during the Civil Rights movement and the Vietnam War. Given evolving media and political climates, however, including the billions of images now available online from all kinds of sources, the purpose and effectiveness of media, in particular of visual journalism, has been called into question. Bending the Frame: Photojournalism, Documentary, and Citzenship, by author and critic Fred Ritchin, addresses the new and emerging potentials for visual media to impact society. Ritchin examines the historical and contemporary uses of photography and related media to inspire social change. From the unintended consequences of "citizen journalism" and leaked images such as those from Abu Ghraib, to the new strategies by visual journalists and the targeted human rights projects by documentary photographers, the intention of this book is to provide a much-needed critical approach to the issues involved in such efforts. Also encompassing online efforts, uses of video, and a diverse range of books and exhibitions, Bending the Frame aims for as wide-ranging and farreaching a discussion as possible, asking the critical question: how can images promote new thinking and make a difference in the world?
Visual Thinking Strategies
by
"What's going on in this picture?" With this one question and a carefully chosen work of art, teachers can start their students down a path toward deeper learning and other skills now encouraged by the Common Core State Standards. The Visual Thinking Strategies (VTS) teaching method has been successfully implemented in schools, districts, and cultural institutions nationwide, including bilingual schools in California, West Orange Public Schools in New Jersey, and the San Francisco Museum of Modern Art. It provides for open-ended yet highly structured discussions of visual art, and significantly increases students' critical thinking, language, and literacy skills along the way. Philip Yenawine, former education director of New York's Museum of Modern Art and cocreator of the VTS curriculum, writes engagingly about his years of experience with elementary school students in the classroom. He reveals how VTS was developed and demonstrates how teachers are using art--as well as poems, primary documents, and other visual artifacts--to increase a variety of skills, including writing, listening, and speaking, across a range of subjects. The book shows how VTS can be easily and effectively integrated into elementary classroom lessons in just ten hours of a school year to create learner-centered environments where students at all levels are involved in rich, absorbing discussions.
Why it does not have to be in focus : modern photography explained
by
This book offers a lively, informed defence of modern photography. Choosing 100 key photographs - with particular emphasis on the last twenty years - it examines what inspired each photographer, and traces how the piece was executed. In doing so, she brings to light the layers of meaning behind these singular works, some of which were initially dismissed out of hand for being blurred, overexposed or 'badly' composed. Discover why Gillian Wearing's 'Self-Portrait at 17 Years Old' is not the straightforward photobooth snap it appears on first sight; find out what lies behind Hiroshi Sugimoto's decision to use a 19th-century large-format camera for his work; and explore what prompted Richard Prince to begin photographing existing photographs. The often controversial images discussed in this book play with our expectations of a photograph, our ingrained tendency to believe that it is telling us the unadorned truth. Jackie Higgins proves once and for all that there's so much more to the art of photography than 'point and click'.
Words not spent today buy smaller images tomorrow : essays on the present and future of photography
by
At this transitional moment in the field of photography, how should we consider what is to come for the medium? Can its past and present practitioners help guide us, both as creators and as observers? David Levi Strauss-eminent author, critic, and teacher-rises to the challenge of these questions and more in Words Not Spent Today Buy Smaller Images Tomorrow: Essays on the Present and Future of Photographs. In the course of twenty-five essays, Strauss discusses the work of artists who provoke us with revealing, clear-eyed investigations of the ostensibly patent world in front of us, and others who transport us to new realms, poetic and unreal-creative minds ranging from Frederick Sommer, Helen Levitt, Daido Moriyama, and Joseph Beuys, to contemporary photographers Sally Mann, James Nachtwey, Susan Meiselas, Robert Bergman, Tim Davis, and many others. Also considered are the groundbreaking theoretical writings of Susan Sontag and Jean-Luc Nancy, the films of Chris Marker and Stan Brakhage, and issues and events that have irrevocably altered the way we consider the medium of photography and how it communicates: 9/11, Abu Ghraib, the death of Osama bin Laden, the Arab Spring, and Occupy Wall Street. Words Not Spent Today is an incisive exploration of photography's changing role as a tool of evidence and conscience as we move forward into-can we say it?-a post-photographic era.
Capstone Project For Photography 1
Capstone Project For Photography 1 engages you to a creative process in which you will pursue independent research on a topic of your choice and – with the guidance of a faculty advisor – produce an original creative body of work that reflects a deep understanding of the topic. You are expected to defend a project proposal for the conclusive execution of a creative output. The course shall endeavor on issue analysis, qualitative research, project development, creative conceptualization of output, and presentation style.
Adjusting the Lens
by
Adjusting the Lens explores the role of photography in contemporary renegotiations of the past and in Indigenous art activism. Through moving and powerful case studies, contributors analyze photographic practices and heritage related to Indigenous communities in Canada, Australia, Greenland, Norway, Sweden, Finland, and the United States. In the process, they call attention to how Indigenous people are using old photographs in new ways to empower themselves, revitalize community identity, and decolonize the colonial record. The original research presented in Adjusting the Lens offers a transnational perspective on this emerging field in Indigenous photography studies. It is an exciting collection that challenges old ways of thinking and meaningfully advances the crucially important project of reclamation.
Aesthetics in Digital Photography
by
Automatically evaluating the aesthetic qualities of a photograph is a current challenge for artificial intelligence technologies, yet it is also an opportunity to open up new economic and social possibilities. Aesthetics in Digital Photography presents theories developed over the last 25 centuries by philosophers and art critics, who have sometimes been governed by the objectivity of perception, and other times, of course, by the subjectivity of human judgement. It explores the advances that have been made in neuro-aesthetics and their current limitations. In the field of photography, this book puts aesthetic hypotheses up against experimental verification, and then critically examines attempts to "scientifically" measure this beauty. Special attention is paid to artificial intelligence techniques, taking advantage of machine learning methods and large databases.
Black Matrilineage, Photography, and Representation
by
Black Matrilineage, Photography, and Representation questions how the Black female body, specifically the Black maternal body, navigates interlocking structures that place a false narrative on her body and that of her maternal ancestors. Drawing on a wide range of scholarly inquiry and contemporary art, this book addresses these misconceptions and fills in the gaps that exist in the photographic representation of Black motherhood, mothering, and mutual care within Black communities. The essays and interviews, paired with a curated selection of images, address the complicated relationship between Blackness and photography and in particular its gendered dimension, its relationship to health, sexuality, and digital culture ? primarily in the context of racialized heteronormativity. This collection, then, challenges racist images and discourses, both historically and in its persistence in contemporary society, while reclaiming the innate brilliance of Black women through personal stories, history, political acts, connections to place, moments of pleasure, and communal celebration. This visual exploration of Black motherhood through pictures made by Black woman?identifying photographers thus serves as a reflection of the past and a portal to the future and contributes to recent scholarship on the complexity of Black life and Black joy. This book emerges from the project Women Picturing Revolution. For more information, visit womenpicturingrevolution.com Contributing authors: Tomi Akitunde (founder and editor-in-chief of mater mea), Grace Aneiza Ali (New York University), Emily Brady (University of Nottingham), Lesly Deschler Canossi (Women Picturing Revolution), Nicole J. Caruth (independent curator), Haile Eshe Cole (University of Connecticut), Atalie Gerhard (Saarland University), Kellie Carter Jackson (Wellesley College), Régine Michelle Jean-Charles (Northeastern University), Rachel Lobo (York University), Zoraida Lopez-Diago (Women Picturing Revolution), Salamishah Tillet (Rutgers University), Scheherazade Tillet (A Long Walk Home), Brie McLemore (University of California, Berkeley), Renée Mussai (Autograph London), Marly Pierre-Louis (independent curator), Jonathan Michael Square (Parsons School of Design), Susan Thompson (independent curator), Jennifer Turner (Hollins University), Sasha Turner (Johns Hopkins University), Rhaisa Kameela Williams (Princeton University) Contributing artists: Nydia Blas, Samantha Box, Renee Cox, Andrea Chung, Nona Faustine, Adama Delphine Fawundu, vanessa german, Ayana V. Jackson, Lebohang Kganye, Deana Lawson, Qiana Mestich, Marcia Michael, Zanele Muholi, Wangechi Mutu, Keisha Scarville, Mickalene Thomas, Mary Sibande, Carrie Mae Weems, Deborah Willis.
Citizens of Photography
by
Citizens of Photography explores how photography offers access to forms of citizenship beyond those available through ordinary politics. Through contemporary ethnographic investigations of photographic practice in Nicaragua, Nigeria, Greece, India, Nepal, Sri Lanka, Bangladesh, and Cambodia, the PhotoDemos Collective traces the resonances between political representation and photographic representation. The authors emphasize photography as lived practice and how photography's performative, transformative, and transgressive possibilities facilitate the articulation of new identities. They analyze photography ranging from family albums and social media to state and public archives, showing how it points to new destinations in the context of social movements, the aftermath of atrocity and civil war, and the legacies of past injustices. By foregrounding photography's open-ended and contingent nature and its ability to subvert and reconfigure conventional political identifications, this volume demonstrates that as much as photography looks to the past, it points to the future, acting in advance of social reality.
Gabriel Lippmann's Colour Photography
by
Physicist Gabriel Lippmann's (1845-1921) photographic process is one of the oldest methods for producing colour photographs. So why do the achievements of this 1908 Nobel laureate remain mostly unknown outside niche circles? Using the centenary of Lippmann's death as an opportunity to reflect upon his scientific, photographic, and cultural legacy, this book is the first to explore his interferential colour photography. Initially disclosed in 1891, the emergence of this medium is considered here through three shaping forces: science, media, and museums.A group of international scholars reassess Lippmann's reception in the history of science, where he is most recognised, by going well beyond his endeavours in France and delving into the complexity of his colour photography as a challenge to various historiographies. Moreover, they analyse colour photographs as optical media, thus pluralising Lippmann photography's ties to art, cultural and imperial history, as well as media archaeology. The contributors also focus on the interferential plate as a material object in need of both preservation and exhibition, one that continues to fascinate contemporary analogue photographers. This volume allows readers to get to know Lippmann, grasp the interdisciplinary complexity of his colourful work, and ultimately expand his place in the history of photography.
The Handbook of Photography Studies
by
The Handbook of Photography Studies is a state-of-the-art overview of the field of photography studies, examining its thematic interests, dynamic research methodologies and multiple scholarly directions. It is a source of well-informed, analytical and reflective discussions of all the main subjects that photography scholars have been concerned with as well as a rigorous study of the field's persistent expansion at a time when digital technology regularly boosts our exposure to new and historical photographs alike.Split into five core parts, the Handbook analyses the field's histories, theories and research strategies; discusses photography in academic disciplinary and interdisciplinary contexts; draws out the main concerns of photographic scholarship; interrogates photography's cultural and geopolitical influences; and examines photography's multiple uses and continued changing faces. Each part begins with an introductory text, giving historical contextualization and scholarly orientation.Featuring the work of international experts, and offering diverse examples, insights and discussions of the field's rich historiography, the Handbook provides critical guidance to the most recent research in photography studies.This pioneering and comprehensive volume presents a systematic synopsis of the subject that will be an invaluable resource for photography researchers and students from all disciplinary backgrounds in the arts, humanities and social sciences.
The Perception Machine
by
A provocative investigation of the future of photography and human perception in the age of AI. We are constantly photographing and being photographed while feeding machine learning databases with our data, which in turn is used to generate new images. Analyzing the transformation of photography by computation-and the transformation of human perception by algorithmically driven images, from CGI to AI-The Perception Machine investigates what it means for us to live surrounded by image flows and machine eyes. In an astute and engaging argument, Joanna Zylinska brings together media theory and neuroscience in a Vilem Flusser-Paul Virilio remix. Her "perception machine" names a technical universe of images and their infrastructures. But it also refers to a sociopolitical condition resulting from today's automation of vision, imaging-and imagination. Written by a theorist-practitioner, the book incorporates Zylinska's own art projects, some of which have been co-created with AI. The photographs, collages, films, and installations available as part of the book (and its companion website) provide a different mode of thinking about our technological futures, at a local as well as a planetary level. Offering provocative concepts such as eco-eco-punk, AUTO-FOTO-KINO, planetary micro-vision, loser images, and sensography, the book outlines an existential philosophy of messy media for a time when our practices of imaging and self-imaging are being radically redesigned. Importantly, it also offers a new vision of our future.
Picture Research
by
An intimate foray into the invisible work that made it possible for pictures to circulate in print and online from the 1830s to the 2010s. Picture Research focuses on how pictures were saved, stored, and searched for in a time before scanners, servers, and search engines, and describes the dramatic difference it made when images became scannable, searchable, and distributable via the internet. While the camera, the darkroom, and the printed page are well-known sites of photographic production that have been replaced by cell phones, imaging software, and websites, the cultural intermediaries of mass-circulation photography-picture librarians and researchers, editors, and archivists-are less familiar. In this book, Nina Lager Vestberg artfully details the range of research skills, reproduction machinery, and communication infrastructures that was needed to make pictures available to a public before digitization. Drawing on documents and representations across a range of cultural expressions, Picture Research reveals the intermediation that has been performed by skilled workers in a variety of roles, making use of pre-photographic, photographic, and digital machineries of capture, accumulation, extraction, and transmission. Tracing a history of the modern pictorial economy from the pre-photographic 1830s to the post-digitized 2010s, it makes visible and explicit the invisible labor that has built-and still sustains-the visual commodity culture of everyday life.
Stephanie Dinkins
by
Stephanie Dinkins is renowned for her critical investigations into artificial intelligence and machine learning systems as they intersect race, gender, and our future histories. By using her training in documentary practices as a photo-based artist, she creates inclusive platforms for dialogue and action toward building technological ecosystems and datasets that are equitable, accessible, and transparent. Her immersive installations, community-based workshops, and public talks seek audience participation and engagement in a way that pushes the boundaries of new media and socially engaged art practices in the 21st century. Stephanie Dinkins: On Love & Data brings together nationally renowned curators and theorists who draw from methodologies of art criticism, social practice, new media theory, and critical studies to offer an in-depth analysis of key installations in Dinkins's survey exhibition. The book also includes an important essay by Stephanie Dinkins on her concept of Afro-now-ism in which she expands on her theoretical framework and positionality as a Black new media artist in the 21st century. Dinkins's artistic research transcends the boundaries of visual art to challenge and expose the bias and inequities of caste, race, and gender, which are encoded within digital systems on which governance, healthcare, and security infrastructures in the United States are based.
Capstone Project For Photography 2
Capstone Project For Photography 2 involves the production of the creative output approved in the prior course. You will be guided by an adviser through the process of production. Your finished work will be presented either as an exhibition or a publication on virtual or physical platforms. You will prove your proficiency in visual communication, knowledge in issue analysis, technical skills and generation of creative ideas.
Basic knowledge of digital production and editing
by
Digital production is a burgeoning field that has evolved rapidly over the last decade. With advancements in technology and the increasing demand for digital content, the field has become interdisciplinary and multifaceted, encompassing various fields such as film production, sound production, design, screenwriting, communication, and film theory. Digital production involves transforming creative ideas and assets such as text, images, and interactive apps into a wide range of digital media, including digital music, streaming video, and other widely distributed content.
Behind the image : research in photography
by
Encouraging research, reflection and debate, Basics Creative Photography 03- Behind the Image will revolutionize the way new projects are approached. By looking at how successful photographers have produced meaningful canons of work, Anna Fox & Natasha Caruana give readers the creative edge today's photographers need to make their work stand out from the crowd. The book's generous selection of images brings together an eclectic range of photographic styles and genres, creating a refreshing and inspiring resource for all. AVA has a strong tradition of producing titles that teach students the importance of research in their chosen creative field. This book features a wide range of photographic contributions from students, amateurs and professionals, specifically edited to help students reflect on their own work in order to produce better images in the future.
Bending the Frame
by
The older paradigm for photojournalists was to simply record events, with the hope-and frequently the expectation-that people and their governments would be moved to respond to the injustices pictured; as witnessed by the impact of certain images during the Civil Rights movement and the Vietnam War. Given evolving media and political climates, however, including the billions of images now available online from all kinds of sources, the purpose and effectiveness of media, in particular of visual journalism, has been called into question. Bending the Frame: Photojournalism, Documentary, and Citzenship, by author and critic Fred Ritchin, addresses the new and emerging potentials for visual media to impact society. Ritchin examines the historical and contemporary uses of photography and related media to inspire social change. From the unintended consequences of "citizen journalism" and leaked images such as those from Abu Ghraib, to the new strategies by visual journalists and the targeted human rights projects by documentary photographers, the intention of this book is to provide a much-needed critical approach to the issues involved in such efforts. Also encompassing online efforts, uses of video, and a diverse range of books and exhibitions, Bending the Frame aims for as wide-ranging and farreaching a discussion as possible, asking the critical question: how can images promote new thinking and make a difference in the world?
Visual Thinking Strategies
by
"What's going on in this picture?" With this one question and a carefully chosen work of art, teachers can start their students down a path toward deeper learning and other skills now encouraged by the Common Core State Standards. The Visual Thinking Strategies (VTS) teaching method has been successfully implemented in schools, districts, and cultural institutions nationwide, including bilingual schools in California, West Orange Public Schools in New Jersey, and the San Francisco Museum of Modern Art. It provides for open-ended yet highly structured discussions of visual art, and significantly increases students' critical thinking, language, and literacy skills along the way. Philip Yenawine, former education director of New York's Museum of Modern Art and cocreator of the VTS curriculum, writes engagingly about his years of experience with elementary school students in the classroom. He reveals how VTS was developed and demonstrates how teachers are using art--as well as poems, primary documents, and other visual artifacts--to increase a variety of skills, including writing, listening, and speaking, across a range of subjects. The book shows how VTS can be easily and effectively integrated into elementary classroom lessons in just ten hours of a school year to create learner-centered environments where students at all levels are involved in rich, absorbing discussions.
Why it does not have to be in focus : modern photography explained
by
This book offers a lively, informed defence of modern photography. Choosing 100 key photographs - with particular emphasis on the last twenty years - it examines what inspired each photographer, and traces how the piece was executed. In doing so, she brings to light the layers of meaning behind these singular works, some of which were initially dismissed out of hand for being blurred, overexposed or 'badly' composed. Discover why Gillian Wearing's 'Self-Portrait at 17 Years Old' is not the straightforward photobooth snap it appears on first sight; find out what lies behind Hiroshi Sugimoto's decision to use a 19th-century large-format camera for his work; and explore what prompted Richard Prince to begin photographing existing photographs. The often controversial images discussed in this book play with our expectations of a photograph, our ingrained tendency to believe that it is telling us the unadorned truth. Jackie Higgins proves once and for all that there's so much more to the art of photography than 'point and click'.
Words not spent today buy smaller images tomorrow : essays on the present and future of photography
by
At this transitional moment in the field of photography, how should we consider what is to come for the medium? Can its past and present practitioners help guide us, both as creators and as observers? David Levi Strauss-eminent author, critic, and teacher-rises to the challenge of these questions and more in Words Not Spent Today Buy Smaller Images Tomorrow: Essays on the Present and Future of Photographs. In the course of twenty-five essays, Strauss discusses the work of artists who provoke us with revealing, clear-eyed investigations of the ostensibly patent world in front of us, and others who transport us to new realms, poetic and unreal-creative minds ranging from Frederick Sommer, Helen Levitt, Daido Moriyama, and Joseph Beuys, to contemporary photographers Sally Mann, James Nachtwey, Susan Meiselas, Robert Bergman, Tim Davis, and many others. Also considered are the groundbreaking theoretical writings of Susan Sontag and Jean-Luc Nancy, the films of Chris Marker and Stan Brakhage, and issues and events that have irrevocably altered the way we consider the medium of photography and how it communicates: 9/11, Abu Ghraib, the death of Osama bin Laden, the Arab Spring, and Occupy Wall Street. Words Not Spent Today is an incisive exploration of photography's changing role as a tool of evidence and conscience as we move forward into-can we say it?-a post-photographic era.
Capstone Project For Photography 2
Capstone Project For Photography 2 involves the production of the creative output approved in the prior course. You will be guided by an adviser through the process of production. Your finished work will be presented either as an exhibition or a publication on virtual or physical platforms. You will prove your proficiency in visual communication, knowledge in issue analysis, technical skills and generation of creative ideas.
Extraordinary women with cameras : 35 photographers who changed how we see the world
by
The film photography handbook : rediscovering photography in 35mm, medium, and large format
by
Film photography has recently witnessed a significant renaissance—and not just among those who have previously shot with film. Interest in film photography and analog photography has also grown enormously among those who have only ever shot digitally. In The Film Photography Handbook, 3rd Edition, authors Chris Marquardt and Monika Andrae speak to both types of film photographers as they offer an easy-to-understand, complete resource to shooting film. In this updated and expanded edition, they address today’s working climate, including such topics as the hybrid film/digital workflow, the digitization of negatives, and using smartphones for light metering and to assist in film processing. This book is intended for anyone who is curious about film and analog photography, whether you need a refresher course or are discovering this wonderful format for the first time. You’ll learn how easy it is to shoot and process black-and-white film at home, and that just a little special equipment is needed to get into film photography.
Picture research : the work of intermediation from pre-photography to post-digitization
by
"Reveals the invisible work that made it possible for pictures to circulate in print and online from the 1830s to the 2010s"-- Provided by publisher.
DIGITAL IMAGING SOFTWARE is a fourteen-lesson course that will introduce you to the most professional and cutting-edge software applications. You will learn to execute projects based on various professional objectives and individual creative concepts. You will understand to choose and effectively apply professional workflow and post-processing techniques.
Adobe Photoshop Creative Cloud Revealed, 2nd Edition
by
Adobe® Photoshop Creative Cloud Revealed, 2nd Edition encourages students to creatively examine topics and themes to design meaningful projects that have impact. Photoshop introductory through advanced tools are used to find creative solutions and using imagery as a stepping stone to bigger conversations. The REVEALED Series extends step-by-step software instruction to creative problem-solving for real-world impact with more projects than any other Adobe curriculum. Through our exclusive partnership with National Geographic, students create unique and meaningful projects inspired by National Geographic storytellers with a focus on how design principles create meaningful compositions, layouts, and infographics, all while meeting most recent Adobe Professional Certification requirements.This updated series includes professional examples of photographs, infographics, and visually impactful layouts from National Geographic® Magazine. Students will connect concepts with real-world projects with featured interviews National Geographic Explorers, Designers and Creatives for a revered, professional perspective. Flexible for a variety of digital devices, these texts include instruction for ipad users as well as desktop/mac machines.
52 Assignments: Instagram Photography
by
52 Assignments: Instagram Photography is a collection of inspirational Insta missions, challenges, hacks, and hints from leading Instagram photographers is designed to help you elevate the images in your Instagram feed to miniature works of art. Whether you wish to sharpen your selfies, sprinkle some magic over your food shots, transform your travel album, pimp your pet portraits or brush up your street photography, you'll find a year's worth of weekly commissions and concepts for composing and creating #hashtaggable photography in all its forms. This is the quickest way to shake off old habits, discover new techniques, transform your best nine, and start creating Instagram images that get devoted followers flocking to your feed.
Application Management for Mobile and Cloud Systems
by
Application Performance Management (APM) in the Digital Enterprise enables IT professionals to be more successful in managing their company's applications. It explores the fundamentals of application management, examines how the latest technological trends impact application management, and provides best practices for responding to these changes. The recent surge in the use of containers as a way to simplify management and deploy applications has created new challenges, and the convergence of containerization, cloud, mobile, virtualization, analytics, and automation is reshaping the requirements for application management. This book serves as a guide for understanding these dramatic changes and how they impact the management of applications, showing how to create a management strategy, define the underlying processes and standards, and how to select the appropriate tools to enable management processes.
Basic knowledge of digital production and editing
by
Digital production is a burgeoning field that has evolved rapidly over the last decade. With advancements in technology and the increasing demand for digital content, the field has become interdisciplinary and multifaceted, encompassing various fields such as film production, sound production, design, screenwriting, communication, and film theory. Digital production involves transforming creative ideas and assets such as text, images, and interactive apps into a wide range of digital media, including digital music, streaming video, and other widely distributed content. One of the primary applications of digital production is the creation of visual media. It involves using advanced software and hardware tools to produce digitally enhanced animation, visual effects, and other forms of computer-generated imagery. These technologies have revolutionized the way films, television shows, and other visual media are produced, allowing creators to bring their visions to life in ways that were once impossible. For instance, movies like Avatar and The Lord of the Rings series are exemplary of digital production's capabilities. Moreover, digital production has become a vital component of new media development. It involves designing and developing websites, multimedia authoring, and computer game development, among others. With the rapid growth of the internet and social media platforms, the demand for digital content creation has skyrocketed, making digital production an indispensable field for any organization seeking to establish its online presence.The expansion of digital production has created a multitude of job opportunities for professionals. With the rising demand for digital content creation, the employment rate for video editors is predicted to increase by 18% this decade. Other job opportunities include audio engineers, graphic designers, animators, multimedia artists, and game developers, among others. These professionals are highly skilled and adept at using cutting-edge technology and software to produce high-quality digital content.To prepare students for careers in digital production, universities and colleges offer programs that provide hands-on experience in various areas including digital media capture, management, and tools in the areas of digital imaging and video editing. These programs cover a broad range of topics asluding digital media production techniques storytelling, creative design, scriptwrit-ing, and project management They equip students with the knowledge and skils needed. to produce compelling digital contentin various formats and for different platforms.This book is divided into eight chapters that cover different aspects of digital production The first chapter provides an introduc tion to the topic and sets the foundation for the rest of the book. It provides an overview of the digital production process, including the tools and technologies used, the second chapter focuses on camera techniques and composition. It covers topics such as camera settings, lighting and framing, as well as how to compose shots effectively. The third chapter covers sound recording and editing. It discusses the importance of good audio quality and provides guidance on how to record and edit audio effectively. The fourth chapter focuses on video editing. It covers the basics of editing, including how to cut and splice footage, add transitions and effects, and adjust audio levels. The fifth chapter delves into image production and graphic design. It discusses the use of graphics and images in digital production, including how to create and manipulate them using software tools. The sixth chapter focuses on project planning and management. It provides guidance on how to plan and manage digital production projects, including creating a project plan, setting timelines, and allocating resources. The seventh chapter covers distribution and promo-tion. It discusses different methods for distributing digital content, such as online platforms and social media, as well as strategies for promoting content effectively. The final chapter focuses on advanced topics and future directions. It discusses emerging technologies and trends in digital production, as well as advanced techniques and tools for creating high-quality content.This book is a valuable resource for anyone interested in creating digital content, whether for personal or professional use."--Back cove
C# 7. 0 All-In-One for Dummies
by
Sharpen your knowledge of C# C# know-how is a must if you want to be a professional Microsoft developer. It's also good to know a little C# if you're building tools for the web, mobile apps, or other development tasks. C# 7.0 All-in-One For Dummies offers a deep dive into C# for coders still learning the nuances of the valuable programming language. Pop it open to get an intro into coding with C#, how to design secure apps and databases, and even pointers on building web and mobile apps with C#. C# remains one of the most in-demand programming language skills. The language regularly ranks in the top five among "most in-demand" languages, typically along with Java/JavaScript, C++, and Python. A December 2016 ZDNet article noted 'If your employer is a Microsoft developer, you better know C#." Lucky for you, this approachable, all-in-one guide is here to help you do just that--without ever breaking a sweat! Includes coverage of the latest changes to C# Shows you exactly what the language can (and can't) do Presents familiar tasks that you can accomplish with C# Provides insight into developing applications that provide protection against hackers If you have a basic understanding of coding and need to learn C#--or need a reference on the language in order to launch or further your career--look no further.
Certifiable Software Applications 3 : downward cycle
by
Certifiable Software Applications 3: Downward Cycle describes the descending phase of the creation of a software application, detailing specification phases, architecture, design and coding, and important concepts on modeling and implementation. For coding, code generation and/or manual code production strategies are explored. As applications are coded, a presentation of programming languages and their impact on certifiability is included.
Digital Media : Concepts and Applications
by
DIGITAL MEDIA, CONCEPTS AND APPLICATIONS, 4E prepares students for the multimedia-rich workplace by teaching them multimedia concepts as well as business-standard software applications to complete projects and solve problems. The non-software-specific text approach gives students a strong foundation in the concepts and practices of digital multimedia and allows the text to focus on the more creative end of business technology. If needed, software-specific directions to assist in learning can be found on the website.
Hardening Azure Applications : techniques and principles for building large-scale, mission-critical applications
by
Build large-scale, mission-critical hardened applications on the Azure cloud platform. This 2nd edition provides information on the newer features in Azure, such as Linux extensions and supporting Azure Services such as HDInsight and SQL Server on Linux. Updated with new applications Hardening Azure Applications also discusses Scale Sets (VMSS), a major upgrade that enables autoscaling and seamlessly makes machines ready for high availability. The authors take you step by step through the process of evaluating and building applications with the appropriate hardness attributes. After a small introduction to cloud computing, you will learn about various cloud and hardened cloud applications in detail. Next, you will discover service fundamentals such as instrumentation, telemetry, and monitoring followed by key application experiences. Further, you will cover availability and the economics of 9s. Towards the end, you will see how to secure your application and learn about the modernization of software organisations, a new topic in this edition. After reading this book, you will master the techniques and engineering principles that every architect and developer needs to know to harden their Azure/.NET applications to ensure maximum reliability and high availability when deployed at scale. What You Will Learn Use techniques and principles to harden Azure/.NET applications Secure your applications on Azure Create a scale set on Azure Work with service fundamentals such as instrumentation, telemetry, and monitoring Who This Book Is For Developers and IT professionals who are working on Azure applications.
Java for Dummies
by
A new edition of the bestselling guide to Java If you want to learn to speak the world's most popular programming language like a native, Java For Dummies is your ideal companion. With a focus on reusing existing code, it quickly and easily shows you how to create basic Java objects, work with Java classes and methods, understand the value of variables, learn to control program flow with loops or decision-making statements, and so much more! Java is everywhere, runs on almost any computer, and is the engine that drives the coolest applications. Written for anyone who's ever wanted to tackle programming with Java but never knew quite where to begin, this bestselling guide is your ticket to success! Featuring updates on everything you'll encounter in Java 9--and brimming with tons of step-by-step instruction--it's the perfect resource to get you up and running with Java in a jiffy! Discover the latest features and tools in Java 9 Learn to combine several smaller programs to create a bigger program Create basic Java objects and reuse code Confidently handle exceptions and events If you're ready to jump into Java, this bestselling guide will help keep your head above water!
Java Programming
by
Discover the power of Java� for developing applications today when you trust the engaging, hands-on approach in Farrell's JAVA PROGRAMMING, 9E. Even if you're a first-time programmer, JAVA PROGRAMMING can show you how to quickly start developing useful programs, all while still mastering the basic principles of structured and object-oriented programming. Unique, reader-friendly explanations and meaningful programming exercises emphasize business applications and game creation while useful debugging exercises and contemporary case problems further expand your understanding. Additional digital learning resources within MindTap provide interactive learning tools as well as coding IDE (Integrated Development Environment) labs for practicing and expanding your skills.
Java Programming for Android Developers for Dummies
by
Develop the next killer Android App using Java programming! Android is everywhere! It runs more than half the smartphones in the U.S.'and Java makes it go. If you want to cash in on its popularity by learning to build Android apps with Java, all the easy-to-follow guidance you need to get started is at your fingertips. Inside, you'll learn the basics of Java and grasp how it works with Android; then, you'll go on to create your first real, working application. How cool is that? The demand for Android apps isn't showing any signs of slowing, but if you're a mobile developer who wants to get in on the action, it's vital that you get the necessary Java background to be a success. With the help of Java Programming for Android Developers For Dummies, you'll quickly and painlessly discover the ins and outs of using Java to create groundbreaking Android apps'no prior knowledge or experience required! Get the know-how to create an Android program from the ground up Make sense of basic Java development concepts and techniques Develop the skills to handle programming challenges Find out how to debug your app Don't sit back and watch other developers release apps that bring in the bucks! Everything you need to create that next killer Android app is just a page away!
Professional C++
by
Get up to date quickly on the new changes coming with C++17 Professional C++ is the advanced manual for C++ programming. Designed to help experienced developers get more out of the latest release, this book skims over the basics and dives right in to exploiting the full capabilities of C++17. Each feature is explained by example, each including actual code snippets that you can plug into your own applications. Case studies include extensive, working code that has been tested on Windows and Linux, and the author's expert tips, tricks, and workarounds can dramatically enhance your workflow. Even many experienced developers have never fully explored the boundaries of the language's capabilities; this book reveals the advanced features you never knew about, and drills down to show you how to turn these features into real-world solutions. The C++17 release includes changes that impact the way you work with C++; this new fourth edition covers them all, including nested namespaces, structured bindings, string_view, template argument deduction for constructors, parallel algorithms, generalized sum algorithms, Boyer-Moore string searching, string conversion primitives, a filesystem API, clamping values, optional values, the variant type, the any type, and more. Clear explanations and professional-level depth make this book an invaluable resource for any professional needing to get up to date quickly. Maximize C++ capabilities with effective design solutions Master little-known elements and learn what to avoid Adopt new workarounds and testing/debugging best practices Utilize real-world program segments in your own applications C++ is notoriously complex, and whether you use it for gaming or business, maximizing its functionality means keeping up to date with the latest changes. Whether these changes enhance your work or make it harder depends on how well-versed you are in the newest C++ features. Professional C++ gets you up to date quickly, and provides the answers you need for everyday solutions.
Professional Visual Studio 2017
by
Skip the basics and delve right into Visual Studio 2017 advanced features and tools Professional Visual Studio 2017 is the industry-favorite guide to getting the most out of Microsoft's primary programming technology. From touring the new UI to exploiting advanced functionality, this book is designed to help professional developers become more productive. A unique IDE-centric approach provides a clear path through the typical workflow while exploring the nooks and crannies that can make your job easier. Visual Studio 2017 includes a host of features aimed at improving developer productivity and UI, and this book covers them all with clear explanation, new figures, and expert insight. Whether you're new to VS or just upgrading, this all-inclusive guide is an essential resource to keep within arm's reach. Visual Studio 2017 fixes the crucial issues that kept professionals from adopting VS 2015, and includes new features and tools that streamline the developer's job. This book provides the straightforward answers you need so you can get up to speed quickly and get back to work. Master the core functionality of Visual Studio 2017 Dig into the tools that make writing code easier Tailor the environment to your workflow, not the other way around Work your way through configuration, debugging, building, deployment, customizing, and more Microsoft is changing their release cadence'it's only been about two years since the last release'so developers need to quickly get a handle on new tools and features if they hope to remain productive. The 2017 release is designed specifically to help you get more done, in less time, with greater accuracy and attention to detail. If you're ready to get acquainted, Professional Visual Studio 2017 is your ideal guide.
Pro Spring Security : securing Spring framework 5 and boot 2-based Java applications
by
Build and deploy secure Spring Framework and Spring Boot-based enterprise Java applications with the Spring Security Framework. This book explores a comprehensive set of functionalities to implement industry-standard authentication and authorization mechanisms for Java applications. Pro Spring Security, Second Edition has been updated to incorporate the changes in Spring Framework 5 and Spring Boot 2. It is an advanced tutorial and reference that guides you through the implementation of the security features for a Java web application by presenting consistent examples built from the ground up. This book also provides you with a broader look into Spring security by including up-to-date use cases such as building a security layer for RESTful web services and Grails applications. What You Will Learn Explore the scope of security and how to use the Spring Security Framework Master Spring security architecture and design Secure the web tier in Spring Work with alternative authentication providers Take advantage of business objects and logic security Extend Spring security with other frameworks and languages Secure the service layer Who This Book Is For Experienced Spring and Java developers with prior experience in building Spring Framework or Boot-based applications.
Software Quality : concepts and practice
by
The book presents a comprehensive discussion on software quality issues and software quality assurance (SQA) principles and practices, and lays special emphasis on implementing and managing SQA. Primarily designed to serve three audiences; universities and college students, vocational training participants, and software engineers and software development managers, the book may be applicable to all personnel engaged in a software projects Features: A broad view of SQA. The book delves into SQA issues, going beyond the classic boundaries of custom-made software development to also cover in-house software development, subcontractors, and readymade software. An up-to-date wide-range coverage of SQA and SQA related topics. Providing comprehensive coverage on multifarious SQA subjects, including topics, hardly explored till in SQA texts. A systematic presentation of the SQA function and its tasks: establishing the SQA processes, planning, coordinating, follow-up, review and evaluation of SQA processes. Focus on SQA implementation issues. Specialized chapter sections, examples, implementation tips, and topics for discussion. Pedagogical support: Each chapter includes a real-life mini case study, examples, a summary, selected bibliography, review questions and topics for discussion. The book is also supported by an Instructor's Guide.
DIGITAL IMAGING SOFTWARE is a fourteen-lesson course that will introduce you to the most professional and cutting-edge software applications. You will learn to execute projects based on various professional objectives and individual creative concepts. You will understand to choose and effectively apply professional workflow and post-processing techniques.
The 3-D Global Spatial Data Model : principles and applications
by
Traditional methods for handling spatial data are encumbered by the assumption of separate origins for horizontal and vertical measurements, but modern measurement systems operate in a 3-D spatial environment. The 3-D Global Spatial Data Model: Principles and Applications, Second Edition maintains a new model for handling digital spatial data, the global spatial data model or GSDM. The GSDM preserves the integrity of three-dimensional spatial data while also providing additional benefits such as simpler equations, worldwide standardization, and the ability to track spatial data accuracy with greater specificity and convenience. This second edition expands to new topics that satisfy a growing need in the GIS, professional surveyor, machine control, and Big Data communities while continuing to embrace the earth center fixed coordinate system as the fundamental point of origin of one, two, and three-dimensional data sets. Ideal for both beginner and advanced levels, this book also provides guidance and insight on how to link to the data collected and stored in legacy systems.
Real-time IoT Imaging with deep neural networks : using Java on the Raspberry Pi 4
by
Beginning Quarkus framework : build cloud-native enterprise Java applications and microservices
by
Digital Image Processing with C++
by
Digital Image Processing with C++: Implementing Reference Algorithms with the CImg Library presents the theory of digital image processing and implementations of algorithms using a dedicated library. Processing a digital image means transforming its content (denoising, stylizing, etc.), or extracting information to solve a given problem (object recognition, measurement, motion estimation, etc.). This book presents the mathematical theories underlying digital image processing, as well as their practical implementation through examples of algorithms implemented in the C++ language using the free and easy-to-use CImg library. Chapters cover the field of digital image processing in a broad way and propose practical and functional implementations of each method theoretically described. The main topics covered include filtering in spatial and frequency domains, mathematical morphology, feature extraction and applications to segmentation, motion estimation, multispectral image processing and 3D visualization. Students or developers wishing to discover or specialize in this discipline and teachers and researchers hoping to quickly prototype new algorithms or develop courses will all find in this book material to discover image processing or deepen their knowledge in this field.
Beginning Quarkus framework : build cloud-native enterprise Java applications and microservices
by
Django 2 by Example : Build powerful and reliable Python web applications from scratch
by
Docker and Kubernetes for Java developers : scale, deploy, and monitor multi-container applications
by
Hands-On GUI Programming with C++ and Qt5 : Build stunning cross-platform applications and widgets with the most powerful GUI framework
by
HTML5 and JavaScript projects : build on your basic knowledge of HTML5 and JavaScript to create substantial HTML5 applications
by
Hybrid Cloud for Developers : Develop and deploy cost-effective applications on the AWS and OpenStack platforms with ease
by
Java Deep Learning Projects : Implement 10 Real-World Deep Learning Applications Using Deeplearning4j and Open Source APIs
by
Mastering Java for data science : building data science applications in Java
by
Real-Time IoT Imaging with Deep Neural Networks : Using Java on the Raspberry Pi 4
by
DOCUMENTARY PHOTOGRAPHY is the activity of making and telling a story through a series of pictures. The aim of this advanced course is to further develop your interest and understanding of this genre of photography. In this course you will explore the major historical and contemporary works of visual storytellers and ethical markers in the field of Documentary Photography. You will have the opportunity to develop and advance project concepts and photo stories by exploring a variety of real-world assignments and scenarios. You will be expected to create cohesive bodies of work that effective tell a story thru a sequence of images. This course will have a service-learning component, where students are expected to collaborate with NGOs in addressing and sharing advocacies.
Bystander : a history of street photography
by
In this book, the authors explore and discuss the development of one of the most interesting and dynamic of photographic genres. Hailed as a landmark work when it was first published in 1994, Bystander is widely regarded by street photographers as the "bible" of street photography. It covers an incredible array of talent, from the unknowns of the late 19th century to the acknowledged masters of the 20th, such as Atget, Stieglitz, Strand, Cartier-Bresson, Brassai, Kertesz, Frank, Arbus, Winogrand, and Levitt to name just a few. In this new and fully revised edition, the story of street photography is brought up to date with a re-evaluation of some historical material, the inclusion of more contemporary photographers, and a discussion of the ongoing rise of digital photography.
A Companion to Photography
by
The study of photography has never been more important. A look at today's digital world reveals that a greater number of photographs are being taken each day than at any other moment in history. Countless photographs are disseminated instantly online and more and more photographic images are earning prominent positions--and garnering record prices--in the rarefied realm of top art galleries. Reflecting this dramatic increase in all things photographic, A Companion to Photography presents a comprehensive collection of original essays that explore a variety of key areas of current debate around the state of photography in the twenty-first century. Essays are grouped and organized in themed sections--including photographic interpretation, markets, popular photography, documents, and fine art--and provide comprehensive coverage of the subject. Representing a diversity of approaches, essays are written by both established and emerging photographers and scholars, as well as various experts in their respective areas. A Companion to Photography offers scholars and professional photographers alike an essential and up-to-date resource that brings the study of contemporary photography into clear focus.
Digital Photo Assignments : projects for all levels of photography classes
by
This collection of more than 40 photo assignments is designed to help all students--from beginning freshmen to experienced seniors--improve or reinvigorate their work and reach their full potential as photographers. Whether you are building a syllabus for your first photography class, revitalizing assignments for your students, or looking to add DSLR video, workflow, or color correction to your class, you will find a wealth of ideas in this wonderful working guide. The assignments begin with using the camera, and progress through learning composition and lighting, working in genres, building a portfolio and more.
The Documentary Impulse
by
Award-winning photographer Stuart Franklin's exploration of how we, as humans, are driven to visually document our experiences and the world around us. Stuart Franklin took one of the most powerful photographs of the twentieth century - the 'tank man' in Tiananmen Square, Beijing, 1989. From his insightful position as a photographer, Franklin explores why we are driven to visually document our experiences and the world around us. He focuses on photography but traces this universal need through art, literature and science. Looking at photojournalism, war photography and work recording our culture, Franklin identifies some of its driving impulses: curiosity, outrage, reform and ritual; the search for evidence, for beauty, for therapy; and the immortalization of memory. As our understanding of 'documentary' continues to expand, Franklin considers photographic staging - where, perhaps, the future of the genre may lie: in search of truth over fact. "This book traces what I shall call the documentary impulse. Here I mean the passion to record, with fidelity, the moments we experience and wish to preserve, the things we witness and might want to reform; or simply the people, places or things we find remarkable... Photography (and journalism) practised respectfully has the power to educate us all towards a greater understanding and empathy towards others." --Stuart Franklin
Photography: a Critical Introduction
by
Photography: A Critical Introduction was the first introductory textbook to examine key debates in photographic theory and place them in their social and political contexts, and is now established as one of the leading textbooks in its field. Written especially for students in higher education and for introductory college courses, this fully revised edition provides a coherent introduction to the nature of photographic seeing. Individual chapters cover: Key debates in photographic theory and history Documentary photography and photojournalism Personal and popular photography Photography and the human body Photography and commodity culture Photography as art This revised and updated fifth edition includes: New case studies on topics such as: materialism and embodiment, the commodification of human experience, and an extended discussion of landscape as genre. 98 photographs and images, featuring work from: Bill Brandt, Susan Derges, Rineke Dijkstra, Fran Herbello, Hannah Höch, Karen Knorr, Dorothea Lange, Chrystel Lebas, Susan Meiselas, Lee Miller, Martin Parr, Ingrid Pollard, Jacob Riis, Alexander Rodchenko, Andres Serrano, Cindy Sherman and Jeff Wall. Fully updated resource information, including guides to public archives and useful websites. A full glossary of terms and a comprehensive bibliography. Contributors: Michelle Henning, Patricia Holland, Derrick Price, Anandi Ramamurthy and Liz Wells.
Public Images : celebrity, photojournalism and the making of the tabloid press
by
The stolen snapshot is a staple of the modern tabloid press, as ubiquitous as it is notorious. The first in-depth history of British tabloid photojournalism, this book explores the origin of the unauthorised celebrity photograph in the early 20th century, tracing its rise in the 1900s through to the first legal trial concerning the right to privacy from photographers shortly after the Second World War. Packed with case studies from the glamorous to the infamous, the book argues that the candid snap was a tabloid innovation that drew its power from Britain's unique class tensions. Used by papers such as the Daily Mirror and Daily Sketch as a vehicle of mass communication, this new form of image played an important and often overlooked role in constructing the idea of the press photographer as a documentary eyewitness. From Edward VIII and Wallis Simpson to aristocratic debutantes Lady Diana Cooper and Margaret Whigham, the rage of the social elite at being pictured so intimately without permission was matched only by the fascination of working class readers, while the relationship of the British press to social, economic and political power was changed forever. Initially pioneered in the metropole, tabloid-style photojournalism soon penetrated the journalistic culture of most of the globe. This in-depth account of its social and cultural history is an invaluable source of new research for historians of photography, journalism, visual culture, media and celebrity studies.
Shifting Horizons : urban space and social difference in contemporary Brazilian documentary and photography
by
Drawing on the challenges of urban expansion and increasing population density facing contemporary Brazil, Shifting Horizons is an interdisciplinary investigation of the treatment of social difference in documentary film and photography and its potential to effect social and political change. Explores the Brazilian documentary tradition of conscientização, alongside new movements such as inclusão visual, introducing the voices of a range of innovative and highly contemporary artists, filmmakers, and cultural commentators Discusses traditionally marginalized urban spaces using the concepts of inequality, segregation, integration, and relationality Bridges the domains of film and photography and brings greater awareness to Brazilian cultural output Highlights new ways in which today's social documentary practice and production can inspire social and cultural transformation, in Brazil and around the world
Steve Mccurry : a life in pictures
by
The biggest and most comprehensive volume on Steve McCurry published to date and the final word on forty years of McCurry's incredible work. Written and compiled by Bonnie McCurry, Steve's sister and President of the McCurry Foundation, Steve McCurry: A Life in Pictures is the ultimate book of McCurry's images and his approach to photography. The book brings together all of McCurry's key adventures and influences, from his very first journalistic images taken in the aftermath of the 1977 Johnstown floods, to his breakthrough journey into Afghanistan hidden among the mujahideen, his many travels across India and Pakistan, his coverage of the destruction of the 1991 Gulf War and the September 11th terrorist attacks in New York, up to his most-recent work. Totalling over 350 images, the selection of photographs includes his best-known shots as well as over 100 previously unpublished images. Also included are personal notes, telegrams and visual ephemera from his travels and assignments, all accompanied by Bonnie McCurry's authoritative text - drawn from her unique relationship with Steve - as well as reflections from many of Steve's friends and colleagues. "I compare photography to food, air, and sleep... this creative energy, this impulse, is what gives us purpose, pleasure, joy, happiness and love." Steve McCurry In an incredibly successful career spanning over 40 years Steve McCurry has created some of the most evocative and best-known images in photography. He has been awarded the Robert Capa Gold Medal, the National Press Photographers Award, and four first prize recognitions at the World Press Photo Contest. Steve McCurry: A Life in Pictures is the complete, definitive volume on McCurry. Reviews for Steve McCurry: A Life in Pictures "Complex realities and universal truths flow throughout McCurry's photographs." Huck Magazine "It is frank as well as fond, and its 350 or so images include about 100 that have never previously been published." Daily Telegraph "Bonnie McCurry... commentary is loving, measured, honest and a refreshingly unpretentious accompaniment to McCurry's arresting, sometimes astonishing, occasionally gut-wrenching work." The Times "Includes many arresting pictures, from harrowing scenes in the burning oil fields of Kuwait to an extraordinary composition showing a red-robed woman making her way down a huge wall of stairs in Abhaneri, India. The book is a complete biographical package, with numerous photos of McCurry at work and play" New York Times Book Review
DOCUMENTARY PHOTOGRAPHY is the activity of making and telling a story through a series of pictures. The aim of this advanced course is to further develop your interest and understanding of this genre of photography. In this course, you will explore the major historical and contemporary works of visual storytellers and ethical markers in the field of Documentary Photography. You will have the opportunity to develop and advance project concepts and photo stories by exploring a variety of real-world assignments and scenarios. You will be expected to create cohesive bodies of work that effectively tell a story thru a sequence of images. This course will have a service-learning component, where students are expected to collaborate with NGOs in addressing and sharing advocacies.
BUILDING A WHITE NATION propaganda, photography, and the apartheid regime between the late 1940s... and the mid-1970s
by
Camera and Craft: Learning the Technical Art of Digital Photography
by
#2 on Photo.net's list of Best Photography Books of 2014! To create successful imagery, you need to balance technical know-how and aesthetic vision. In Camera & Craft, we deconstruct photographic principles in new ways to help you think through your process. Together with nine guest photographers, we explore photographic practice and follow up with inventive exercises and demonstrations that challenge you to engage with your tools--all with the goal of helping you work more creatively. Along the way are conversations with our guest photographers that address each topic, from how the professionals work with clients and models to what they think about as they look through the viewfinder. Here's what you'll find inside: Advice and insights from professionals working in a variety of fields, from photojournalism and portraiture to fine-art, landscape and commercial photography Technical explanations about how photographic tools work--so you can connect knowledge to your practice and work more instinctively and creatively Key steps for improving digital workflow Innovative exercises at the end of each chapter as well as on our companion website that encourage you to experiment with and understand the photographic process--from learning how far you can push your camera's sensor to exploring the effects of neutral vs. creative color Interviews with technical and creative experts about developing skills and making images that matter This book is part of The Digital Imaging Masters Series, which features cutting-edge information from the most sought-after and qualified professionals and instructors in the photography field. Based on the progressive curriculum of the Master of Professional Studies in Digital Photography (MPS DP) program created by Katrin Eismann at the School of Visual Arts (SVA) in New York City, these books are the next best thing to being in the classroom with the Digital Photography Masters themselves.
Citizens of photography : the camera and the political imagination
by
A Companion to Photography
by
The study of photography has never been more important. A look at today's digital world reveals that a greater number of photographs are being taken each day than at any other moment in history. Countless photographs are disseminated instantly online and more and more photographic images are earning prominent positions--and garnering record prices--in the rarefied realm of top art galleries. Reflecting this dramatic increase in all things photographic, A Companion to Photography presents a comprehensive collection of original essays that explore a variety of key areas of current debate around the state of photography in the twenty-first century. Essays are grouped and organized in themed sections--including photographic interpretation, markets, popular photography, documents, and fine art--and provide comprehensive coverage of the subject. Representing a diversity of approaches, essays are written by both established and emerging photographers and scholars, as well as various experts in their respective areas. A Companion to Photography offers scholars and professional photographers alike an essential and up-to-date resource that brings the study of contemporary photography into clear focus.
Found Foto-Film;Aneignungen Analoger Fotografie Im Zeitgenossischen Essay- Und Dokumentarfilm.
by
Guantánamo Frames
by
For the last twenty years, the Guantánamo Bay detention camp has not just been a military prison and security facility, but also a site of media production. Films, photographs, and documents have continued to emerge from the camp and become the focus of fierce legal and political battles, as well as intense moral anguish. This book looks at how the US Department of Defense has struggled, and often failed, to control the public perception of these media objects through complex, layered framing devices. It traces how small ruptures in the Department’s framings have provided openings for critical interventions from various fields – ranging from journalism and human rights law to the arts. Guantánamo Frames thus lays the groundwork for a critical reappraisal of the entanglement of media, violence, and the security state in a broader sense.
Light and Lens : photography in the digital age
by
The new edition of this pioneering book allows students to acquire an essential foundation for digital photography. Fully updated, it clearly and concisely covers the fundamental concepts of imagemaking, how to use digital technology to create compelling images, and how to output and preserve images in the digital world. Exploring history, methods, and theory, this text offers classroom-tested assignments and exercises from leading photographic educators, approaches for analyzing, discussing, and writing about photographs, and tools to critically explore and make images with increased visual literacy. New to this edition: New larger page format Revised and renewed to reflect technological advances Expanded coverage of smartphone/mobile photography Extended coverage of the careers section More than 100 new images
Photographing Central Asia
by
This volume addresses new theoretical approaches in visual and memory studies that prompted to rethink of the photography of Russian Turkestan of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Attempts to relate the visual unknown documentations to postcolonial criticism also opened up new interpretive arenas, helping to decentralize the analysis of the history of photography. The aim of this volume is to interpret photography as a specific tool that reifies reality, subjectively frames it, and fits it into various political, ideological, commercial, scientific, and artistic contexts. Without reducing the entire argument to the binary of 'photography and power', the authors reveal the different modes of seeing that involve distinct cultural norms, social practices, power relations, levels of technology, and networks for circulating photography, and that determined the manner of its (re)use in constructing various images of Central Asia. The volume demonstrates that photography was the cornerstone of imperial media governance and discourse construction in colonial Turkestan of the tsarist and early Soviet periods. The various cases show the complex mechanisms by which images of Turkestan were created, remembered, or forgotten from the nineteenth until the twenty-first century. The book should appeal to scholars of the Russian Empire and Central Asia; of history of photography and visual culture; of memory studies. It should be appropriate for use in upper-level undergraduate courses, and even a broader public.
The Photography Handbook
by
The new edition of The Photography Handbook builds on previous editions' illuminating overview of the history, theory and practice of the creation and consumption of photographic images, and engages with the practical and theoretical implications of the explosion of new platforms for making, viewing and distributing images. New materials in this edition includes new chapters on 'Photo-elicitation' and 'Photography and Technological Change', exploration and analysis of 'selfie' culture, and extensive discussion of the work and practices by a new generation photographic artists. The Photography Handbook, Third edition also features: exploration and discussion of key photographic terms, including composition, framing, visualisation, formalism and realism analysis of the ethics of photojournalism, and ethical issues specific to digital photography practice today case studies illustrating different photographic production practices and specific related issues, including an assignment for the Guardian, the Libyan People's Bureau siege, and the work of war photographers a foregrounding of digital photographic practices, and exploration of areas including photographic manipulation, digital photojournalism, citizen journalists and copyright on the internet end of chapter summaries of key points, and an extensive glossary of essential photography terms. The Photography Handbook, Third edition is an invaluable resource for students, scholars and practitioners of photography, and all those seeking to understand its place in today's society.
Remote capture : digitising documentary heritage in challenging locations
by
Rhetorical Exposures : confrontation and contradiction in US social documentary photography
by
Documentary photography aims to capture the material reality of life. In Rhetorical Exposures, Christopher Carter demonstrates how the creation and display of documentary photographs--often now called "imagetexts"--both invite analysis and raise persistent questions about the political and social causes for the bleak scenes of poverty and distress captured on film. Carter's carefully reasoned monograph examines both formal qualities of composition and the historical contexts of the production and display of documentary photographs. In Rhetorical Exposures, Carter explores Jacob Riis's heartrending photos of Manhattan's poor in late nineteenth-century New York, Walker Evans's iconic images of tenant farmers in west Alabama, Ted Streshinsky's images of 1960s social movements, Camilo José Vergara's photographic landscapes of urban dereliction in the 1970s, and Chandra McCormick's portraits of New Orleans's Ninth Ward scarred by Hurricane Katrina. While not ascribing specifically political or Marxist intentions to the photographers discussed, Carter frames his arguments in a class-based dialectic that addresses material want as an ineluctable result of social inequality. Carter argues that social documentary photography has the powerful capacity to disrupt complacent habits of viewing and to prompt viewers to confront injustice. Though photography may induce socially disruptive experiences, it remains vulnerable to the same power dynamics it subverts. Therefore, Carter offers a "rhetoric of exposure" that outlines how such social documentary images can be treated as highly tensioned rhetorical objects. His framework enables the analysis of photographs as heterogeneous records of the interaction of social classes and expressions of specific built environments. Rhetorical Exposures also discusses how photographs interact with oral and print media and relate to creations as diverse as public memorials, murals, and graphic novels. As the creation and dissemination of new media continues to evolve in an environment of increasing anxiety about growing financial inequality, Rhetorical Exposures offers a very apt and timely discussion of the ways social documentary photography is created, employed, and understood.
Thomas Annan of Glasgow : pioneer of the documentary photograph
by
The Travel Photo Essay : describing a journey through images
by
Successful travel photographers have to wear more hats than perhaps any other photographic genre. In a single travel photo essay they are at times architectural photographers, food photographers, music photographers, car photographers - the list encompassing every possible type of photography. The Travel Photo Essay teaches the reader the necessary techniques to create cohesive professional travel stories, using images that go far beyond "I was here" photographs. From the establishing shots to the equipment list, this book discusses the techniques and concepts necessary to create professional looking images in various genres, including portrait photography, landscape photography, wildlife photography, food photography, documentary photography, sports photography and more. Covering issues such as lighting, writing, workflow and the travel photography market, award-winning photographer and writer Mark Edward Harris explains how to marry photos with words, telling a cohesive story through a series of photographs.
Violence Elsewhere 1
by
Explores the significance of postwar German representations of violence in other places and times.
Visual Ethics : a guide for photographers, journalists, and filmmakers
by
Visual Ethics addresses the need for critical thinking and ethical behavior among professionals responsible for visual messages in photography and photojournalism, film, and digital media. From the author of Photojournalism: An Ethical Approach, published more than 20 years ago, this book goes beyond photojournalism ethics. It discusses crucial contemporary concerns, including persuasion, stereotyping, global perspectives, graphic design decisions, multimedia production, social media, and more. Written for an ever-growing discipline, author Paul Martin Lester gives serious ethical consideration to the complex field of visual communication.
Watching, waiting the photographic representation of empty places
by
Where Truth Lies : digital culture and documentary media after 9/11
by
A free open access ebook is available upon publication. Learn more at www.luminosoa.org. This boldly original book traces the evolution of documentary film and photography as they migrated onto digital platforms during the first decades of the twenty-first century. Kris Fallon examines the emergence of several key media forms--social networking and crowdsourcing, video games and virtual environments, big data and data visualization--and demonstrates the formative influence of political conflict and the documentary film tradition on their evolution and cultural integration. Focusing on particular moments of political rupture, Fallon argues that the ideological rifts of the period inspired the adoption and adaptation of newly available technologies to encourage social mobilization and political action, a function performed for much of the previous century by independent documentary film. Positioning documentary film and digital media side by side in the political sphere, Fallon asserts that "truth" now lies in a new set of media forms and discursive practices that implicitly shape the documentation of everything from widespread cultural spectacles like wars and presidential elections to more invisible or isolated phenomena like the Abu Ghraib torture scandal or the "fake news" debates of 2016.
FASHION PHOTOGRAPHY introduces you to the the professional practice of commercial fashion photography. In this course, you will work on assignments dealing with fashion retail’s advertising campaigns, models’ portfolio, VTRs and other artistic industries related to fashion. You will be tasked to manage the recording of visual, collaborative, creative concepts of the ad agencies, fashion designers, models, makeup artists, hairstylists, stylists and models.
52 Assignments: Instagram Photography
by
52 Assignments: Instagram Photography is a collection of inspirational Insta missions, challenges, hacks, and hints from leading Instagram photographers is designed to help you elevate the images in your Instagram feed to miniature works of art. Whether you wish to sharpen your selfies, sprinkle some magic over your food shots, transform your travel album, pimp your pet portraits or brush up your street photography, you'll find a year's worth of weekly commissions and concepts for composing and creating #hashtaggable photography in all its forms. This is the quickest way to shake off old habits, discover new techniques, transform your best nine, and start creating Instagram images that get devoted followers flocking to your feed.
Anti Glossy Fashion Photography Now
by
Capturing contemporary trends and forecasting the look of the future, this dazzling anthology collects the work of the most cutting-edge photographers working today, this volume is an essential compilation of the most important photographic trends of the age of social media and digital publication. The interaction between photography and fashion has always been compelling--how can artists balance commercial viability against their own creative vision? Anti-Glossy collects some of the most innovative photographers working in the field of fashion, exploring the way new media is influencing the direction of photography for print. As the notion of the "fashion photographer" becomes less distinct, the industry is benefitting from the talents of artists whose influence leads the genre into a multitude of surprising, often shocking, directions. In this collection of new fashion photography, full-page color and black-and-white photographs represent an incredible range of styles and techniques. From the evolving vision of masters of the form such as Juergen Teller and Glen Luchford, to the ironic work of Sebastian Kim, to the challenges posed by young female voices like Annemarieke Van Drimmelen, Charlotte Wales, Sarah Piantadosi, Joanna Piotrowska, and Karen Knorr, the photographers featured in this exciting collection represent a cutting-edge trend in all its diversity. Paris-based author and editor Patrick Remy has selected over twenty photographers from emerging talents that hold the prospect of creating enduring fashion images and influencing the cultural and style trends of tomorrow to established figures exploring new directions.
A Companion to Photography
by
The study of photography has never been more important. A look at today's digital world reveals that a greater number of photographs are being taken each day than at any other moment in history. Countless photographs are disseminated instantly online and more and more photographic images are earning prominent positions--and garnering record prices--in the rarefied realm of top art galleries. Reflecting this dramatic increase in all things photographic, A Companion to Photography presents a comprehensive collection of original essays that explore a variety of key areas of current debate around the state of photography in the twenty-first century. Essays are grouped and organized in themed sections--including photographic interpretation, markets, popular photography, documents, and fine art--and provide comprehensive coverage of the subject. Representing a diversity of approaches, essays are written by both established and emerging photographers and scholars, as well as various experts in their respective areas. A Companion to Photography offers scholars and professional photographers alike an essential and up-to-date resource that brings the study of contemporary photography into clear focus.
Designers on Instagram : #fashion
by
An original collection of photography from the biggest names in American fashion, Designers on Instagram culls the most interesting, stylish, and unique photographs on Instagram from the designers that comprise the Council of Fashion Designers of America (CFDA). Handpicked by the designers themselves, the images include choices from CFDA members such as Diane von Furstenberg, Marc Jacobs, Donna Karan, Rachel Zoe, and John Varvatos. Organized by content sections such as Behind the Scenes, Travel, and Parties, this glimpse through the lens of the designers themselves will provide photography fans and fashionistas alike with a brand-new take on their favorite tastemakers.
Dior Legendary Images : great photographers and Dior
by
Stunning, glamorous, and iconic, Dior The Legendary Images exemplifies how the haute couture house transcended fashion into the realm of legend. A gorgeous exploration of the relationship between the Haute Couture of Dior and the legendary fashion and art photography that captures it. Reaching beyond the intimate setting of the fashion show, the photographer paints a portrait of haute couture that takes the couturier's intention to enchant the public and elevates it to the level of the sublime. The great names in photography, the mythical photos that have constructed Dior's image, and the emblematic subjects of the house's iconography -- whether they are dreams of a faraway place or captured in the vast open-sky "studios" of Paris or Versailles--are all evoked in this vast panorama that takes us through more than sixty years in the history of fashion photography. Published to accompany the Dior and Fashion Photography exhibition presented at the Musée Christian Dior in Granville, France, this lavish volume presents a wealth of gorgeous photographs that bring the character of the couturier's dresses to life, with each photographer interpreting them in his or her unique style. Legendary contributors include Horst P. Horst, Richard Avedon, Irving Penn, Cecil Beaton, Norman Parkinson, Henry Clarke, William Klein, Helmut Newton, Guy Bourdin, Sarah Moon, Paolo Roversi, Nick Knight, Ines Van Lamsweerde and Vinoodh Matadin, Tim Walker, Willy Vanderperre, Patrick Demarchelier, and many more. Stunning, glamorous, and iconic, Dior and Fashion Photography exemplifies how the haute couture house transcended fashion to enter the realm of legend.
Fashion's Front Line : fashion show photography from the runway to backstage
by
Before the live streaming of international catwalk shows and the instant culture of digital reproduction, you had to be there. Alongside the black-clad fashion editors, buyers and front row celebrities were the photographers- unsung heroes of fashion who captured the moments that would go on to provide our record of fashion as it happened. A visual journey through three decades of photographing shows in Paris, Milan, London and New York, Fashion's Front Line showcases the extraordinary work of catwalk photographer Niall McInerney. Giving readers the complete picture, the book captures many rare and never-before-seen images of iconic moments on the runway, famous faces on front row, the atmosphere backstage and dazzling after-show parties. With commentary from the photographer himself, as well as interviews with the fashion insiders, Fashion's Front Line is a unique window onto the world of late 20th-century fashion. As good as a front row ticket, this book will be a must-have for fashion lovers and scholars alike.
Fashion Aesthetics and Ethics
by
How are aesthetics and ethics related to the practical realities of the global fashion industry? Both have played an important role in academic fashion studies to this point, but they are most often discussed in the context of abstract phenomena such as modernity and capitalism, or identity issues such as sexuality, class and gender. The essays in this volume strive instead to show how the realities of the global fashion industry have important and pertinent aesthetic and ethical consequences. This collection provides critical and philosophical analysis of the interplay of aesthetics and ethics within the global fashion industry. Characterized by an increasingly fast spinning production, the industry is highly exploitative in terms of environment and labor force: underpaid textile workers, retailers working under brutal competition from the mass-merchandise discounters, young designers, seamstresses and curators often working for free, and a vast body of aspiring models. In addition, fashion-related aesthetic ideals are becoming more influential than ever in directing consumers in their social and personal identification processes and bodily practices with sometimes fatal consequences. Covering a wide range of subjects such as fashion's highly problematic production and consumption practices, the possibility of producing and consuming fashion ethically, fashion's intimate connection with nature and technology, Fashion Aesthetics and Ethics highlights the powerful aesthetical presence of fashion in relation to its ethical premises and often problematic outcomes.
The Fashion Image : planning and producing fashion photographs and films
by
Great fashion photography, at its best, reflects and shapes the era in which it is made. Whether you are a student, aspiring photographer, or working professional, building a fashion portfolio that aspires to this standard can be daunting. The Fashion Image will help you develop your style through practical advice for image makers. Beginning with a history of fashion photography, Thomas Werner offers advice on assembling your creative team, casting models, developing shoot concepts, and producing photographs and fashion film for editorial and advertising. Professional practice, including self-promotion, social media, set etiquette, and fashion in a global context are also discussed. This is how to ' at the highest level, with interviews from working fashion photographers, magazine editors, producers, fashion designers, and more, with around 200 color photographs that illustrate the fashion image at its best. With an extensive list of international resources, including Instagram accounts and several assignments, this book is an essential guide for fashion photographers and film makers.
Fashion Photography Next
by
Thirty of the world's most promising new talents, showcasing their passion for fashion and photography in striking new ways This vibrant new survey sets the agenda both for fashion photography and inspirational and innovative image-making in the decade ahead. Leading curator and writer Magdalene Keaney has selected over thirty photographers--the emerging talents that hold the prospect of creating enduring fashion images and influencing the cultural and style trends of tomorrow. The world of fashion is obsessed with freshness and youth, and Fashion Photography Next embraces that obsession, looks beyond what is "now." From Axel Hoedt's bold graphic experimentation to color-saturated, hyperreal images by Daniel Jackson or the cool, neutral aesthetic of Hanna Putz, the work is diverse, sometimes shocking, utterly memorable. Profiles and critiques of thirty of the hottest careers in fashion photography, an Introduction that considers the evolution of the art form, and provocative images that speak for themselves, make Fashion Photography Next the roster of rising stars for the industry to watch and aspiring photographers to emulate.
Graphic Design for Art, Fashion, Film, Architecture, Photographer, Product Design and Everything in Between
by
This collection of groundbreaking campaigns and industry insights from the world's leading design studios shows how today's graphic designers are thinking, collaborating, and breaking the rules. This guide explores ways in which graphic designers can successfully collaborate with other creative professionals and sectors, whether it be a more sophisticated logo for a product, a better-designed lookbook for a fashion brand, or a more intuitive wayfinding system for a museum. The book features exceptionally conceived design solutions across a variety of industries--from architecture and product design to art, fashion, and film. Through dynamic spreads, readers will discover the Berlin-based studio Hort's transformative campaign for Nike; Base's responsive, flexible logo for Munich's Haus der Kunst museum; how design agency Bond worked with ArtRabbit, a website and app that catalogs contemporary art exhibitions, on a clever identity rollout; and how John Haslam, managing director of bespoke paper company G.F Smith, feels about the process of working with designers. Each example illustrates the significance of the graphic designer's role in making a campaign marketable and successful. Insights from clients and the designers themselves reveal the inner workings of the design process. An indispensable reference for the graphic design industry, this visually arresting and informative volume shows how excellence can be achieved when creative minds work together.
Mastering the Model Shoot: Everything a Photographer Needs to Know Before, During, and after the Shoot
by
In this groundbreaking book, Frank starts right at the beginning with how to find models, find great locations, work with backgrounds (you'll be amazed at his tricks for creating stunning backgrounds for just a few bucks), and work by yourself or with a team (stylist, hair stylist, and makeup artist) to create an image that will get your photography noticed. Then, it's on to an in-depth look at the lighting setups and looks that made Frank famous (complete with diagrams and detailed explanations). You'll see how Frank lights his images (you'll be shocked at how simple most of his lighting setups are and you'll be able to create these same setups yourself), plus he covers the critical little stuff nobody else is talking about, including: how to calibrate your monitor (and why it's so important); how to use a colour target to nail your colour every single time; and why (and how) to use a light meter to get consistent, reproducible lighting each and every shoot. Frank also shares his own retouching techniques through step-by-step tutorials, and he takes you from start to finish through a number of different looks so you can see exactly how it's done, and recreate these same looks yourself. If you've ever wished there was one book that covers it all, the whole process of photographing models from start to finish, not leaving anything out, then this is the book for you.
Underwear: Fashion in Detail
by
Get intimately acquainted with the V&A’s world-renowned collection of undergarments in this eye-opening visual history. From camisoles to corsets, basques to boudoir caps, Underwear: Fashion in Detail traces the peculiar evolution of underwear. Revealing photographs highlight close-up details in the garments, while intricate line drawings show their masterly construction. A wide range of designs is represented, from rare 16th-century examples to Dior’s curvaceous New Look, to Calvin Klein’s notorious briefs.
FASHION PHOTOGRAPHY introduces you to the the professional practice of commercial fashion photography. In this course, you will work on assignments dealing with fashion retail’s advertising campaigns, models’ portfolio, VTRs and other artistic industries related to fashion. You will be tasked to manage the recording of visual, collaborative, creative concepts of the ad agencies, fashion designers, models, makeup artists, hairstylists, stylists and models.
20th Century Photographers : interviews on the craft, purpose, and the passion of photography
by
This book is a compilation of interviews and essays that cover a broad range of photographers and photographic disciplines. Each photographer profiled made a living by concentrating on a specific aspect of the craft, but in doing so transcended their livelihood to become recognized for more than the type of images they created. Each had a distinct "style," creative approach, dedication to the craft, point of view about themselves and the world. These interviews were conducted during a seminal period in the shift from film to digital and from print reproduction to global distribution on the Internet. Just like their photographs continue to inspire today, now these pros' words can live on as an invaluable reference for the photographers of the future. The truth and wisdom in this collection transcend time and technology.
Android Smartphone Photography for Dummies
by
Wait--you; took that amazing picture? Taking a photo is as simple as point and click. Taking a good photo takes a bit more know-how, and Android Smartphone Photography For Dummies is your quick-and-easy guide. No matter what model of Android phone you have, this book teaches you to produce high-quality images using the powerhouse camera you carry in your pocket every day. You'll learn the photography techniques pros use, like how to recognize beautiful outdoor lightning, how to capture moving subjects, and how to make stuff look good. Whatever kind of photos you want to take, this book will help you identify the gear and the apps you need for stunning results. With Dummies as your friendly instructor, you'll be wowing your friends and family before you know it. Explore your phone's camera, including little-known advanced features that will make a big difference in your images Figure out how to edit your pictures, correct lighting imbalances, apply neat filters, remove blemishes, and more Learn the basic principles of photography and apply your knowledge to outdoor photography, action shots, and still life Plus: capture video, organize your images, share photos online, choose a phone tripod, and protect your camera from the elements Dummies makes it easy for Android users of all skill levels to morph into masterful image-makers.
Mastering the model shoot : everything a photographer needs to know before, during, and after the shoot
by
Photographing men : posing, lighting and shooting techniques for portrait and fashion photography
by
Product photography : lighting, composition, and shooting techniques
by
Surface imaginations : cosmetic surgery, photography, and skin
by
Food, Beverage, Restaurant and Hotel Photography
FOOD, BEVERAGE, RESTAURANT AND HOTEL PHOTOGRAPHY is a course designed for you to develop your photographic techniques to cater to the developing needs for commercial photos of hotels, restaurants, spas and other touristic facilities, including lectures on food and beverage photography. In addition PHOFBHR will sensitize you to the aspects of communicating commercial messages and catering to the requirements of clients in the tourism industry.
1,000 Food Art and Styling Ideas : mouthwatering food presentations from chefs, photographers & bloggers from around the globe
by
Whether you're a food photographer or a food lover, this book is sure to inspire you to create visually stunning dishes. 1,000 Food Art & Styling Ideas beautifully showcases 1,000 of the best food art presentations from around the world. From Italy to China to the United States, the photos highlight the best food art presentations each country has to offer, submitted by professional photographers, food stylists, chefs, and food bloggers. The succulent images will make your mouth water and inspire your next photo shoot - whether it's a basic plate of pasta or a table full of pastries and parfaits. You'll learn new techniques for staging your food to make it an out-of-world experience for your guests. This is a visual showcase designed to provide endless inspiration for anyone who loves food, styling, and photography.
The Art and Style of Product Photography
by
High quality images sell products. Here's how you do it. From cereal boxes to billboards to photos on Amazon, product photos have a strong impact on viewers. Now you can master the secrets of effective product photography with this essential guide. Author J. Dennis Thomas guides you through the basics, from selecting the right equipment and practicing different lighting techniques to controlling exposure, using backgrounds and props, and much more. Whether it's jewelry, food, fashion, or other products, learn how to photograph for effective selling, while building the skills and tools you need for a career. Explains how to produce quality photos for product or commercial photography, including fashion, food, jewelry, technology, and more The author is a professional photographer whose work has been published in major U.S. magazines including Rolling Stone, Elle, W Magazine, and US Weekly Covers choosing the right equipment, practicing different lighting techniques, controlling exposure, using backgrounds and props, and more Gives new and even experienced photographers the tools they need to build careers in product photography Take photographs that impress, intrigue, dazzle, and sell with The Art and Style of Product Photography.
Capturing light : the heart of photography
by
In all photography it's the quality of light that makes or breaks the shot. For professional photographers, chasing the light, waiting for it, sometimes helping it, and finally capturing it is a constant preoccupation -- and for some an obsession. Drawing on four decades of doing just this, Michael Freeman takes a simple but practical approach to reacting to, and capturing photography's most important commodity. There are just three sections titled Waiting, Chasing, and Helping. Waiting explains the light that photographers can anticipate and plan for, while Chasing explores the transient, serendipitous lighting conditions that photographers have to work quickly to exploit. Helping, the final and most technical section, focuses on the skills and techniques for enhancing, reducing, or otherwise controlling light, covering everything from in-the-field shooting choices to technical transformations to post-production.
Close-up and Macro Photography
by
Discover a new world of texture, pattern, and color through close-up and macro photography High magnification photography is immensely exciting and rewarding. Through the close-up lens, everyday objects produce striking images, and small creatures show amazing detail that usually goes unnoticed. This book is both a practical guide to each step of the close-up process and a source of inspirational ideas and subjects for producing high-impact images. Topics covered include cameras, lenses, and equipment; techniques for high quality results; ideas for subjects, including flowers, insects, and still life; composition for maximum impact; using software for creative effect; and suggestions for presenting macro photographs. This guide will be a source of inspiration for botanists, still life photographers, insect and garden photographers, and advertising photographers.
A Companion to Photography
by
The study of photography has never been more important. A look at today's digital world reveals that a greater number of photographs are being taken each day than at any other moment in history. Countless photographs are disseminated instantly online and more and more photographic images are earning prominent positions--and garnering record prices--in the rarefied realm of top art galleries. Reflecting this dramatic increase in all things photographic, A Companion to Photography presents a comprehensive collection of original essays that explore a variety of key areas of current debate around the state of photography in the twenty-first century. Essays are grouped and organized in themed sections--including photographic interpretation, markets, popular photography, documents, and fine art--and provide comprehensive coverage of the subject. Representing a diversity of approaches, essays are written by both established and emerging photographers and scholars, as well as various experts in their respective areas. A Companion to Photography offers scholars and professional photographers alike an essential and up-to-date resource that brings the study of contemporary photography into clear focus.
Food Photography and Lighting : a commercial photographer's guide to creating irresistible images
by
Creating mouth-watering food images requires more than just a love of food and access to a kitchen. With the popularity of food blogs and photography how-tos, it's tempting to think that anyone can photograph food, but it's another thing entirely to shoot for a tight ad layout with the pressure of your client watching over your shoulder. Commercial food photographer Teri Campbell has been called a "lighting master," and in this beautifully illustrated book, he not only shares his detailed lighting set-ups and shooting techniques for a wide range of food and drink shots, but also offers candid advice on how to set up a studio, use the right equipment, market your work, find clients, bid on assignments, hire food and prop stylists, and communicate effectively with everyone on the set. Campbell shares his expertise on dozens of commercial assignments-from shooting beignets on location in New Orleans, to creating perfect ice tea pours, to photographing beans on real flames in his studio. Learn how he creates dynamic compositions, uses studio strobes, and arranges light diffusers, reflectors, fill cards, and mirrors, to create the perfect capture. Campbell also discusses his post-processing techniques in Adobe Camera Raw and Adobe Photoshop to create images that are irresistible. This guide for intermediate and advanced users provides the insider details to help you expand your photography skills or turn your passion for food and images into a professional career.
Lighting for Interior Design
by
Without light, interior architecture cannot be fully designed and experienced. It is one of the key tools for an interior designer, but can be a dauntingly technical subject for students. This book takes a detailed, practical look at lighting in interior design, giving students all the key information and skills they need to be able to tackle lighting successfully in their designs.
Luxury and Visual Culture
by
From couture fashion to opulent perfumes and decadent food, the luxury goods and services industry has grown at an unprecedented rate even in the context of a global recession. But in contemporary digital culture does luxury still reside in material things, or rather the look of things? In this first study of luxury through the lens of visual culture, Armitage argues that luxury is undergoing a shift from material culture to the immaterial culture of the visual, offering new forms of luxury engagement and unparalleled levels of pleasure never before offered to the senses. Calling for a new understanding of luxury in the changing visual landscape of contemporary society, Luxury and Visual Culture embraces an extraordinary range of cultural forms, including fashion, photography, social media, television, and art. From the masterpieces of Damien Hirst and Jeff Koons, to Richard Avedon's photography and Louis Vuitton's Flagship stores, the book explores key issues of globalization, digitization, consumer identity, "mass" luxury, and the role of art. This text is ideal for all students of contemporary luxury studies, as well as scholars and researchers in the field of visual culture.
Luxury and Visual Culture
by
From couture fashion to opulent perfumes and decadent food, the luxury goods and services industry has grown at an unprecedented rate even in the context of a global recession. But in contemporary digital culture does luxury still reside in material things, or rather the look of things? In this first study of luxury through the lens of visual culture, Armitage argues that luxury is undergoing a shift from material culture to the immaterial culture of the visual, offering new forms of luxury engagement and unparalleled levels of pleasure never before offered to the senses. Calling for a new understanding of luxury in the changing visual landscape of contemporary society, Luxury and Visual Culture embraces an extraordinary range of cultural forms, including fashion, photography, social media, television, and art. From the masterpieces of Damien Hirst and Jeff Koons, to Richard Avedon's photography and Louis Vuitton's Flagship stores, the book explores key issues of globalization, digitization, consumer identity, "mass" luxury, and the role of art. This text is ideal for all students of contemporary luxury studies, as well as scholars and researchers in the field of visual culture.
MORE Digital Food Photography
by
The balance of light, composition, and subject is essential to any great photograph. But a food image must possess something extra: it should evoke an emotional response and urge the viewer toward a specific call to action. Great food photography possesses what author Bill Brady calls the "yum factor" and delivers just such a reaction. Even though viewers can't taste, smell, or feel the food in the photograph, the visual impact is so overpowering it can stand on its own -- it compensates for the absence of other sensory input and entices the viewer to buy into the fantasy.Whether you're interested in learning to shoot food for fun, to brighten up your food blog, or with the hope of pursuing commercial assignments, if you're serious about shooting great-looking photographs of food, MORE DIGITAL FOOD PHOTOGRAPHY is for you. Written by a pro with many years of experience in the field, this book is filled with exercises and tutorials -- and great photos, of course! -- and covers everything from composition and lighting to food styling, tools of the trade, drink photography tricks, and much more. It also includes insider info on the business side of food photography. Let Bill Brady teach you the art of creating powerful food images with strong emotional impact in MORE DIGITAL FOOD PHOTOGRAPHY.
The Photographer's Handbook
by
To take photos you need to get your settings right. To take good photos you need to understand how your camera works. To take great photos, you need to think about what you're shooting. This book will show you how to master all three. Divided into three definitive sections; Technology & Hardware, Shooting Skills and Subjects & Style, professional photographer Michael Freeman explores these topics to show you how to be your best photographer. Illustrated with a combination of Freeman's photography and that of some of the most well-known photographers in the history of the art, and presented as a luscious flex-bind with foil cover, this is the ultimate photographer's handbook.
Photographers on Photography : how the masters see, think & shoot
by
Through a carefully curated selection of quotations, images, and interviews, Photographers on Photography reveals what matters most to fifty masters of photography. With enlightening text by Henry Carroll, author of the internationally bestselling Read This If You Want To Take Great Photographs series, you'll discover how the giants of the genre developed their distinctive visual styles and the core ideas that underpin their practice. The insightful perspective from these influential artists will inspire your own photographic process and, most importantly, help determine what photography means to you. "I haven't touched my Nikon 35mm since 2008, and Photographers on Photography: How the Masters See, Think & Shoot made me want to pick it up again. I don't know if there's any more glowing praise I can give than that." Communication Arts "This is a fantastic book that explores photography in a thoughtful way. We can all benefit from giving some thought as to why and how we photograph what we do." Fstoppers.com Interviews with Olivia Bee, Esther Teichmann, Alex Soth, Ron Jude, Broomberg & Chanarin and further inspiration from: Eddie Adams, Lisette Model, Irving Penn, Garry Winogrand, Viviane Sassen, Maisie Cousins, Harley Weir, Gillian Wearing, Dorothea Lange, Hellen Van Meene, Man Ray, David Hockney, Ansel Adams, Daido Moriyama, Ralph Gibson, Saul Leiter, Todd Hido, Richard Misrach, Tacita Dean, Amalia Ulman, Alison Jackson, Jason Fulford, James Welling, Paul Graham, Laia Abril, John Baldessari, Lars Tunbjörk, Richard Avedon, Wendy Red Star, Dana Lixenberg, Edward Weston, Roni Horn, Vik Muniz, Penelope Umbrico, Ryuji Miyamoto, Bill Henson, Alvin Langdon Coburn, Ishiuchi Miyako, Leiko Shiga, Joan Fontcuberta, Charles Sheeler, Brandon Lattu, Nobuyoshi Araki, and William Henry Fox Talbot. Titles in Henry Carroll's "Read This" series: Read This if You Want to Take Great Photographs by Henry Carroll (9781780673356) Read This if You Want to Take Great Photographs of People by Henry Carroll (9781780676241) Use This if You Want to Take Great Photographs: A Photo Journal by Henry Carroll (9781780678887) Read This if You Want to Be Great at Drawing by Selwyn Leamy (9781786270542) Read This if You Want to Be a Great Writer by Ross Raisin (9781786271976) Read This if You Want to Be Instagram Famous edited by Henry Carroll (9781780679679)
Polaroid: the Missing Manual : the complete creative guide
by
The cult of Polaroid photography has ignited the imaginations of photographers across all generations. The immense popularity of recent digital applications that replicate the effects of instant photography, such as Instagram, has in turn renewed enthusiasm for that vintage look best achieved with analog technologies.Equally relevant for the novice or the experienced photographer, Polaroid: The Complete Guide to Experimental Instant Photography is informative and intuitive. An introduction charts the widespread use of Polaroid, its subsequent decline, and its current rebirth. Section 1: Camera and Film Format Guide introduces the key cameras, compatible films and buying and accessory guides. It also includes how-tos, ranging from storing your prints to adapting Type 80 cameras to accept Fuji film. Section 2: Creative Techniques gives a comprehensive breakdown of every method of image manipulation, such as "Polaroid image transfers," "cyanotype contact printing," and "emulsion lifts." Each technique comes with step-by-step, photographic instructions and a showcase of the very best end results.With 450 full-color illustrations giving step-by-step instructions, this book offers a complete course in Polaroid photography and its myriad potential applications.
Sucré
by
* A must-have with scrumptious recipes from the world-famous Ladurée tea shop * Ladurée reveals the secrets of their magical macaroons * Features padded cover, gold edges, and a beautiful gift box The story of Ladurée started in 1862 when Louis Ernest Ladurée opened a bakery in the heart of Paris at 16 rue Royale. In 1872, following a fire, the little bakery became a pastry shop and the decoration was then done by Jules Cheret, a famous painter and poster-designer of the time. Jeanne Souchard, Ernest Ladurée's wife, then had the idea of combining the Parisian café with a pastry-shop, thereby creating one of Paris' first tea-rooms. In 1993 Ladurée was bought by Francis and David Holder and becomes one of the best-known gourmet addresses in Paris, a veritable institution with its famous "macaroon" as its emblem. In 1997 Ladurée opened a tea-room/restaurant on the prestigious Champs-Elysées, followed by another in the Printemps department store and on the Left Bank as well as the beginning of their international adventure with branches in London, Geneva, Monaco and Tokyo. In this book Philippe Andrieu, the Pastry Chef at Ladurée, reveals 100 of the most famous Ladurée recipes, adapted for the general public. From the Strawberry Cake with Rose Choux Pastry to Pistachio Financiers and the world-famous macaroons in all their variety, this icon of French "art de vivre" is brought to life in a pallet of pastries the color of powder pink, light green, bright purple, and lemon yellow.
A visual reference to food styling
by
Why Art Photography?
by
The second edition of Why Art Photography? is an updated, expanded introduction to the ideas behind today's striking photographic images. Lively, accessible discussions of key issues such as ambiguity, objectivity, fiction, authenticity, and photography's expanding field are supplemented with new material around timely topics such as globalization, selfie culture, and photographers' use of advanced digital technologies, including CGI and virtual reality. The new edition includes: an expanded introduction extended chapters featuring emerging trends a larger selection of images, including new color images an improved and expanded bibliography. This new edition is essential for students looking to enrich their understanding of photography as a complex and multi-faceted art form.
Food, Beverage, Restaurant and Hotel Photography
FOOD, BEVERAGE, RESTAURANT AND HOTEL PHOTOGRAPHY is a course designed for you to develop your photographic techniques to cater to the developing needs for commercial photos of hotels, restaurants, spas and other touristic facilities, including lectures on food and beverage photography. In addition PHOFBHR will sensitize you to the aspects of communicating commercial messages and catering to the requirements of clients in the tourism industry.
The Digital Photography Book
by
Learn how to take professional-quality photographs using the same tricks today’s top photographers use (surprisingly, it’s easier than you’d think)! This is a completely, totally updated version of the #1 best-selling digital photography book of all time! It’s the award winning, worldwide smash hit, written by Scott Kelby, that’s been translated into dozens of different languages. Here’s how Scott describes this book’s brilliant premise: “If you and I were out on a shoot, and you asked me, ‘Hey, how do I get this flower to be in focus, with the background out of focus?,’ I wouldn’t stand there and give you a photography lecture. In real life, I’d just say, ‘Put on your zoom lens, set your f-stop to f/2.8, focus on the flower, and fire away.’ That’s what this book is all about: you and I out shooting where I answer questions, give you advice, and share the secrets I’ve learned just like I would with a friend—without all the technical explanations and techie photo speak.” This isn’t a book of theory—full of confusing jargon and detailed concepts. This is a book on which button to push, which setting to use, and when to use it. With over 200 of the most closely guarded photographic “tricks of the trade,” this book gets you shooting dramatically better-looking, sharper, more colorful, more professional-looking photos every time. Each page covers a single concept that makes your photography better. Every time you turn the page, you’ll learn another pro setting, tool, or trick to transform your work from snapshots into gallery prints. If you’re tired of taking shots that look “okay,” and if you’re tired of looking in photography magazines and thinking, “Why don’t my shots look like that?” then this is the book for you. TABLE OF CONTENTS Chapter 1: Pro Tips for Getting Sharp Photos Chapter 2: The Scoop on Lenses Chapter 3: Shooting Landscapes Like a Pro Chapter 4: Shooting Travel Like a Pro Chapter 5: Making Portraits Like a Pro Chapter 6: Making Portraits with Flash Like a Pro Chapter 7: Shooting Weddings Like a Pro Chapter 8: Shooting Sports Like a Pro Chapter 9: Shooting Other Stuff Like a Pro Chapter 10: Pro Tips for Getting Better Photos Chapter 11: How to Print Like a Pro Chapter 12: Photo Recipes to Help You Get the Shot
David Busch's Sony A[lpha] a7CR/a7C II : guide to digital photography
by
Foodfotografie : Alles, was ihr für gelungene Bilder wissen müsst
by
Product photography : lighting, composition, and shooting techniques
by
Digital Photography for Dummies
by
Photographers! Your guide is here! The demand for high-quality photographs is higher than ever. Whether you're building your influencer rating online, capturing the moments of a child's life, or are looking for ways to improve your skills, photography know-how is a must-have skill. Digital Photography For Dummies helps you do more than pointing, shooting, and hoping for the best or slapping a filter on a camera phone shot. This book introduces you to the camera settings and techniques that separate okay pictures from frame-worthy portraits. It then explains how to apply those skills to capturing your own portraits, landscape shots, and high-action photos. Develop a better eye for image composition Discover how to light photos better, including using natural light Learn to get quick results in auto settings or take full control in manual mode Discover the elements of exposure and how they influence the final product Find instructions on taking a formal or casual portrait Apply basic editing techniques to finalize your image Go beyond photo apps and apply the techniques pros use for their images.
Focus on Food Photography for Bloggers (Focus on Series)
by
Sharing your kitchen concoctions on your personal food blog has never been as popular as it is right now, but if you've ever had trouble getting your tasty temptations to look like pretty plates on camera, you know how difficult it can be to take amazing pictures of food. Matt Armendariz, of Mattbites food blog fame, shares his experiences and best practices for creating wonderful food photos in Focus On Food Photography for Bloggers. Written specifically for you the blogger, Matt discusses the ins and outs of equipment, lighting, composition, propping, sparking your inspiration, and getting creative, all with what you have on hand at home! Learn how to avoid common pitfalls with foods that are notoriously camera shy, how to successfully snap your dinner at a restaurant as well as on your kitchen table, and how to style your food with what you have in your cupboards. He also includes advice on post-processing, posting, and protecting your prized images. As well as on his blog, Matt's photography has been featured in The Skinny Bitch Cookbook, on Martha Stewart, Paula Deen's Best Dishes, and Gordon Ramsay's Hell's Kitchen, along with numerous food magazines and newspapers. Let this seasoned blogger give your food photography the boost it needs to really make your readers salivate!
Food photography & lighting : a commercial photographer's guide to creating irresistible images
by
Off-camera flash handbook : 32 scenarios for creating beautiful light and stunning photographs
by
Digital Photography for Dummies
by
Photographers! Your guide is here! The demand for high-quality photographs is higher than ever. Whether you're building your influencer rating online, capturing the moments of a child's life, or are looking for ways to improve your skills, photography know-how is a must-have skill. Digital Photography For Dummies helps you do more than pointing, shooting, and hoping for the best or slapping a filter on a camera phone shot. This book introduces you to the camera settings and techniques that separate okay pictures from frame-worthy portraits. It then explains how to apply those skills to capturing your own portraits, landscape shots, and high-action photos. Develop a better eye for image composition Discover how to light photos better, including using natural light Learn to get quick results in auto settings or take full control in manual mode Discover the elements of exposure and how they influence the final product Find instructions on taking a formal or casual portrait Apply basic editing techniques to finalize your image Go beyond photo apps and apply the techniques pros use for their images.
On Photography
by
Walter Benjamin's 1931 essay "A Short History of Photography" is a landmark in the understanding and criticism of the medium, offering surprising new takes on such photographic pioneers as David Octavius Hill and Nicéphore Niépce and their aesthetic and technical achievements. On Photography presents a new translation of that essay along with a number of other writings by Benjamin, some of them presented in English for the first time. Translator and editor Esther Leslie sets Benjamin's work in context with prefaces to each piece and contributes a substantial introduction that considers Benjamin's engagement with photography in all its forms, including early commercial studio photography, the uses of photography in science, and much more.
The Photography Handbook
by
The new edition of The Photography Handbook builds on previous editions' illuminating overview of the history, theory and practice of the creation and consumption of photographic images, and engages with the practical and theoretical implications of the explosion of new platforms for making, viewing and distributing images. New materials in this edition includes new chapters on 'Photo-elicitation' and 'Photography and Technological Change', exploration and analysis of 'selfie' culture, and extensive discussion of the work and practices by a new generation photographic artists. The Photography Handbook, Third edition also features: exploration and discussion of key photographic terms, including composition, framing, visualisation, formalism and realism analysis of the ethics of photojournalism, and ethical issues specific to digital photography practice today case studies illustrating different photographic production practices and specific related issues, including an assignment for the Guardian, the Libyan People's Bureau siege, and the work of war photographers a foregrounding of digital photographic practices, and exploration of areas including photographic manipulation, digital photojournalism, citizen journalists and copyright on the internet end of chapter summaries of key points, and an extensive glossary of essential photography terms. The Photography Handbook, Third edition is an invaluable resource for students, scholars and practitioners of photography, and all those seeking to understand its place in today's society.
Understanding photography : master your digital camera and capture that perfect photo
by
FINE ART PHOTOGRAPHY is a course where you will confront theories, concepts, and critical process rooted in the visual arts as applied to Photography. Emphasis will be placed on deepening your understanding of applied photographic methodologies and refining your personal aesthetics. You will devote the entire course in developing a single creative project while exploring influential theories surrounding the definition of art and their effects on your own creative process. In this course, you will do abstract thinking, critical analysis of creative processes, and meaningful application of such concepts in your personal work.
Art Beyond the Lens
by
Vintage-looking, dream-like textures can open up a whole new world in your photography. However, there is much, much more to working with textures than simply merging them with an image via Photoshop. In this gorgeous new guide from texture guru Sarah Gardner, you'll learn everything there is to know about how to maximize the potential of these exciting tools. In addition to hundreds of beautiful example images, this book is also packed with practical advice on what makes a good texture, and how and when to use them. How an image is initially captured and processed has a significant impact on the effect a texture will have, so you'll also learn what to consider when composing and shooting (rather than simply relying on post-processing) and how to use lighting and background considerations effectively for later work with textures. Workshop notes and a supplemental website will help you put Sarah's techniques into practice immediately. Beautiful enough to sit on your coffee table yet practical enough to store near your computer, this book will show you everything you need to know to get that coveted vintage-feel in your images, whether you're a casual family snapper or a seasoned professional.
The Art of Critical Making
by
Describes the world's leading approach to art and design taught at Rhode Island School of Design At Rhode Island School of Design students are immersed in a culture where making questions, ideas, and objects, using and inventing materials, and activating experience all serve to define a form of critical thinking--albeit with one's hands--i.e. "critical making." The Art of Critical Making, by RISD faculty and staff, describes fundamental aspects of RISD's approach to "critical making" and how this can lead to innovation. The process of making taught at RISD is deeply introspective, passionate, and often provocative. This book illuminates how RISD nurtures the creative process, from brief or prompt to outcome, along with guidance on the critical questions and research that enable making great works of art and design. Explores the conceptual process, idea research, critical questions, and iteration that RISD faculty employ to educate students to generate thoughtful work Authors are from the faculty and staff of the Rhode Island School of Design, which consistently ranks as the number one fine arts and design college in the United States The Art of Critical Making shows you how context, materials, thought processes, and self-evaluation are applied in this educational environment to prepare creative individuals to produce dynamic, memorable, and meaningful works.
A Companion to Photography
by
The study of photography has never been more important. A look at today's digital world reveals that a greater number of photographs are being taken each day than at any other moment in history. Countless photographs are disseminated instantly online and more and more photographic images are earning prominent positions--and garnering record prices--in the rarefied realm of top art galleries. Reflecting this dramatic increase in all things photographic, A Companion to Photography presents a comprehensive collection of original essays that explore a variety of key areas of current debate around the state of photography in the twenty-first century. Essays are grouped and organized in themed sections--including photographic interpretation, markets, popular photography, documents, and fine art--and provide comprehensive coverage of the subject. Representing a diversity of approaches, essays are written by both established and emerging photographers and scholars, as well as various experts in their respective areas. A Companion to Photography offers scholars and professional photographers alike an essential and up-to-date resource that brings the study of contemporary photography into clear focus.
Engaging Imagination
by
How to nurture creativity in tomorrow's innovators--today's college students When asked what they want colleges to emphasize most, employers didn't put science, computing, math, or business management first. According to AAC&U's 2013 employer survey, 95% of employers give hiring preference to college graduates with skills that will enable them to contribute to innovation in the workplace. In Engaging Imagination: Helping Students Become Creative and Reflective Thinkers, two leading educators help college instructors across disciplines engage students in nurturing creativity and innovation for success beyond the classroom. Alison James, an expert in creative arts education, and Stephen D. Brookfield, bestselling author, outline how creative exploration can extend students' reflective capabilities in a purposeful way, help them understand their own potential and learning more clearly, and imbue students with the freedom to generate and explore new questions. This book: shows why building creative skills pays dividends in the classroom and in students' professional lives long after graduation; offers research-based, classroom-tested approaches to cultivating creativity and innovation in the college setting; provides practical tools for incorporating "play" into the college curriculum; draws on recent advances in the corporate sector where creative approaches have been adopted to reinvigorate thinking and problem-solving processes; and includes examples from a variety of disciplines and settings. Engaging Imagination is for college and university faculty who need to prepare students for the real challenges of tomorrow's workplace.
Graphic Design for Art, Fashion, Film, Architecture, Photographer, Product Design and Everything in Between
by
This collection of groundbreaking campaigns and industry insights from the world's leading design studios shows how today's graphic designers are thinking, collaborating, and breaking the rules. This guide explores ways in which graphic designers can successfully collaborate with other creative professionals and sectors, whether it be a more sophisticated logo for a product, a better-designed lookbook for a fashion brand, or a more intuitive wayfinding system for a museum. The book features exceptionally conceived design solutions across a variety of industries--from architecture and product design to art, fashion, and film. Through dynamic spreads, readers will discover the Berlin-based studio Hort's transformative campaign for Nike; Base's responsive, flexible logo for Munich's Haus der Kunst museum; how design agency Bond worked with ArtRabbit, a website and app that catalogs contemporary art exhibitions, on a clever identity rollout; and how John Haslam, managing director of bespoke paper company G.F Smith, feels about the process of working with designers. Each example illustrates the significance of the graphic designer's role in making a campaign marketable and successful. Insights from clients and the designers themselves reveal the inner workings of the design process. An indispensable reference for the graphic design industry, this visually arresting and informative volume shows how excellence can be achieved when creative minds work together.
Moodscapes : the theory and practice of fine-art landscape photography
by
Museums and Communities
by
This edited volume critically engages with contemporary scholarship on museums and their engagement with the communities they purport to serve and represent. Foregrounding new curatorial strategies, it addresses a significant gap in the available literature, exploring some of the complex issues arising from recent approaches to collaboration between museums and their communities.The book unpacks taken-for-granted notions such as scholarship, community, participation and collaboration, which can gloss over the complexity of identities and lead to tokenistic claims of inclusion by museums. Over sixteen chapters, well-respected authors from the US, Australia and Europe offer a timely critique to address what happens when museums put community-minded principles into practice, challenging readers to move beyond shallow notions of political correctness that ignore vital difference in this contested field. Contributors address a wide range of key issues, asking pertinent questions such as how museums negotiate the complexities of integrating collaboration when the target community is a living, fluid, changeable mass of people with their own agendas and agency. When is engagement real as opposed to symbolic, who benefits from and who drives initiatives? What particular challenges and benefits do artist collaborations bring? Recognising the multiple perspectives of community participants is one thing, but how can museums incorporate this successfully into exhibition practice?Students
The Photographer's Handbook
by
Photographers on Photography : how the masters see, think & shoot
by
Through a carefully curated selection of quotations, images, and interviews, Photographers on Photography reveals what matters most to fifty masters of photography. With enlightening text by Henry Carroll, author of the internationally bestselling Read This If You Want To Take Great Photographs series, you'll discover how the giants of the genre developed their distinctive visual styles and the core ideas that underpin their practice. The insightful perspective from these influential artists will inspire your own photographic process and, most importantly, help determine what photography means to you. "I haven't touched my Nikon 35mm since 2008, and Photographers on Photography: How the Masters See, Think & Shoot made me want to pick it up again. I don't know if there's any more glowing praise I can give than that." Communication Arts "This is a fantastic book that explores photography in a thoughtful way. We can all benefit from giving some thought as to why and how we photograph what we do." Fstoppers.com Interviews with Olivia Bee, Esther Teichmann, Alex Soth, Ron Jude, Broomberg & Chanarin and further inspiration from: Eddie Adams, Lisette Model, Irving Penn, Garry Winogrand, Viviane Sassen, Maisie Cousins, Harley Weir, Gillian Wearing, Dorothea Lange, Hellen Van Meene, Man Ray, David Hockney, Ansel Adams, Daido Moriyama, Ralph Gibson, Saul Leiter, Todd Hido, Richard Misrach, Tacita Dean, Amalia Ulman, Alison Jackson, Jason Fulford, James Welling, Paul Graham, Laia Abril, John Baldessari, Lars Tunbjörk, Richard Avedon, Wendy Red Star, Dana Lixenberg, Edward Weston, Roni Horn, Vik Muniz, Penelope Umbrico, Ryuji Miyamoto, Bill Henson, Alvin Langdon Coburn, Ishiuchi Miyako, Leiko Shiga, Joan Fontcuberta, Charles Sheeler, Brandon Lattu, Nobuyoshi Araki, and William Henry Fox Talbot. Titles in Henry Carroll's "Read This" series: Read This if You Want to Take Great Photographs by Henry Carroll (9781780673356) Read This if You Want to Take Great Photographs of People by Henry Carroll (9781780676241) Use This if You Want to Take Great Photographs: A Photo Journal by Henry Carroll (9781780678887) Read This if You Want to Be Great at Drawing by Selwyn Leamy (9781786270542) Read This if You Want to Be a Great Writer by Ross Raisin (9781786271976) Read This if You Want to Be Instagram Famous edited by Henry Carroll (9781780679679)
Photography and Collaboration : from conceptual art to crowdsourcing
by
Photography and Collaboration offers a fresh perspective on existing debates in art photography and on the act of photography in general. Unlike conventional accounts that celebrate individual photographers and their personal visions, this book investigates the idea that authorship in photography is often more complex and multiple than we imagine involving not only various forms of partnership between photographers, but also an astonishing array of relationships with photographed subjects and viewers. Thematic chapters explore the increasing prevalence of collaborative approaches to photography among a broad range of international artists from conceptual practices in the 1960s to the most recent digital manifestations. Positioning contemporary work in a broader historical and theoretical context, the book reveals that collaboration is an overlooked but essential dimension of the medium's development and potential.
The Polaroid project : at the intersection of art and technology
by
A Short Guide to Writing about Art
by
A Short Guide to Writing About Art, Eighth Edition, The best-selling text of its kind, equips students to analyze pictures (drawings, paintings, photographs), sculptures and architecture, and prepares them with the tools they need to present their ideas in effective writing. This concise yet thorough guide to seeing and saying addresses a wealth of fundamental matters, such as distinguishing between description and analysis, writing a comparison, using peer review, documenting sources, and editing the final essay. This text is a perfect complement to any art course where writing is involved.
Why Art Photography?
by
The second edition of Why Art Photography? is an updated, expanded introduction to the ideas behind today's striking photographic images. Lively, accessible discussions of key issues such as ambiguity, objectivity, fiction, authenticity, and photography's expanding field are supplemented with new material around timely topics such as globalization, selfie culture, and photographers' use of advanced digital technologies, including CGI and virtual reality. The new edition includes: an expanded introduction extended chapters featuring emerging trends a larger selection of images, including new color images an improved and expanded bibliography. This new edition is essential for students looking to enrich their understanding of photography as a complex and multi-faceted art form.
FINE ART PHOTOGRAPHY is a course where you will confront theories, concepts, and critical process rooted in the visual arts as applied to Photography. Emphasis will be placed on deepening your understanding of applied photographic methodologies and refining your personal aesthetics. You will devote the entire course in developing a single creative project while exploring influential theories surrounding the definition of art and their effects on your own creative process. In this course, you will do abstract thinking, critical analysis of creative processes, and meaningful application of such concepts in your personal work.
20th Century Photographers : interviews on the craft, purpose, and the passion of photography
by
This book is a compilation of interviews and essays that cover a broad range of photographers and photographic disciplines. Each photographer profiled made a living by concentrating on a specific aspect of the craft, but in doing so transcended their livelihood to become recognized for more than the type of images they created. Each had a distinct "style," creative approach, dedication to the craft, point of view about themselves and the world. These interviews were conducted during a seminal period in the shift from film to digital and from print reproduction to global distribution on the Internet. Just like their photographs continue to inspire today, now these pros' words can live on as an invaluable reference for the photographers of the future. The truth and wisdom in this collection transcend time and technology.
Art, Science, and Craft of Great Landscape Photography, 2nd Edition
by
Art Beyond the Lens
by
Vintage-looking, dream-like textures can open up a whole new world in your photography. However, there is much, much more to working with textures than simply merging them with an image via Photoshop. In this gorgeous new guide from texture guru Sarah Gardner, you'll learn everything there is to know about how to maximize the potential of these exciting tools. In addition to hundreds of beautiful example images, this book is also packed with practical advice on what makes a good texture, and how and when to use them. How an image is initially captured and processed has a significant impact on the effect a texture will have, so you'll also learn what to consider when composing and shooting (rather than simply relying on post-processing) and how to use lighting and background considerations effectively for later work with textures. Workshop notes and a supplemental website will help you put Sarah's techniques into practice immediately. Beautiful enough to sit on your coffee table yet practical enough to store near your computer, this book will show you everything you need to know to get that coveted vintage-feel in your images, whether you're a casual family snapper or a seasoned professional.
The Art of Critical Making
by
Describes the world's leading approach to art and design taught at Rhode Island School of Design At Rhode Island School of Design students are immersed in a culture where making questions, ideas, and objects, using and inventing materials, and activating experience all serve to define a form of critical thinking--albeit with one's hands--i.e. "critical making." The Art of Critical Making, by RISD faculty and staff, describes fundamental aspects of RISD's approach to "critical making" and how this can lead to innovation. The process of making taught at RISD is deeply introspective, passionate, and often provocative. This book illuminates how RISD nurtures the creative process, from brief or prompt to outcome, along with guidance on the critical questions and research that enable making great works of art and design. Explores the conceptual process, idea research, critical questions, and iteration that RISD faculty employ to educate students to generate thoughtful work Authors are from the faculty and staff of the Rhode Island School of Design, which consistently ranks as the number one fine arts and design college in the United States The Art of Critical Making shows you how context, materials, thought processes, and self-evaluation are applied in this educational environment to prepare creative individuals to produce dynamic, memorable, and meaningful works.
The art of photography : a personal approach to artistic expression
by
The Colors of Photography
by
The Colors of Photography aims to provide a deeper understanding of what color is in the field of photography. Until today, color photography has marked the "here and now," while black and white photographs have been linked to our image of history and have formed our collective memory. However, such general dichotomies start to crumble when considering the aesthetic, cultural, and political complexity of color in photography. With essays by Charlotte Cotton, Bettina Gockel, Tanya Sheehan, Blake Stimson, Kim Timby, Kelley Wilder, Deborah Willis. Photographic contributions by Hans Danuser and Raymond Meier.
A Companion to Photography
by
The study of photography has never been more important. A look at today's digital world reveals that a greater number of photographs are being taken each day than at any other moment in history. Countless photographs are disseminated instantly online and more and more photographic images are earning prominent positions--and garnering record prices--in the rarefied realm of top art galleries. Reflecting this dramatic increase in all things photographic, A Companion to Photography presents a comprehensive collection of original essays that explore a variety of key areas of current debate around the state of photography in the twenty-first century. Essays are grouped and organized in themed sections--including photographic interpretation, markets, popular photography, documents, and fine art--and provide comprehensive coverage of the subject. Representing a diversity of approaches, essays are written by both established and emerging photographers and scholars, as well as various experts in their respective areas. A Companion to Photography offers scholars and professional photographers alike an essential and up-to-date resource that brings the study of contemporary photography into clear focus.
Crush the composition : transform the way you look at photography to get the best images you've ever taken
by
Engaging Imagination
by
How to nurture creativity in tomorrow's innovators--today's college students When asked what they want colleges to emphasize most, employers didn't put science, computing, math, or business management first. According to AAC&U's 2013 employer survey, 95% of employers give hiring preference to college graduates with skills that will enable them to contribute to innovation in the workplace. In Engaging Imagination: Helping Students Become Creative and Reflective Thinkers, two leading educators help college instructors across disciplines engage students in nurturing creativity and innovation for success beyond the classroom. Alison James, an expert in creative arts education, and Stephen D. Brookfield, bestselling author, outline how creative exploration can extend students' reflective capabilities in a purposeful way, help them understand their own potential and learning more clearly, and imbue students with the freedom to generate and explore new questions. This book: shows why building creative skills pays dividends in the classroom and in students' professional lives long after graduation; offers research-based, classroom-tested approaches to cultivating creativity and innovation in the college setting; provides practical tools for incorporating "play" into the college curriculum; draws on recent advances in the corporate sector where creative approaches have been adopted to reinvigorate thinking and problem-solving processes; and includes examples from a variety of disciplines and settings. Engaging Imagination is for college and university faculty who need to prepare students for the real challenges of tomorrow's workplace.
Inspiration in Photography : train your mind to make great art a habit
by
As a photographer it's possible to train your mind to see inspiration in any situation, and this book will show you how. By introducing you into her creative process, Brooke Shaden--one of the most recognized names in modern art photography--reveals techniques and exercises that you can undertake in order to be inspired by your environment, everyday, everywhere. In addition to the exercises, you'll learn how to compose, plan and shoot colorful, atmospheric, fairy-tale artistic photography, so you can adapt Shaden's techniques and apply them to your own photographic style. Indeed, all artistic photographers seek to achieve their own style, but it's not always easy to see how to get there. This book provides the perfect balance of insight and instruction to help you find inspiration whenever you need it, and capitalize on it every time.
Museums and Communities
by
This edited volume critically engages with contemporary scholarship on museums and their engagement with the communities they purport to serve and represent. Foregrounding new curatorial strategies, it addresses a significant gap in the available literature, exploring some of the complex issues arising from recent approaches to collaboration between museums and their communities.The book unpacks taken-for-granted notions such as scholarship, community, participation and collaboration, which can gloss over the complexity of identities and lead to tokenistic claims of inclusion by museums. Over sixteen chapters, well-respected authors from the US, Australia and Europe offer a timely critique to address what happens when museums put community-minded principles into practice, challenging readers to move beyond shallow notions of political correctness that ignore vital difference in this contested field. Contributors address a wide range of key issues, asking pertinent questions such as how museums negotiate the complexities of integrating collaboration when the target community is a living, fluid, changeable mass of people with their own agendas and agency. When is engagement real as opposed to symbolic, who benefits from and who drives initiatives? What particular challenges and benefits do artist collaborations bring? Recognising the multiple perspectives of community participants is one thing, but how can museums incorporate this successfully into exhibition practice?Students of museum and cultural studies, practitioners and everyone who cares about museums around the world will find this volume essential reading.
Photography (Second Edition) Physics and Art in Focus.
by
Photography in the Third Reich : art, physiognomy and propaganda
by
Understanding photography : master your digital camera and capture that perfect photo
by
INTRODUCTION TO PHOTOGRAPHY introduces the basic concepts, skills, and knowledge that are the foundations of professional photography. In this course you will focus mainly on the technical aspect of photography, which specifically includes control of exposure, depth of field, shutter speed, the exploration into composition and the use of artificial and natural sources of light. This subject will give you the groundwork for a study and/or career in the field of photography and other allied fields, wherein lessons learned in the classroom can be utilized as their basic foundation and building block for other creative endeavors. This introductory course is designed for you to learn photographic concepts and theoretical foundations through discussions, class exercises, and project assignments.
A Companion to Photography
by
The study of photography has never been more important. A look at today's digital world reveals that a greater number of photographs are being taken each day than at any other moment in history. Countless photographs are disseminated instantly online and more and more photographic images are earning prominent positions--and garnering record prices--in the rarefied realm of top art galleries. Reflecting this dramatic increase in all things photographic, A Companion to Photography presents a comprehensive collection of original essays that explore a variety of key areas of current debate around the state of photography in the twenty-first century. Essays are grouped and organized in themed sections--including photographic interpretation, markets, popular photography, documents, and fine art--and provide comprehensive coverage of the subject. Representing a diversity of approaches, essays are written by both established and emerging photographers and scholars, as well as various experts in their respective areas. A Companion to Photography offers scholars and professional photographers alike an essential and up-to-date resource that brings the study of contemporary photography into clear focus.
Langford's Starting Photography : the guide to creating great images
by
Starting with the basics of camera control and moving on to shutter speeds, aperture, zoom and flash, Langford's Starting Photography gives you the only introduction to digital photography you'll ever need. Once you've mastered the basics, examples and projects allow you to explore the key methods for capturing a variety of subjects from portraits and pets to landscapes and sports photography, alongside straightforward advice on using editing software to get the best out of your digital shots, will have you producing unforgettable images in moments. More inspiring than a textbook, more interesting than a reference, and more in-depth than a photography class, Langford's Starting Photography is the only guide you need to start taking great images.
Light: - Science and Magic : an introduction to photographic lighting
by
Photographic lighting is a topic that will never go out of style, no matter how sophisticated cameras and other technology get. Even with the most high-tech gear, photographers still need to put a lot of thought and vision into lighting their photographs in order to get great results. This key skill has the power to dramatically and quickly improve photographs. Light Science and Magic provides you with a comprehensive theory of the nature and principles of light, with examples and instructions for practical application. Featuring photographs, diagrams, and step-by-step instructions, this book speaks to photographers of varying levels. It provides invaluable information on how to light the most difficult subjects, such as surfaces, metal, glass, liquids, extremes (black-on-black and white-on-white), and portraits. This new edition includes: All new chapter titled "Setting Up Your New Studio" A re-vamped and expanded chapter 8 now titled "Making Portraits" New appendix of reliable photo gear sources Over 100 new photographs and informational sidebars Updated information about advances in flash equipment, LED panels and fluorescent lights Styles of lighting continue to change, but the nature of light will always remain the same. Once photographers understand the basic physics of lighting, they can apply that knowledge to a broad range of photographic styles.
New Ways of Seeing : the democratic language of photography
by
Those born since the digital revolution, seem to have the hardest time re-imagining the role of photography in the world today. Thinking of photography as a visual language is the approach this book adopts to addresses this challenge. Considering photography in this way develops the metaphor of 'learning a language' when attempting to explain what photography can be, and what it can give a student in transferable creative and life skills. This begins with challenging the pre-conception that successful photography is defined by the successful single image or 'the good photograph'. The book emphasises the central role of narrative and visual storytelling through a technique of 'photosketching' to develop the building blocks of visual creativity and ultimately to craft successful bodies of photographic work. New Ways of Seeing explains how to both learn and teach photography as a visual language, appropriate for both professionals and students working today.
The Photograph As Contemporary Art
by
"Essential reading for anyone who wishes to make sense of the complex . . . world of contemporary art photography." --Picture Professional In the 21st century photography has come of age as a contemporary art form. Nearly two centuries after photographic technology was first invented, the art world has fully embraced it as a legitimate medium, equal in status to painting and sculpture. This book provides an introduction to contemporary art-photography, identifying its most important features and themes and celebrating its exciting pluralism through an overview of its most important and innovative practitioners. The work of nearly 250 photographers is reproduced, from established artists such as Isa Genzken, Jeff Wall, Sophie Calle, Thomas Demand, Nan Goldin, and Sherrie Levine to emerging talents such Walead Beshty, Jason Evans, Lucas Blalock, Sara VanDerBeek, and Viviane Sassen. This new edition brings the story of contemporary art photography up to date with a revised introduction outlining the evolution of photography from documentary tool to art form, and an updated final chapter focusing on the younger generation of artists who emphasize the technical and material properties of photography, employ it as part of a wider pan-media practice, or respond to evolving new modes of dissemination in the digital age.
Photography: a Critical Introduction
by
Photography: A Critical Introduction was the first introductory textbook to examine key debates in photographic theory and place them in their social and political contexts, and is now established as one of the leading textbooks in its field. Written especially for students in higher education and for introductory college courses, this fully revised edition provides a coherent introduction to the nature of photographic seeing. Individual chapters cover: Key debates in photographic theory and history Documentary photography and photojournalism Personal and popular photography Photography and the human body Photography and commodity culture Photography as art This revised and updated fifth edition includes: New case studies on topics such as: materialism and embodiment, the commodification of human experience, and an extended discussion of landscape as genre. 98 photographs and images, featuring work from: Bill Brandt, Susan Derges, Rineke Dijkstra, Fran Herbello, Hannah Höch, Karen Knorr, Dorothea Lange, Chrystel Lebas, Susan Meiselas, Lee Miller, Martin Parr, Ingrid Pollard, Jacob Riis, Alexander Rodchenko, Andres Serrano, Cindy Sherman and Jeff Wall. Fully updated resource information, including guides to public archives and useful websites. A full glossary of terms and a comprehensive bibliography. Contributors: Michelle Henning, Patricia Holland, Derrick Price, Anandi Ramamurthy and Liz Wells.
Photography in India : from archives to contemporary practice
by
Photography's prominence in the representation and experience of India in contemporary and historical times has not guaranteed it a position of sustained attention in research and scholarship. For a technology as all pervasive as photography, and a country as colossal as India, this scenario is somewhat of an anomaly. Photography in India explores elements of the past, present and future of photography in the context of India through speculation and reflection on photography as an artistic, documentary and everyday practice. The perspectives of writers, theorists, curators and artists are selectively brought to bear upon known as well as previously unseen photographic archives, together with changes in photographic practice that have been synchronous with contemporary India's rapid urban and rural transformation and the technological shift from chemistry and light to programming and algorithms. Essential reading for anyone interested in Indian photography, this book binds insights into a history of photography with its contemporary development, consolidating wide-ranging thinking on the topic and setting the agenda for future research.
The Street Photographer's Manual
by
Street photography has been around since the very first cameras were invented, producing some of the most poignant images of our time. Today, a wave of new technology has given this photographic genre a new lease of life, from phone cameras to specialist lenses to digital zooms. The Street Photography Manual leads the reader through a series of fully illustrated tutorials, including how to shoot a face in a crowd and how to train your eye to observe and capture the unexpected. Readers will be inspired by some of the best street photographers in the world, and then go forth and create their own memorable images.
INTRODUCTION TO PHOTOGRAPHY introduces the basic concepts, skills, and knowledge that are the foundations of professional photography. In this course you will focus mainly on the technical aspect of photography, which specifically includes control of exposure, depth of field, shutter speed, the exploration into composition and the use of artificial and natural sources of light. This subject will give you the groundwork for a study and/or career in the field of photography and other allied fields, wherein lessons learned in the classroom can be utilized as their basic foundation and building block for other creative endeavors. This introductory course is designed for you to learn photographic concepts and theoretical foundations through discussions, class exercises, and project assignments.
THE BEGINNER’S GUIDE TO ASTRO PHOTOGRAPHY : how to capture the cosmos with any camera
by
Camera and Craft: Learning the Technical Art of Digital Photography
by
#2 on Photo.net's list of Best Photography Books of 2014! To create successful imagery, you need to balance technical know-how and aesthetic vision. In Camera & Craft, we deconstruct photographic principles in new ways to help you think through your process. Together with nine guest photographers, we explore photographic practice and follow up with inventive exercises and demonstrations that challenge you to engage with your tools--all with the goal of helping you work more creatively. Along the way are conversations with our guest photographers that address each topic, from how the professionals work with clients and models to what they think about as they look through the viewfinder. Here's what you'll find inside: Advice and insights from professionals working in a variety of fields, from photojournalism and portraiture to fine-art, landscape and commercial photography Technical explanations about how photographic tools work--so you can connect knowledge to your practice and work more instinctively and creatively Key steps for improving digital workflow Innovative exercises at the end of each chapter as well as on our companion website that encourage you to experiment with and understand the photographic process--from learning how far you can push your camera's sensor to exploring the effects of neutral vs. creative color Interviews with technical and creative experts about developing skills and making images that matter This book is part of The Digital Imaging Masters Series, which features cutting-edge information from the most sought-after and qualified professionals and instructors in the photography field. Based on the progressive curriculum of the Master of Professional Studies in Digital Photography (MPS DP) program created by Katrin Eismann at the School of Visual Arts (SVA) in New York City, these books are the next best thing to being in the classroom with the Digital Photography Masters themselves.
David busch's canon eos 90d guide to digital photography
by
David Busch's Canon EOS R Guide to Digital Photography
by
David Busch's Sony Alpha a6500/ILCE-6500 Guide to Digital Photography
by
The Focal Press Companion to the Constructed Image in Contemporary Photography
by
This compendium examines the choices, construction, inclusions and exemptions, and expanded practices involved in the process of creating a photograph. Focusing on work created in the past twenty-five years, this volume is divided into sections that address a separate means of creating photographs as careful constructs: Directing Spaces, Constructing Places, Performing Space, Building Images, and Camera-less Images. Introduced by both a curator and a scholar, each section features contemporary artists in conversation with curators, critics, gallerists, artists, and art historians. The writings include narratives by the artist, writings on their work, and examinations of studio practices. This pioneering book is the first of its kind to explore this topic beyond those artists building sets to photograph.
Gabriel Lippmann's Colour Photography
by
Physicist Gabriel Lippmann's (1845-1921) photographic process is one of the oldest methods for producing colour photographs. So why do the achievements of this 1908 Nobel laureate remain mostly unknown outside niche circles? Using the centenary of Lippmann's death as an opportunity to reflect upon his scientific, photographic, and cultural legacy, this book is the first to explore his interferential colour photography. Initially disclosed in 1891, the emergence of this medium is considered here through three shaping forces: science, media, and museums.A group of international scholars reassess Lippmann's reception in the history of science, where he is most recognised, by going well beyond his endeavours in France and delving into the complexity of his colour photography as a challenge to various historiographies. Moreover, they analyse colour photographs as optical media, thus pluralising Lippmann photography's ties to art, cultural and imperial history, as well as media archaeology. The contributors also focus on the interferential plate as a material object in need of both preservation and exhibition, one that continues to fascinate contemporary analogue photographers. This volume allows readers to get to know Lippmann, grasp the interdisciplinary complexity of his colourful work, and ultimately expand his place in the history of photography.
The Indigenous Lens? : Early Photography in the Near and Middle East
by
The historiography of early photography has scarcely examined Islamic countries in the Near and Middle East, although the new technique was adopted very quickly there by the 1840s. Which regional, local, and global aspects can be made evident? What role did autochthonous image and art traditions have, and which specific functions did photography meet since its introduction? This collective volume deals with examples from Iran, the Ottoman Empire, and the Arab lands and with the question of local specifics, or an ,,indigenous lens." The contributions broach the issues of regional histories of photography, local photographers, specific themes and practices, and historical collections in these countries. They offer, for the first time in book form, a cross-section through a developing field of the history of photography.
Light Science and Magic : an introduction to photographic lighting
by
Photographic lighting is a topic that will never go out of style, no matter how sophisticated cameras and other technology get. Even with the most high-tech gear, photographers still need to put a lot of thought and vision into lighting their photographs in order to get great results. This key skill has the power to dramatically and quickly improve photographs. Light Science and Magic provides you with a comprehensive theory of the nature and principles of light, with examples and instructions for practical application. Featuring photographs, diagrams, and step-by-step instructions, this book speaks to photographers of varying levels. It provides invaluable information on how to light the most difficult subjects, such as surfaces, metal, glass, liquids, extremes (black-on-black and white-on-white), and portraits. This new edition includes: All new chapter titled "Setting Up Your New Studio" A re-vamped and expanded chapter 8 now titled "Making Portraits" New appendix of reliable photo gear sources Over 100 new photographs and informational sidebars Updated information about advances in flash equipment, LED panels and fluorescent lights Styles of lighting continue to change, but the nature of light will always remain the same. Once photographers understand the basic physics of lighting, they can apply that knowledge to a broad range of photographic styles.
On Photography
by
Walter Benjamin's 1931 essay "A Short History of Photography" is a landmark in the understanding and criticism of the medium, offering surprising new takes on such photographic pioneers as David Octavius Hill and Nicéphore Niépce and their aesthetic and technical achievements. On Photography presents a new translation of that essay along with a number of other writings by Benjamin, some of them presented in English for the first time. Translator and editor Esther Leslie sets Benjamin's work in context with prefaces to each piece and contributes a substantial introduction that considers Benjamin's engagement with photography in all its forms, including early commercial studio photography, the uses of photography in science, and much more.
Science for the Curious Photographer : an introduction to the science of photography
by
While there are many books that teach the "how-to" of photography, Science for the Curious Photographer is a book for those who also want to understand how photography works. Beginning with an introduction to the history and science of photography, Charles S. Johnson, Jr. addresses questions about the principles of photography, such as why a camera needs a lens, how lenses work, and why modern lenses are so complicated. Addressing the complex aspects of digital photography, the book discusses color management, resolution, "noise" in images, and the limits of human perception. The creation and appreciation of art in photography is discussed from the standpoint of modern cognitive science. A crucial read for those seeking the scientific context to photographic practice, this second edition has been comprehensively updated, including discussion of DSLRs, mirror-less cameras, and a new chapter on the limits of human vision and perception.
Understanding photography : master your digital camera and capture that perfect photo
by
QUALITY OF LIGHT is designed for students who have successfully completed the basic Photography Foundation Courses. You will learn the advanced techniques of photography specially the professional methods of creative lighting. The aim of this advanced course is to develop your insights and understanding of the various characteristics of light as an extremely important aspect of professional photography. Emphasis is placed on the effective and creative use of light with all its diverse characteristics and various techniques, and on the creative and conceptual role you will play as the photographer
Capturing light : the heart of photography
by
A Companion to Photography
by
The study of photography has never been more important. A look at today's digital world reveals that a greater number of photographs are being taken each day than at any other moment in history. Countless photographs are disseminated instantly online and more and more photographic images are earning prominent positions--and garnering record prices--in the rarefied realm of top art galleries. Reflecting this dramatic increase in all things photographic, A Companion to Photography presents a comprehensive collection of original essays that explore a variety of key areas of current debate around the state of photography in the twenty-first century. Essays are grouped and organized in themed sections--including photographic interpretation, markets, popular photography, documents, and fine art--and provide comprehensive coverage of the subject. Representing a diversity of approaches, essays are written by both established and emerging photographers and scholars, as well as various experts in their respective areas. A Companion to Photography offers scholars and professional photographers alike an essential and up-to-date resource that brings the study of contemporary photography into clear focus.
David Busch's Mastering Digital SLR Photography
by
This completely updated fourth edition of DAVID BUSCH'S MASTERING DIGITAL SLR PHOTOGRAPHY is a comprehensive guide to taking great photos with digital SLR cameras. Today's digital SLRs are more affordable--and more powerful--than ever, letting you create stunning images with technology that would have been unthinkable just a few years ago. If you're comfortable with the basic operations of your digital SLR camera and are eager to explore more advanced creative concepts, this book will help you expand your knowledge of the many new capabilities and improvements that are now standard on today's cameras. Suitable for pros and hobbyists alike, this book takes you beyond the coverage found in most general camera books and includes helpful how-to info on new technologies such as autofocus innovations, HDTV movie-making, and new tools from Wi-Fi to GPS. This fully-illustrated, full-color guide also covers the basics, including file formats, resolution, aperture/priority exposure, and much more. Master the art of digital photography, with DAVID BUSCH'S MASTERING DIGITAL SLR PHOTOGRAPHY, FOURTH EDITION.
Fundamentals of Lighting
by
Fundamentals of Lighting, 4th Edition, takes a practical and integrated approach to the study of lighting and design. Specifically, the text focuses on how interior lighting designs can address the healthy building movement, human-centric lighting design, and international green guidelines and standards for energy efficiency. Now with case studies and sample lighting plans, learning becomes hands on. This comprehensive textbook is divided into two parts and is organized sequentially to develop a fundamental understanding of how to design quality lighting environments. Part One explores the principles of lighting design. Part Two focuses on lighting design applications and the design process, in both residential and commercial environments. New to this Edition -Focus on healthy building movement using human-centric quality lighting design -Inclusion of international green guidelines and standards for energy efficiency for up-to-date industry practices -Enhanced student learning activities, including case studies and lighting plans STUDIO Includes -Study smarter with self-quizzes featuring scored results and personalized study tips -Review concepts with flashcards of essential vocabulary Instructor Resources -Instructor Guide to help integrate text content to classroom and online learning platforms -Test Bank covering key concepts and learning benchmarks -PowerPoint® slide decks for each chapter -CIDA Standards Matrix to help show how key concepts can be integrated and adapted into CIDA standards
Lighting for Outdoor Portrait Photography
by
Hit the ground running with this no-nonsense guide to outdoor portraits! Acclaimed photo-educator Jeff Smith shows you how to design beautiful images that virtually sell themselves. Quick lessons take you through every step of the process in detail, showing you how to select locations, and then use natural light alone or in harmony with reflected light and/or strobe lighting for flawless results. Smith shows you what to look for (and avoid) when lighting the subject's eyes and face, and demonstrates exactly how to balance your scene and subject for portraits all day long (even at the tricky midday hours). With this all-day approach to location lighting, you'll be able to book sessions that are more personalized, more profitable, and more convenient--for both you and your clients.
New Dimensions in Photo Processes : a step-by-step manual for alternative techniques
by
New Dimensions in Photo Processes invites artists in all visual media to discover contemporary approaches to historical techniques. Painters, printmakers, and photographers alike will find value in this practical book, as these processes require little to no knowledge of photography, digital means, or chemistry. Easy to use in a studio or lab, this edition highlights innovative work by internationally respected artists, such as Robert Rauschenberg, Chuck Close, Mike and Doug Starn, and Emmet Gowin. In addition to including new sun-printing techniques, such as salted paper and lumen printing, this book has been updated throughout, from pinhole camera and digital methods of making color separations and contact negatives to making water color pigments photo-sensitive and more. With step-by-step instructions and clear safety precautions, New Dimensions in Photo Processes will teach you how to: Reproduce original photographic art, collages, and drawings on paper, fabric, metal, and other unusual surfaces. Safely mix chemicals and apply antique light-sensitive emulsions by hand. Create imagery in and out of the traditional darkroom and digital studio. Relocate photo imagery and make prints from real objects, photocopies, and pictures from magazines and newspapers, as well as from your digitial files and black and white negatives. Alter black and white photographs, smart phone images, and digital prints. 　
Night Photography and Light Painting : finding your way in the dark
by
Lance Keimig, one of the premier experts on night photography, has put together a comprehensive reference that will show you ways to capture images you never thought possible. This new edition of Night Photography presents the practical techniques of shooting at night alongside theory and history, illustrated with clear, concise examples, and charts and stunning images. From urban night photography to photographing the landscape by starlight or moonlight, from painting your subject with light to creating a subject with light, this book provides a complete guide to digital night photography and light painting.
The Photographer's Handbook
by
To take photos you need to get your settings right. To take good photos you need to understand how your camera works. To take great photos, you need to think about what you're shooting. This book will show you how to master all three. Divided into three definitive sections; Technology & Hardware, Shooting Skills and Subjects & Style, professional photographer Michael Freeman explores these topics to show you how to be your best photographer. Illustrated with a combination of Freeman's photography and that of some of the most well-known photographers in the history of the art, and presented as a luscious flex-bind with foil cover, this is the ultimate photographer's handbook.
Photographers on Photography : how the masters see, think & shoot
by
Through a carefully curated selection of quotations, images, and interviews, Photographers on Photography reveals what matters most to fifty masters of photography. With enlightening text by Henry Carroll, author of the internationally bestselling Read This If You Want To Take Great Photographs series, you'll discover how the giants of the genre developed their distinctive visual styles and the core ideas that underpin their practice. The insightful perspective from these influential artists will inspire your own photographic process and, most importantly, help determine what photography means to you. "I haven't touched my Nikon 35mm since 2008, and Photographers on Photography: How the Masters See, Think & Shoot made me want to pick it up again. I don't know if there's any more glowing praise I can give than that." Communication Arts "This is a fantastic book that explores photography in a thoughtful way. We can all benefit from giving some thought as to why and how we photograph what we do." Fstoppers.com Interviews with Olivia Bee, Esther Teichmann, Alex Soth, Ron Jude, Broomberg & Chanarin and further inspiration from: Eddie Adams, Lisette Model, Irving Penn, Garry Winogrand, Viviane Sassen, Maisie Cousins, Harley Weir, Gillian Wearing, Dorothea Lange, Hellen Van Meene, Man Ray, David Hockney, Ansel Adams, Daido Moriyama, Ralph Gibson, Saul Leiter, Todd Hido, Richard Misrach, Tacita Dean, Amalia Ulman, Alison Jackson, Jason Fulford, James Welling, Paul Graham, Laia Abril, John Baldessari, Lars Tunbjörk, Richard Avedon, Wendy Red Star, Dana Lixenberg, Edward Weston, Roni Horn, Vik Muniz, Penelope Umbrico, Ryuji Miyamoto, Bill Henson, Alvin Langdon Coburn, Ishiuchi Miyako, Leiko Shiga, Joan Fontcuberta, Charles Sheeler, Brandon Lattu, Nobuyoshi Araki, and William Henry Fox Talbot. Titles in Henry Carroll's "Read This" series: Read This if You Want to Take Great Photographs by Henry Carroll (9781780673356) Read This if You Want to Take Great Photographs of People by Henry Carroll (9781780676241) Use This if You Want to Take Great Photographs: A Photo Journal by Henry Carroll (9781780678887) Read This if You Want to Be Great at Drawing by Selwyn Leamy (9781786270542) Read This if You Want to Be a Great Writer by Ross Raisin (9781786271976) Read This if You Want to Be Instagram Famous edited by Henry Carroll (9781780679679)
Retro Cameras : the collector's guide to vintage film photography
by
Retro Cameras is a stylish guide for a generation that has moved from sharing vintage-filtered digital images via Instagram to embracing "old school" analog film photography and manual cameras of all formats. Quick reference shooting guides accompany each camera type, allowing even a camera phone junkie to quickly come to grips with shooting on film with a vintage camera. More than 100 camera models are included, from 35mm SLRs to Roll Film SLRs and Instant Cameras.With over 400 specially commissioned photographs, an in-depth test drive of each camera type, practical advice on how to use and get the most out of each camera, buyers' tips, and a dedicated glossary, Retro Cameras is a perfect reference for amateurs and professionals alike.
Scenography and Art History
by
Scenography and Art History reimagines scenography as a critical concept for art history, and is the first book to demonstrate the importance and usefulness of this concept for art historians and scholars in related fields. It provides a vital evaluation of the contemporary importance of scenography as a critical tool for art historians and scholars from related branches of study addressing phenomena such as witchy designs, Early Modern festival books, live rock performances, digital fashion photography, and outdoor dance interventions. With its nuanced and detailed case studies, this book is an innovative contribution to ongoing debates within art history and visual studies concerning multisensory events. It extends the existing literature by demonstrating the importance of a reimagined scenography concept for comprehending historical and contemporary art histories and visual cultures more broadly. The book contends that scenography is no longer restricted to the traditional space of the theatre, but has become an important concept for approaching art historical and contemporary objects and events. It explores scenography not solely as a critical approach and theoretical concept, but also as an important practice linked with unrecognized labour and broader political, social and gendered issues in a great variety of contexts, such as festive culture, sacred settings, fashion, film, or performing arts. Designed as a key resource for students, teachers and researchers in art history, visual studies, and related subjects, the book, through its cross-disciplinary frame, does consider, implicitly and explicitly, the roles of both scenography and art in society.
Speedlights and Speedlites : creative flash photography at lightspeed
by
Canon Speedlites and Nikon Speedlights are small, off-camera flashguns that can provide big results - if you know how to use them properly. Acclaimed Boston photographers Lou Jones, Bob Keenan and Steve Ostrowski guide you through the technical and creative aspects of how to get the most out of these powerful tools in this indispensable guide, packed full of inspirational images and comprehensive diagrams of the lighting set ups used to capture them. They are significantly more advanced, lighter and considerably cheaper than a standard flashgun, and have many advantages. They are small (and cheap) enough that a number can be carried in your kit, and they can be used in combination, triggered wirelessly. They use through-the-lens (TTL) metering, which allows you to use the in-camera LCD and histograms to calculate the required power/direction, rather than havng to use a light meter or trial and error. They use proprietary, dedicated technology (from Canon and Nikon) that means there are no compatability issues. Getting the most out of them, however, remains a mystery - most photographers still just use their speedlights in the same way as a standard flash gun. This is where this book comes in.
The ultimate beginner's guide to photography
by
QUALITY OF LIGHT is designed for students who have successfully completed the basic Photography Foundation Courses. You will learn the advanced techniques of photography specially the professional methods of creative lighting. The aim of this advanced course is to develop your insights and understanding of the various characteristics of light as an extremely important aspect of professional photography. Emphasis is placed on the effective and creative use of light with all its diverse characteristics and various techniques, and on the creative and conceptual role you will play as the photographer
Chroma : a photographer's guide to lighting with color
by
A Companion to Photography
by
The study of photography has never been more important. A look at today's digital world reveals that a greater number of photographs are being taken each day than at any other moment in history. Countless photographs are disseminated instantly online and more and more photographic images are earning prominent positions--and garnering record prices--in the rarefied realm of top art galleries. Reflecting this dramatic increase in all things photographic, A Companion to Photography presents a comprehensive collection of original essays that explore a variety of key areas of current debate around the state of photography in the twenty-first century. Essays are grouped and organized in themed sections--including photographic interpretation, markets, popular photography, documents, and fine art--and provide comprehensive coverage of the subject. Representing a diversity of approaches, essays are written by both established and emerging photographers and scholars, as well as various experts in their respective areas. A Companion to Photography offers scholars and professional photographers alike an essential and up-to-date resource that brings the study of contemporary photography into clear focus.
The dramatic portrait : the art of crafting light and shadow
by
The enthusiast's guide to night and low-light photography
by
Light and Lens : photography in the digital age
by
The new edition of this pioneering book allows students to acquire an essential foundation for digital photography. Fully updated, it clearly and concisely covers the fundamental concepts of imagemaking, how to use digital technology to create compelling images, and how to output and preserve images in the digital world. Exploring history, methods, and theory, this text offers classroom-tested assignments and exercises from leading photographic educators, approaches for analyzing, discussing, and writing about photographs, and tools to critically explore and make images with increased visual literacy. New to this edition: New larger page format Revised and renewed to reflect technological advances Expanded coverage of smartphone/mobile photography Extended coverage of the careers section More than 100 new images
The natural light portrait book : the step-by-step techniques you need to capture amazing photographs like the pros
by
Outdoor Flash Photography
by
Maximizing the power of your camera's flash is difficult enough in a studio set-up, but outdoors literally presents a whole new world of challenges. John Gerlach and Barbara Eddy have taken the most asked about subject from their renowned photography workshops and turned it into this guidebook that is sure to inspire your next outdoor shoot, while also saving you time and frustration. Outdoor Flash Photography covers a range of practices from portrait to landscape, including unique strategies that the authors have pioneered through 40 years in the field. Mastering the use of multiple flashes to freeze action is shown through one of most challenging subjects in nature, hummingbirds in flight. This book will benefit photographers of all experience levels who are eager to evolve their outdoor photography and get the most out of their equipment.
Rick Sammon's Exploring Photographic Exposure
by
Light is the primary element of any photograph, but it may also be the most frustrating. Rick Sammon can help you eliminate those frustrations. With over 300 new images, Exploring Photographic Exposure takes you through the basics of exposure and how to apply them in any setting; from photographing wildlife to people, from landscapes to seascapes. Learn how to move away from the "spray and pray" approach by seeing light and applying camera settings to take fewer--and better--photos. Not just all tech talk, you'll also learn how to explore exposure modes for more creative images, and to change and rescue exposures in post-processing. Key features include: More than 300 before-and-after images on how to apply the basics of exposure concepts to a variety of genres, including wildlife photography, landscape photography, studio photography, and everything in-between; A guide on controlling light in a photograph, and how light affects an exposure; Tips on working with composition in Adobe Photoshop Lightroom as well as Adobe Photoshop; Advice on evolving as a photographer.
Seizing the Light, 3rd Edition
by
Professional Printing and Portfolio Development
PROFESSIONAL PRINTING AND PORTFOLIO DEVELOPMENT will lead you through the process of shooting, imaging, and printing. You will be introduced to the steps to digital printing, creative aspects, skills and techniques to solve printing issues. The course will be divided into three parts, emphasizing the development of your own printing workflow for professional quality prints. You will review RAW file conversion, resolution testing, sharpening and custom ICC profile creation before performing hard-core printing. You will become familiar with how various media display information, including monitors and printers, and papers. The final part of the course will involve learning more about building a professional portfolio and the various ways to professionally present your works.
Advertising and Promotion: an Integrated Marketing Communications Perspective
by
In this 10th edition, Belch/Belch introduces students to the fast-changing field of advertising and promotion. While advertising is its primary focus, it is more than just an introductory advertising text because there is more to most organisations' promotional programs than just advertising. The changes happening in the world of advertising are leading marketers and their agencies to approach advertising and promotion from an integrated marketing communications (IMC) perspective, which calls for a “big picture” approach to planning marketing and promotion programs and coordinating the various communication functions.To understand the role of advertising and promotion in today's business world, one must recognise how a firm can use all the promotional tools to communicate with its customers. This 10th edition, with its integrated marketing communications perspective (the theme of the text), catapults the reader into the business practices of the 21st century.
Burn Your Portfolio
by
It takes more than just a design school education and a killer portfolio to succeed in a creative career. Burn Your Portfolio teaches the real-world practices, professional do's and don'ts, and unwritten rules of business that most designers, photographers, web designers, copy writers, programmers, and architects only learn after putting in years of experience on the job. Michael Janda, owner of the Utah-based design firm Riser, uses humor to dispense nugget after nugget of hard-won advice collected over the last decade from the personal successes and failures he has faced running his own agency. In this surprisingly funny, but incredibly practical advice guide, Janda's advice on teamwork and collaboration, relationship building, managing clients, bidding work, production processes, and more will resonate with creative professionals of all stripes.
Color Management and Quality Output: Working with Color from Camera to Display to Print
by
We have all felt the frustration of wasting time, paper, and effort when our prints or web images don't match the images we see on our monitors. Fortunately, you're holding the resource that will help solve these problems. This book guides you through the hardware settings and software steps you'll need to post professional images and make stunning prints that showcase your artistic vision. In Color Management & Quality Output, Tom P. Ashe, a color expert and gifted teacher, shows you how to color manage your files from input all the way through output, by clearly explaining how color works in our minds, on our monitors and computers, and through our printers. You'll learn to: properly calibrate your monitor understand Adobe Photoshop color settings build and evaluate color profiles for all your devices navigate the print menu in both Photoshop and Lightroom appreciate the differences between inkjet prints and C-prints optimize sharpening for a variety of print media understand how and why to use RIPs communicate with creative professionals, clients, and output service providers to ensure the highest quality results. This book is part of The Digital Imaging Masters Series, which features cutting-edge information from the most sought-after and qualified professionals and instructors in the photography field. Based on the progressive curriculum of the Masters of Professional Studies in Digital Photography created by Katrin Eismann at the School of Visual Arts in New York City, these books are the next best thing to being in the classroom with the Digital Photography Masters themselves.
Design Portfolios
by
Today's students of architecture, interior design and landscape design need to master the art of marketing themselves via both traditional handheld and digital portfolios. Design Portfolios enables students to create portfolios that serve as both evolving collections of creative solutions to design problems and evidence of their abilities to visually relay messages. Addressing issues of creation, maintenance, and presentation, the book guides students through every step of the interview and presentation process-from making first contact to composing a thank you letter and securing a job.
Digital Textile Printing
by
The development of digital textile printing at the end of the twentieth century has had a profound effect on the design, creation, use and understanding of textiles. This new technology - combined with advances in fabric and dye chemistry - has made it possible to produce complex images on fabric comprising millions of colours, quickly, inexpensively and in flexible quantities; a revolution that has led to a rapid increase in demand, which is predicted to rise still further. This book is the first to describe the historical and cultural context from which digital textile printing emerged, and to engage critically with the many issues that it raises: the changing role of the designer in the creation of printed textiles; the ways in which the design process is being transformed by new technology; the relationships between producers, clients and the textile industry; and the impact of digital printing on the wider creative industries. At the core of this study are two key questions: what constitutes authenticity in an age when printed textiles are created through the combined agency of the artist/designer and the computer? And how can this new technology be put to work in a sustainable way during a period of spiralling demand?
Graphic design school : a foundation course for graphic designers working in print, moving image and digital media
by
Practical advice on all aspects of graphic design - from the understanding the basics to devising an original concept and creating successful finished designs.
The Last Layer : new methods in digital printing for photography, fine art, and mixed media
by
In The Last Layer-the follow-up to Digital Alchemy, her successful book on alternative printmaking techniques-Bonny Lhotka teaches how to make prints that take their inspiration from early printmaking processes. In this book, Lhotka shows students step-by-step how to create modern-day versions of anthotypes, cyanotypes, tintypes, and daguerreotypes as well as platinum and carbon prints. She also reinvents the photogravure and Polaroid transfer processes and explores and explains groundbreaking techniques for combining digital images with traditional monotype, collograph, and etching press prints. By applying these classic techniques to modern images, students will be able to recreate the look of historical printmaking techniques and explore the limits of their creative voice.
Museums and Communities
by
This edited volume critically engages with contemporary scholarship on museums and their engagement with the communities they purport to serve and represent. Foregrounding new curatorial strategies, it addresses a significant gap in the available literature, exploring some of the complex issues arising from recent approaches to collaboration between museums and their communities.The book unpacks taken-for-granted notions such as scholarship, community, participation and collaboration, which can gloss over the complexity of identities and lead to tokenistic claims of inclusion by museums. Over sixteen chapters, well-respected authors from the US, Australia and Europe offer a timely critique to address what happens when museums put community-minded principles into practice, challenging readers to move beyond shallow notions of political correctness that ignore vital difference in this contested field. Contributors address a wide range of key issues, asking pertinent questions such as how museums negotiate the complexities of integrating collaboration when the target community is a living, fluid, changeable mass of people with their own agendas and agency. When is engagement real as opposed to symbolic, who benefits from and who drives initiatives? What particular challenges and benefits do artist collaborations bring? Recognising the multiple perspectives of community participants is one thing, but how can museums incorporate this successfully into exhibition practice?Students
Photographers on Photography : how the masters see, think & shoot
by
Through a carefully curated selection of quotations, images, and interviews, Photographers on Photography reveals what matters most to fifty masters of photography. With enlightening text by Henry Carroll, author of the internationally bestselling Read This If You Want To Take Great Photographs series, you'll discover how the giants of the genre developed their distinctive visual styles and the core ideas that underpin their practice. The insightful perspective from these influential artists will inspire your own photographic process and, most importantly, help determine what photography means to you. "I haven't touched my Nikon 35mm since 2008, and Photographers on Photography: How the Masters See, Think & Shoot made me want to pick it up again. I don't know if there's any more glowing praise I can give than that." Communication Arts "This is a fantastic book that explores photography in a thoughtful way. We can all benefit from giving some thought as to why and how we photograph what we do." Fstoppers.com Interviews with Olivia Bee, Esther Teichmann, Alex Soth, Ron Jude, Broomberg & Chanarin and further inspiration from: Eddie Adams, Lisette Model, Irving Penn, Garry Winogrand, Viviane Sassen, Maisie Cousins, Harley Weir, Gillian Wearing, Dorothea Lange, Hellen Van Meene, Man Ray, David Hockney, Ansel Adams, Daido Moriyama, Ralph Gibson, Saul Leiter, Todd Hido, Richard Misrach, Tacita Dean, Amalia Ulman, Alison Jackson, Jason Fulford, James Welling, Paul Graham, Laia Abril, John Baldessari, Lars Tunbjörk, Richard Avedon, Wendy Red Star, Dana Lixenberg, Edward Weston, Roni Horn, Vik Muniz, Penelope Umbrico, Ryuji Miyamoto, Bill Henson, Alvin Langdon Coburn, Ishiuchi Miyako, Leiko Shiga, Joan Fontcuberta, Charles Sheeler, Brandon Lattu, Nobuyoshi Araki, and William Henry Fox Talbot. Titles in Henry Carroll's "Read This" series: Read This if You Want to Take Great Photographs by Henry Carroll (9781780673356) Read This if You Want to Take Great Photographs of People by Henry Carroll (9781780676241) Use This if You Want to Take Great Photographs: A Photo Journal by Henry Carroll (9781780678887) Read This if You Want to Be Great at Drawing by Selwyn Leamy (9781786270542) Read This if You Want to Be a Great Writer by Ross Raisin (9781786271976) Read This if You Want to Be Instagram Famous edited by Henry Carroll (9781780679679)
Print/maker : designers, artists, artisans, entrepreneurs : inky, creative success
by
Reinventing Print : technology and craft in typography
by
With the rise of digital technology as a design tool and its acceptance as simply part of the tool chest for today's design studios, there has been a re-evaluation and return to exploring pre-digital typography. Design studios no longer flaunt their digital hardware, in fact quite the opposite. This attitudinal change toward digital technology has coincided with a growing fascination and re-evaluation of those pre-digital skills and processes that had been considered in recent years to be irrelevant. Mapping the rise of digital technology and examining the infinite possibilities it offers and the profound cultural and technical influence it has had in all aspects of visual communication. This text also focuses on our current post-digital age, in which the technology itself has become sufficiently common-place for us to fully recognize what it excels at and what it does less well. Reinventing Print focuses on those skills and processes which have been re-appropriated and irreverently liberated by a new generation of typographers, designers, and artists, raised with digital technology in their pockets and forever at their fingertips. In this post-digital age, traditional typographic craft is new, different and therefore exciting, potent and culturally subversive.
Professional Printing and Portfolio Development
PROFESSIONAL PRINTING AND PORTFOLIO DEVELOPMENT will lead you through the process of shooting, imaging, and printing. You will be introduced to the steps to digital printing, creative aspects, skills and techniques to solve printing issues. The course will be divided into three parts, emphasizing the development of your own printing workflow for professional quality prints. You will review RAW file conversion, resolution testing, sharpening and custom ICC profile creation before performing hard-core printing. You will become familiar with how various media display information, including monitors and printers, and papers. The final part of the course will involve learning more about building a professional portfolio and the various ways to professionally present your works.
3D Printing for Dummies
by
Print out whatever you can dream up 3D Printing For Dummies is an easy reference for anyone new to the process of taking a digital file and turning it into an object in the real world. (Pretty amazing stuff, right?) It's also a handy guide for more experienced users looking to learn the latest and greatest in additive manufacturing. Updated for the latest generation of machines and materials, this book walks you through creating models and printing 3D objects. You'll get the scoop on the impact of these versatile machines in production and manufacturing, reuse and recycling, intellectual property design controls, and more. It's an exciting time to get into 3D printing, and this friendly Dummies guide is here to help you do it. Wrap your mind around the technology of 3D printing Understand how 3D printing is transforming industries Get an intro to making your own digital models Consider the pros and cons of 3D printing for your hobby or business needs 3D Printing For Dummies is a perfect resource for anyone interested in learning about and taking advantage of 3D printing technology.
3D Printing of Concrete : state of the art and challenges of the digital construction revolution
by
The introduction of digital manufacturing techniques, such as 3D printing applied to concrete material, opens up new perspectives on the way in which buildings are designed. Research on this theme is thriving and there is a high rate of innovation related to concrete. At the same time, the first life-size constructions made from printed concrete are emerging from the ground. This book presents state-of-the-art knowledge on the different printing processes as well as on the concrete material that must adapt to these new manufacturing techniques, such as new hardware and new printers for concrete. The possibilities in terms of architectural design are discussed as well as the pathways that remain to be uncovered. The book also explores the challenges that researchers and companies expect to overcome as they get closer to democratizing this potential revolution that is the digital manufacturing of concrete.
Burn Your Portfolio
by
It takes more than just a design school education and a killer portfolio to succeed in a creative career. Burn Your Portfolio teaches the real-world practices, professional do's and don'ts, and unwritten rules of business that most designers, photographers, web designers, copy writers, programmers, and architects only learn after putting in years of experience on the job. Michael Janda, owner of the Utah-based design firm Riser, uses humor to dispense nugget after nugget of hard-won advice collected over the last decade from the personal successes and failures he has faced running his own agency. In this surprisingly funny, but incredibly practical advice guide, Janda's advice on teamwork and collaboration, relationship building, managing clients, bidding work, production processes, and more will resonate with creative professionals of all stripes.
The business of portfolio management
by
Declutter Your Photo Life : curating, preserving, organizing, and sharing your photos
by
Design Portfolios
by
Unique perspective of a seasoned designer and veteran A/E industry recruiter regarding what design industry recruiters actually look for in a Design Portfolio Design Portfolios: A Recruiter's View provides a student-friendly guide, written from the perspective of a designer and design industry recruiter, on what recruiters look for as they review a design portfolio. It shows students how to create a professional-quality portfolio that will get them to that all-important next step in the recruiting process--the interview. Using a unique plan of action, "The Four S's", the book presents an organizational mindset focused on the added value of telling your Story, revealing your Style, proclaiming your Substance, and Sharing your uniqueness effectively. In today's competitive market, a winning portfolio is much more than a simple accounting of digital skills and volumes of high-resolution graphics. This book shows students what recruiters really value and how to ensure their portfolios make the right impression. Design Portfolios: A Recruiter's View explains: How to develop a memorable organizational approach around story, style, substance, and sharing and create a winning portfolio Answers to the key questions students ask to fill in gaps in their academic instruction Real examples of resumes, cover letters, and portfolios that reveal what is needed for success Years of "big picture" insight gained from actual portfolio reviews during the author's time as a designer and recruiter Aimed at the inexperienced design student rather than the practicing professional, Design Portfolios: A Recruiter's View is an easy-to-understand and constructive guide that is incredibly helpful to young designers with project histories that consist only of academic and internship work.
The digital print : preparing images in lightroom and photoshop for printing
by
Hacking the digital print : alternative image capture and printmaking processes
by
Museums and Communities
by
This edited volume critically engages with contemporary scholarship on museums and their engagement with the communities they purport to serve and represent. Foregrounding new curatorial strategies, it addresses a significant gap in the available literature, exploring some of the complex issues arising from recent approaches to collaboration between museums and their communities.The book unpacks taken-for-granted notions such as scholarship, community, participation and collaboration, which can gloss over the complexity of identities and lead to tokenistic claims of inclusion by museums. Over sixteen chapters, well-respected authors from the US, Australia and Europe offer a timely critique to address what happens when museums put community-minded principles into practice, challenging readers to move beyond shallow notions of political correctness that ignore vital difference in this contested field. Contributors address a wide range of key issues, asking pertinent questions such as how museums negotiate the complexities of integrating collaboration when the target community is a living, fluid, changeable mass of people with their own agendas and agency. When is engagement real as opposed to symbolic, who benefits from and who drives initiatives? What particular challenges and benefits do artist collaborations bring? Recognising the multiple perspectives of community participants is one thing, but how can museums incorporate this successfully into exhibition practice?Students of museum and cultural studies, practitioners and everyone who cares about museums around the world will find this volume essential reading.
Nanomaterials for 2D and 3D Printing
by
The first book to paint a complete picture of the challenges of processing functional nanomaterials for printed electronics devices, and additive manufacturing fabrication processes. Following an introduction to printed electronics, the book focuses on various functional nanomaterials available, including conducting, semi-conducting, dielectric, polymeric, ceramic and tailored nanomaterials. Subsequent sections cover the preparation and characterization of such materials along with their formulation and preparation as inkjet inks, as well as a selection of applications. These include printed interconnects, passive and active modules, as well as such high-tech devices as solar cells, transparent electrodes, displays, touch screens, sensors, RFID tags and 3D objects. The book concludes with a look at the future for printed nanomaterials. For all those working in the field of printed electronics, from entrants to specialized researchers, in a number of disciplines ranging from chemistry and materials science to engineering and manufacturing, in both academia and industry.
Portfolio Management
by
A career's worth of portfolio management knowledge in one thorough, efficient guide Portfolio Management is an authoritative guide for those who wish to manage money professionally. This invaluable resource presents effective portfolio management practices supported by their underlying theory, providing the tools and instruction required to meet investor objectives and deliver superior performance. Highlighting a practitioner's view of portfolio management, this guide offers real-world perspective on investment processes, portfolio decision making, and the business of managing money for real clients. Real world examples and detailed test cases--supported by sophisticated Excel templates and true client situations--illustrate real investment scenarios and provide insight into the factors separating success from failure. The book is an ideal textbook for courses in advanced investments, portfolio management or applied capital markets finance. It is also a useful tool for practitioners who seek hands-on learning of advanced portfolio techniques. Managing other people's money is a challenging and ever-evolving business. Investment professionals must keep pace with the current market environment to effectively manage their client's assets while students require a foundation built on the most relevant, up-to-date information and techniques. This invaluable resource allows readers to: Learn and apply advanced multi-period portfolio methods to all major asset classes. Design, test, and implement investment processes. Win and keep client mandates. Grasp the theoretical foundations of major investment tools Teaching and learning aids include: Easy-to-use Excel templates with immediately accessible tools. Accessible PowerPoint slides, sample exam and quiz questions and sample syllabi Video lectures Proliferation of mathematics in economics, growing sophistication of investors, and rising competition in the industry requires advanced training of investment professionals. Portfolio Management provides expert guidance to this increasingly complex field, covering the important advancements in theory and intricacies of practice.
The Social Work Portfolio: a Student's Guide to Evidencing Your Practice
by
Creating a practice portfolio is a challenging but essential part of every social work student's placement experience. This book shows students how to get the best results from their practice portfolio, by demonstrating their learning and evidencing areas of practice such as meeting the National Occupational Standards, reflective practice and the involvement of service users and carers in their practice. Packed with practical tips, case studies, action points, activities and diagrams, the book is an indispensible guide for social work students on placement.
Taking Tinkercad to the Next Level
by
No detailed description available for "Taking Tinkercad to the Next Level".
Understanding photography : master your digital camera and capture that perfect photo
by
Traditional Darkroom Processes
TRADITIONAL DARKROOM PROCESSES is a film-based medium photography course. You will develop not only negatives but the skills to think, know, and get things right using the film medium. The course also has a darkroom component which completes the cycle of the process to allow you the full experience of traditional film -based photography. It also demonstrates to you the opportunities where you can intervene in the process to address creative and expressive problems which can redefine your photography through analog media.
Alternative Photographic Processes : crafting handmade images
by
Alternative Photographic Processes teaches techniques, both analog & digital, allowing artists to bring a personal touch through manipulation of a photograph, the negative, and the print. This book stands apart from recent publications on alternative processes by presenting a range of new approaches and methods to achieve popular techniques, as well as providing step-by-step guidance for an array of unique techniques meant to inspire artists working in various mediums. Through detailed guidance, working artist examples, and info about the contemporary use of these processes, this book will provide instruction for students, educators, and artists to expand their creative toolbox.
The Camera Assistant's Manual
by
Excel as an Assistant Cameraman (AC) in today's evolving film industry with this updated classic. Learn what to do--and what NOT to do--during production and get the job done right the first time. The Camera Assistant's Manual, Sixth Edition covers the basics of cinematography andprovides you with the multi-skill set needed to maintain and transport a camera, troubleshoot common problems on location, prepare for job interviews, and work with the latest film and video technologies. Illustrations, checklists, and tables accompany each chapter and highlight the daily workflow of an AC. This new edition has been updated to include: A fresh chapter on the entry level camera positions of Camera Trainee/Production Assistant Coverage of emerging iPhone apps that are used by filmmakers and ACs on set An updated companion website offering online tutorials, clips, and techniques that ACs can easily access while on location (www.cameraassistantmanual.com) All new sample reports and forms including AC time cards, resumé templates, a digital camera report, and a non-prep disclaimer Instruction and custom forms to help freelance filmmakers keep track of daily expenses for tax purposes The Camera Assistant's Manual, Sixth Editionis an AC's bible for success and a must-have for anyone looking to prosper in this highly technical and ever-changing profession.
The citizen journalist's photography handbook : shooting the world as it happens
by
Experimental Photography : a handbook of techniques
by
Experimental Photography is the first manual ever to break down into a step-by-step format the experimental techniques that photographers use to subvert or expand conventional camera technology, heralding a new era in photography.The book features technical sections that define a particular process and show how to carry it out, accompanied by examples of the finished images. These are interspersed with illustrated interviews with photographers who use these techniques, examining what their work aims to do and how it is made.Some techniques, such as photograms or lumenprints, are cameraless; others involve building simple cameras from unexpected materials or exploiting the limitations of toy and disposable cameras for artistic effect. Camera hacking--breaking rules in exposure, zooming, panning, focus, and composition; modifying the camera to produce slit-scans; or adding filters--can produce a variety of exciting results.Film can also be manipulated or distressed, and many experiments can be conducted during the preparation of negatives and prints. Even once the print has been produced, creativity continues: mordançage, for example, provides a controlled degrading of the print, and bleaching and encaustic can be used to create new effects.For practicing photographers as well as anyone interested in artistic photographic techniques, this is an unprecedented sourcebook of practical inspiration that celebrates the work of the exceptional artists, "hackers," and artisans who are pushing the boundaries of how we conceive of photography.
Graphic Design for Art, Fashion, Film, Architecture, Photographer, Product Design and Everything in Between
by
This collection of groundbreaking campaigns and industry insights from the world's leading design studios shows how today's graphic designers are thinking, collaborating, and breaking the rules. This guide explores ways in which graphic designers can successfully collaborate with other creative professionals and sectors, whether it be a more sophisticated logo for a product, a better-designed lookbook for a fashion brand, or a more intuitive wayfinding system for a museum. The book features exceptionally conceived design solutions across a variety of industries--from architecture and product design to art, fashion, and film. Through dynamic spreads, readers will discover the Berlin-based studio Hort's transformative campaign for Nike; Base's responsive, flexible logo for Munich's Haus der Kunst museum; how design agency Bond worked with ArtRabbit, a website and app that catalogs contemporary art exhibitions, on a clever identity rollout; and how John Haslam, managing director of bespoke paper company G.F Smith, feels about the process of working with designers. Each example illustrates the significance of the graphic designer's role in making a campaign marketable and successful. Insights from clients and the designers themselves reveal the inner workings of the design process. An indispensable reference for the graphic design industry, this visually arresting and informative volume shows how excellence can be achieved when creative minds work together.
The Photographer's Handbook
by
To take photos you need to get your settings right. To take good photos you need to understand how your camera works. To take great photos, you need to think about what you're shooting. This book will show you how to master all three. Divided into three definitive sections; Technology & Hardware, Shooting Skills and Subjects & Style, professional photographer Michael Freeman explores these topics to show you how to be your best photographer. Illustrated with a combination of Freeman's photography and that of some of the most well-known photographers in the history of the art, and presented as a luscious flex-bind with foil cover, this is the ultimate photographer's handbook.
Set Lighting Technician's Handbook : film lighting equipment, practice, and electrical distribution
by
Comprehensive. Detailed. Practical. Set Lighting Technician's Handbook, Fourth Edition, is a friendly, hands-on manual covering the day-to-day practices, equipment, and tricks of the trade essential to anyone doing motion picture lighting, including the lamp operator, rigging crew, gaffer, best boy, or director of photography. This handbook offers a wealth of practical technical information, useful techniques, as well as aesthetic discussions. The Set Lighting Technician's Handbook focuses on what is important when working on-set: trouble-shooting, teamwork, set protocol, and safety. It describes tricks and techniques for operating a vast array of lighting equipment including LEDs, xenons, camera synchronous strobes, black lights, underwater units, lighting effects units, and many others. Since its first edition, this handy on-set reference continues to be widely adopted as a training and reference manual by union training programs as well as top university film production programs. New to the fourth edition: * More coverage of the aesthetics of lighting * Detailed information on LED technology and gear * Material is harmonized with industry safety and skills training curriculum * More coverage than ever before about setting up and running DMX512 networks and DMX512 enabled devices, including wireless DMX512 networks * Completely revised and updated sections of HMIs, tungsten light fixtures, and fluorescent technologies * Additional information on dealing with current harmonics, working with portable generators. * New section on using 480V power * In addition to previsualization software, new material provides a primer on creating professional light plots and using computer aided design software * New additions to the arsenal of electrical distribution equipment that make our sets safer and easier to power * More rigging tricks and techniques * Written in the same friendly, easy-to-read style that has made this book so popular * Companion Web site contains exclusive articles written by the author, illustrations, and an indispensable resource center with key industry links. Please visit www.focalpress.com/cw/box-9780240810751
Traditional Darkroom Processes
TRADITIONAL DARKROOM PROCESSES is a film-based medium photography course. You will develop not only negatives but the skills to think, know, and get things right using the film medium. The course also has a darkroom component which completes the cycle of the process to allow you the full experience of traditional film -based photography. It also demonstrates to you the opportunities where you can intervene in the process to address creative and expressive problems which can redefine your photography through analog media.
Apple Photos book for photographers : building your digital darkroom with photos and its powerful editing extensions
by
Arabic-Type Books Printed in Wallachia, Istanbul, and Beyond
by
This first volume of Collected Works of the ERC Project TYPARABIC focuses on the history of printing during the 18th century in the Ottoman Empire and the Romanian Principalities among diverse linguistic and confessional communities. Although "most roads lead to Istanbul," the many pathways of early modern Ottoman printing also connected authors, readers and printers from Central and South-Eastern Europe, Western Europe and the Levant. The papers included in this volume are grouped in three sections. The first focuses on the first Turkish-language press in the Ottoman capital, examining the personality and background of its founder, İbrahim Müteferrika, the legal issues it faced, and its context within the multilingual Istanbul printing world. The second section brings together studies of printing and readership in Central and South-East Europe in Romanian, Greek and Arabic. The final section is made up of studies of the Arabic liturgical and biblical texts that were the main focus of Patriarch Athanasios III Dabbās' efforts in the Romanian Principalities and Aleppo. This volume will be of interest to scholars of the history of printing, Ottoman social history, Christian Arabic literature and Eastern Orthodox liturgy.
Between Manuscript and Print
by
A cross-cultural, comparative view on the transition from a predominant 'culture of handwriting' to a predominant 'culture of print' in the late medieval and early modern periods is provided here, combining research on Christian and Jewish European book culture with findings on East Asian manuscript and print culture. This approach highlights interactions and interdependencies instead of retracing a linear process from the manuscript book to its printed successor. While each chapter is written as a disciplinary study focused on one specific case from the respective field, the volume as a whole allows for transcultural perspectives. It thereby not only focusses on change, but also on simultaneities of manuscript and printing practices as well as on shifts in the perception of media, writing surfaces, and materials: Which values did writers, printers, and readers attribute to the handwritten and printed materials? For which types of texts was handwriting preferred or perceived as suitable? How and under which circumstances could handwritten and printed texts coexist, even within the same document, and which epistemic dynamics emerged from such textual assemblages?
Chrysotype : a contemporary guide to photographic printing in gold
by
Chrysotype is about photographic printing in gold on paper. This 19th century printing process, modified for contemporary use, provides artists with an affordable way to produce permanent prints in gold. By using film or digital negatives, striking hand-coated prints can be created in monochromatic hues ranging from pink, violet, magenta and purple, to green, blue, grey and black. Chrysotype offers a how-to guide for intermediate practitioners with illustrated examples and simple explanations for each stage of the chrysotype process. The book is divided into three sections: history; preparation and how-to; and the work of contemporary artists using chrysotype. This book includes: A concise account of the invention and modification of the chrysotype process, including early discoveries about gold and colour and the significance of moisture for printing in gold How to set up your workspace for printing, including useful equipment and materials Advice on safe chemical practice A step-by-step guide to creating suitable digital and film negatives Guidance on paper selection and how to successfully coat paper An overview guide to creating a chrysotype print Step-by step directions for creating the chrysotype solutions An explanation of mixing ratios and solution volumes that control contrast An illustrated explanation of the effect of humidity on colour, including split tone colours and ways to control humidity Step-by-step directions on post-exposure hydration to lengthen tonal range and lower contrast Step-by-step tray processing directions Advanced techniques such as handling translucent papers, additional chrysotype formulas and procedures, and alternative developing agents that support longer development, colour formation and remedy problems that affect image quality Troubleshooting chrysotype printing, including advice and photographic examples Illustrated profiles of contemporary artists making chrysotype prints, including their methods and tips Chrysotype serves to inform, encourage and challenge a new generation of alternate process practitioners and a growing chrysotype community, from the newly curious to the experienced professional.
Darkroom dynamics : a guide to creative darkroom techniques
by
Exploring Color Photography : from film to pixels
by
Robert Hirsch's Exploring Color Photography is the thinking photographer's guide to color imagemaking. Now in its sixth edition, this pioneering text clearly and concisely instructs students and intermediate photographers in the fundamental aesthetic and technical building blocks needed to create thought-provoking digital and analog color photographs. Taking both a conceptual and pragmatic approach, the book avoids getting bogged down in complex, ever-changing technological matters, allowing it to stay fresh and engaging. Known as the Bible of Color Photography, its stimulating assignments encourage students to be adventurous and to take responsibility for learning and working independently. The emphasis on design and postmodern theoretical concepts stresses the thought process behind the creation of intriguing images. It's extensive and inspiring collection of images and accompanying captions allow makers to provide insight into how photographic methodology was utilized to visualize and communicate their objectives. The text continues to deliver inspiring leadership in the field of color photography with the latest accurate information, ideas, commentary, history, a diverse collection of contemporary images, and expanded cellphone photography coverage. A "Problem Solving and Writing" chapter offers methods and exercises that help one learn to be a visual problem solver and to discuss and write succinctly about the concepts at the foundation of one's work. Exploringcolorphotography.com, the companion website, has been revamped and updated to feature more student and teacher resources, including a new web-based timeline: As It Happened: A Chronological History of Color Photography.
Handschrift Im Druck (ca. 1500-1800)
by
Dem Neben- und Miteinander von Hand- und Druckschriftlichkeit in der Frühen Neuzeit bis in die Goethezeit ist in der Forschung bisher nur ungenügend Beachtung geschenkt worden. Der Übergang von der Hand- zur Druckschriftlichkeit ,nach Gutenberg' wird gerne als ein Ablösungsprozess beschrieben; erst in der Zeit um 1800 nehme die Handschrift im Lichte neuer Autorschafts- und Individualitätskonzepte neuen, auratischen Charakter an. Der Band argumentiert in Fallstudien für eine neue Aufmerksamkeit für die zahlreichen Interferenzphänomene von Handschrift und Druck, die die unterschiedlichsten Formen und Funktionen annehmen können. Er fokussiert besonders handschriftliche Interventionen in gedruckten Büchern: Diese brechen den durch den Druck fixierten Text auf, indem sie ihn kommentieren, korrigieren oder erweitern. Sie weisen auf veränderte Gebrauchskontexte, die Flexibilisierung vermeintlich statischer Autorschaftskonzepte und die Dynamik von Korrekturprozessen. Der Band plädiert in der interdisziplinären Zusammenschau von Literatur-, Buch- und Geschichtswissenschaften für einen neuen, materialitätsorientierten Blick auf alte Fragen der Literaturgeschichte des Druckzeitalters.
Lightroom 5 : Streamlining Your Digital Photography Process
by
Manage your images with Lightroom and this beautifully illustrated guide Image management can soak up huge amounts of a photographer's time, but help is on hand. This complete guides teaches you how to use Adobe Lightroom 5 to import, manage, edit, and showcase large quantities of images with impressive results. The authors, both professional photographers and Lightroom experts, walk you through step by step, demonstrating real-world techniques as well as a variety of practical tips, tricks, and shortcuts that save you time. Streamline image management tasks like a pro, and get back to doing what you love - taking photographs. Teaches you digital imaging fundamentals, as well as specific skills you need to master Adobe's Lightroom 5 digital photography workflow software Explores capturing, importing, editing, processing, and presenting digital photos Explains real-world, professional-level techniques through easy-to-follow instructions and beautiful, full-color examples Frees you to focus on your creative photography abilities by helping you develop strong technical skills Learn not only the "how" of editing and handling photographs with Lightroom 5, but the "why" as well, with Lightroom 5: Streamlining Your Digital Photography Process.
Production House Cinema : starting and running your own cinematic storytelling business
by
In Production House Cinema: Starting and Running Your Own Cinematic Storytelling Business, renowned video storyteller Kurt Lancaster offers both students and professionals a practical guide to starting their own video production company and creating cinematic, client-based video content. Utilizing practical know-how along with in-depth analysis and interviews with successful independent production houses like Stillmotion and Zandrak, Lancaster follows the logistics and inspiration of creating production house cinema from the initial client pitch all the way through financing and distribution. The book includes: An examination of the cinematic and narrative style and how to create it; A discussion of the legal procedures and documents necessary for starting and operating a production house; Advice on crafting a portfolio, reel, and website that both demonstrates your unique style and vision and attracts clients; A guide to the financial business of running an independent production house, including invoicing, accounting, and taxes--and how much you should charge clients; Tips for how to better communicate with clients, and how to develop and shape a client's story; A breakdown of how to select the right gear and equipment for a shoot, on budget; Cinematic case studies that offer detailed coverage of several short films made for clients.
Transfer Printing Technologies and Applications
by
Transfer printing (TP) is a class of techniques for the deterministic assembly of disparate micro/nanomaterials into functional devices, and has become an emerging suite of technologies for micro/nanofabrication. Systems enabled by transfer printing range from complex molecular-scale materials, to high-performance hard materials, to fully integrated devices. A variety of sub-techniques for different purposes have grown significantly in the past decade, leading to non-conventional electronics, optoelectronics, photovoltaics, and photonics, and enabling the development of non-planar and flexible electronics.Highlights breakthrough results and systems enabled by novel TP techniques.Highlights breakthrough results and systems enabled by novel TP techniques.Transfer Printing Technologies and Applications is a complete guide to transfer printing techniques and their cutting-edge applications. The first section of the book provides a solid grounding in transfer printing methods and the fundamentals behind these technologies. The second part of the book focuses on state-of-the-art applications enabled by transfer printing techniques, including areas such as flexible sensors, flexible transistors, wearable devices, thin film-based energy systems, flexible displays, microLED-based displays, metal films, and more. A concluding chapter addresses current challenges and future opportunities in this innovative field.Highlights breakthrough results and systems enabled by novel TP techniques.Highlights breakthrough results and systems enabled by novel TP techniques.This book is of interest to researchers and advanced students across nanotechnology, materials science, electrical engineering, mechanical engineering, chemistry, and biomedicine, as well as scientists, engineers, and R&D professionals involved with nanomaterials, micro- or nano-fabrication, microelectromechanical systems (MEMS), display technology, biotechnology, and devices. Highlights breakthrough results and systems enabled by novel TP techniques. Highlights breakthrough results and systems enabled by novel TP techniques.Highlights breakthrough results and systems enabled by novel TP techniques.Highlights breakthrough results and systems enabled by novel TP techniques. Highlights breakthrough results and systems enabled by novel TP techniques.- Examines a range of transfer printing technologies and their specific features for different applications- Highlights breakthrough results and systems enabled by novel TP techniques- Offers an insightful outlook into trends and future directions in each sub-area of transfer printing
COURSE DESCRIPTION: TRAVEL AND NATURE PHOTOGRAPHY is a course that shall serve to equip you to successfully cater to the enormous market of professional travel and nature photography. You will understand that travel photography is extremely competitive and requires extensive planning for equipment, transportation, assistants, locations and lodging per assignment. The aim of this subject is to train you for the necessities to shoot travel related subjects matters for a predetermined objective, journalistic, documentary, commercial or fine art. This subject will include two out of the classroom activities, the first being within Metro Manila and is a preparation wherein you can test the lessons learned within the classroom in preparation for the later being outside Metro Manila and involving real travel and more planning.
Bystander : a history of street photography
by
In this book, the authors explore and discuss the development of one of the most interesting and dynamic of photographic genres. Hailed as a landmark work when it was first published in 1994, Bystander is widely regarded by street photographers as the 'bible' of street photography. It covers an incredible array of talent, from the unknowns of the late 19th century to the acknowledged masters of the 20th, such as Atget, Stieglitz, Strand, Cartier-Bresson, Brassai, Kertesz, Frank, Arbus, Winogrand and Levitt to name just a few. In this new and fully revised edition, the story of street photography is brought up to date with a re-evaluation of some historical material, the inclusion of more contemporary photographers and a discussion of the ongoing rise of digital photography.
A Companion to Photography
by
The study of photography has never been more important. A look at today's digital world reveals that a greater number of photographs are being taken each day than at any other moment in history. Countless photographs are disseminated instantly online and more and more photographic images are earning prominent positions--and garnering record prices--in the rarefied realm of top art galleries. Reflecting this dramatic increase in all things photographic, A Companion to Photography presents a comprehensive collection of original essays that explore a variety of key areas of current debate around the state of photography in the twenty-first century. Essays are grouped and organized in themed sections--including photographic interpretation, markets, popular photography, documents, and fine art--and provide comprehensive coverage of the subject. Representing a diversity of approaches, essays are written by both established and emerging photographers and scholars, as well as various experts in their respective areas. A Companion to Photography offers scholars and professional photographers alike an essential and up-to-date resource that brings the study of contemporary photography into clear focus.
The Great Wide Open : new outdoor and landscape photography
by
Following today's intrepid adventurers, this atmospheric book is a visual journey to the most beautiful and breathtaking places in the world. So pack your backpack, lace up your shoes--don't forget your camera--and go. As the rhythm of our hectic urban lives continues to speed up, we are increasingly compelled to leave it all behind and escape far into the quiet depths of nature. In great contrast with the claustrophobic metropolitan environments most of us live in, the photographs featured in The Great Wide Open depict wondrous sites that will take you on a visual journey through faraway lands from Mongolia to Peru, as seen by those who have climbed that mountain and surfed that wave. Through their silent forests, infinite skies, and crystal waters, these photographs capture the feeling of longing behind the growing search for a certain peacefulness that is lacking in our fast-paced lifestyles. Follow this movement by joining a new generation of outsiders who have an unquenchable thirst for adventure, and see what they see through awe-inspiring images of some of the world's most beautiful places. Read about their explorations as they share the stories behind the photographs--tales ranging from conquering the unconquerable to preparing good coffee huddled under a pitched tent. Beyond some traditional, timeless landscape photographs, The Great Wide Open features views that are highly personal and full of life.
Insta-Perfect : creative photography for social media today
by
As 21st-century technology has enabled nearly anyone to sell merchandise to an international customer base, the need for high-quality presentation has never been higher. Social media allows sellers to share images and information, but the tool is wasted if the product itself isn't presented in an engaging, attractive way. Insta- Perfect is the ultimate inspiration guide to just that, featuring bold and memorable examples of product photography and art direction for a wide range of products. In interviews throughout the book, expert marketers and successful Instagram stars share their insights on a variety of topics, including setting, image composition/framing photo editing/retouching. A gallery of visual splendor in the age of social media for amateurs and professionals alike.
Lonely Planet's Guide to travel photography
by
Lonely Planet: The world's leading travel guide publisher* Return from your travels with the pictures you've always wanted. In this revised edition of Lonely Planet's best-sellingTravel Photography, internationally renowed travel photographer Richard I'Anson shows you how to avoid common photography mistakes and to develop your compositional and technical skills as a photographer. This jargon-free guide is a comprehensive look at all aspects of travel photography, from the gear needed while on the road to the software and hardware required to store and process your images back at home, to the low-down on assessing, displaying and even earning money with your photographs. New section on the art of travel photography and how to capture that perfect moment in time Fully updated for the digital photographer Covers all camera technologies, from film to phone camera Make money from your photos "A clear and succinct technical manual to improving your travel photography." - The Observer (UK) "Bright, inspiring and jargon-free, I'Anson's compact guide takes the mystery out of controlling a camera" - New Zealand Herald Authors: Written and researched by Lonely Planet, Richard I'Anson About Lonely Planet: Started in 1973, Lonely Planet has become the world's leading travel guide publisher with guidebooks to every destination on the planet, as well as an award-winning website, a suite of mobile and digital travel products, and a dedicated traveller community. Lonely Planet's mission is to enable curious travellers to experience the world and to truly get to the heart of the places where they travel. TripAdvisor Travellers' Choice Awards 2012 and 2013 winner in Favorite Travel Guide category 'Lonely Planet guides are, quite simply, like no other.' - New York Times 'Lonely Planet. It's on everyone's bookshelves; it's in every traveller's hands. It's on mobile phones. It's on the Internet. It's everywhere, and it's telling entire generations of people how to travel the world.' - Fairfax Media (Australia) *#1 in the world market share - source: Nielsen Bookscan. Australia, UK and USA. March 2012-January 2013
The New Art of Photographing Nature
by
Amateur photographers of all levels interested in capturing better images of nature will love this updated classic from world-renowned photographer Art Wolfe. Art Wolfe, one of the world's most celebrated nature photographers, teams up with former Audubon photo editor Martha Hill and digital imaging expert Tim Grey to share insights and techniques about composing better nature images as they analyze Art's stunning photographs of the natural world.
New Ways of Seeing : the democratic language of photography
by
Those born since the digital revolution, seem to have the hardest time re-imagining the role of photography in the world today. Thinking of photography as a visual language is the approach this book adopts to addresses this challenge. Considering photography in this way develops the metaphor of 'learning a language' when attempting to explain what photography can be, and what it can give a student in transferable creative and life skills. This begins with challenging the pre-conception that successful photography is defined by the successful single image or 'the good photograph'. The book emphasises the central role of narrative and visual storytelling through a technique of 'photosketching' to develop the building blocks of visual creativity and ultimately to craft successful bodies of photographic work. New Ways of Seeing explains how to both learn and teach photography as a visual language, appropriate for both professionals and students working today.
Photographers on Photography : how the masters see, think & shoot
by
Through a carefully curated selection of quotations, images, and interviews, Photographers on Photography reveals what matters most to fifty masters of photography. With enlightening text by Henry Carroll, author of the internationally bestselling Read This If You Want To Take Great Photographs series, you'll discover how the giants of the genre developed their distinctive visual styles and the core ideas that underpin their practice. The insightful perspective from these influential artists will inspire your own photographic process and, most importantly, help determine what photography means to you. "I haven't touched my Nikon 35mm since 2008, and Photographers on Photography: How the Masters See, Think & Shoot made me want to pick it up again. I don't know if there's any more glowing praise I can give than that." Communication Arts "This is a fantastic book that explores photography in a thoughtful way. We can all benefit from giving some thought as to why and how we photograph what we do." Fstoppers.com Interviews with Olivia Bee, Esther Teichmann, Alex Soth, Ron Jude, Broomberg & Chanarin and further inspiration from: Eddie Adams, Lisette Model, Irving Penn, Garry Winogrand, Viviane Sassen, Maisie Cousins, Harley Weir, Gillian Wearing, Dorothea Lange, Hellen Van Meene, Man Ray, David Hockney, Ansel Adams, Daido Moriyama, Ralph Gibson, Saul Leiter, Todd Hido, Richard Misrach, Tacita Dean, Amalia Ulman, Alison Jackson, Jason Fulford, James Welling, Paul Graham, Laia Abril, John Baldessari, Lars Tunbjörk, Richard Avedon, Wendy Red Star, Dana Lixenberg, Edward Weston, Roni Horn, Vik Muniz, Penelope Umbrico, Ryuji Miyamoto, Bill Henson, Alvin Langdon Coburn, Ishiuchi Miyako, Leiko Shiga, Joan Fontcuberta, Charles Sheeler, Brandon Lattu, Nobuyoshi Araki, and William Henry Fox Talbot. Titles in Henry Carroll's "Read This" series: Read This if You Want to Take Great Photographs by Henry Carroll (9781780673356) Read This if You Want to Take Great Photographs of People by Henry Carroll (9781780676241) Use This if You Want to Take Great Photographs: A Photo Journal by Henry Carroll (9781780678887) Read This if You Want to Be Great at Drawing by Selwyn Leamy (9781786270542) Read This if You Want to Be a Great Writer by Ross Raisin (9781786271976) Read This if You Want to Be Instagram Famous edited by Henry Carroll (9781780679679)
Photographing Nature in Action
by
Essential tips for taking stunning photos of animals and plants in action Filled with practical advice for the field and technical photograph instruction, this book is necessary reading for everyone who wants to capture exquisite shots of nature in action. It explains how to take great shots of animals moving in water, land, and air, as well as perhaps less obvious plant movement. It explains a camera's functions, and the fundamentals of good photography, and also shares ideas on setting up and taking photos in the field, as well as using a flight tunnel, aquarium, and microscope. Each photograph in the book is discussed, with details of the set-up, lighting, background, lens aperture, shutter speed, and ISO setting. The book also details the natural history and biology of the organisms, to give a greater appreciation of the photographs.
Photography and Its Origins
by
Recent decades have seen a flourishing interest in and speculation about the origins of photography. Spurred by rediscoveries of 'first' photographs and proclamations of photography's death in the digital age, scholars have been rethinking who and what invented the medium. Photography and Its Origins reflects on this interest in photography's beginnings by reframing it in critical and specifically historiographical terms. How and why do we write about the origins of the medium? Whom or what do we rely on to construct those narratives? What's at stake in choosing to tell stories of photography's genesis in one way or another? And what kind of work can those stories do? Edited by Tanya Sheehan and Andrés Mario Zervigón, this collection of 16 original essays, illustrated with 32 colour images, showcases prominent and emerging voices in the field of photography studies. Their research cuts across disciplines and methodologies, shedding new light on old questions about histories and their writing. Photography and Its Origins will serve as a valuable resource for students and scholars in art history, visual and media studies, and the history of science and technology.
Set the Scene
by
No one likes to admit it, but photographers often reach a plateau where they feel like they've reached their creative limit. Adding the right prop to a portrait setup can elevate every aspect of the image--easing the posing process, inspiring more interesting lighting, and engaging viewers in a more personalized story about the subject. In this book, Tracy Dorr shows you how to make the most of props, making savvy choices for individual and group portraits created in the studio or on location. Packed with inspirational techniques and images from ten contributing photographers (among them, Andrea Crabb, Ashley Warren, Aileen Treadwell, and Mimika Cooney), this book will inspire you to create more evocative images of any subject--from infants to engaged couples--and enhance your brand through the effective use of props.
Simple scene sensational shot : artistic photography in any environment
by
Turn your everyday world into creative digital photography masterpieces. This book will show you how to make the most of your local area to create outstanding photos that will have your friends gasping and exclaiming, 'is this really our town?' A wealth of techniques and creative approaches will open your eyes to the beauty that surrounds you, and make you see the world with new eyes. Not only is the book packed with creative and technical tips, but there's a chapter that can act as your guide as you explore with your camera, whether for the first time or with the new outlook that this book will give you. This book will also take you through different approaches to making a series of photos, for display, so you can create masterpieces that tell a story from their place on the wall, not just your memory card.
Step-by-step lighting for outdoor portrait photography
by
Hit the ground running with this no-nonsense guide to outdoor portraits! Acclaimed photo-educator Jeff Smith shows you how to design beautiful images that virtually sell themselves. Quick lessons take you through every step of the process in detail, showing you how to select locations, and then use natural light alone or in harmony with reflected light and/or strobe lighting for flawless results. Smith shows you what to look for (and avoid) when lighting the subject's eyes and face, and demonstrates exactly how to balance your scene and subject for portraits all day long (even at the tricky midday hours). With this all-day approach to location lighting, you'll be able to book sessions that are more personalized, more profitable, and more convenient--for both you and your clients.
COURSE DESCRIPTION: TRAVEL AND NATURE PHOTOGRAPHY is a course that shall serve to equip you to successfully cater to the enormous market of professional travel and nature photography. You will understand that travel photography is extremely competitive and requires extensive planning for equipment, transportation, assistants, locations and lodging per assignment. The aim of this subject is to train you for the necessities to shoot travel related subjects matters for a predetermined objective, journalistic, documentary, commercial or fine art. This subject will include two out of the classroom activities, the first being within Metro Manila and is a preparation wherein you can test the lessons learned within the classroom in preparation for the later being outside Metro Manila and involving real travel and more planning.
THE BEGINNER'S GUIDE TO ASTRO PHOTOGRAPHY : how to capture the cosmos with any camera
by
Close Up Photography in Nature
by
A Companion to Photography
by
The study of photography has never been more important. A look at today's digital world reveals that a greater number of photographs are being taken each day than at any other moment in history. Countless photographs are disseminated instantly online and more and more photographic images are earning prominent positions--and garnering record prices--in the rarefied realm of top art galleries. Reflecting this dramatic increase in all things photographic, A Companion to Photography presents a comprehensive collection of original essays that explore a variety of key areas of current debate around the state of photography in the twenty-first century. Essays are grouped and organized in themed sections--including photographic interpretation, markets, popular photography, documents, and fine art--and provide comprehensive coverage of the subject. Representing a diversity of approaches, essays are written by both established and emerging photographers and scholars, as well as various experts in their respective areas. A Companion to Photography offers scholars and professional photographers alike an essential and up-to-date resource that brings the study of contemporary photography into clear focus.
Crush the composition : transform the way you look at photography to get the best images you've ever taken
by
Dusk to Dawn : A Guide to Landscape Photography at Night
by
The enthusiast's guide to travel photography : 55 photographic principles you need to know
by
INTERIOR LANDSCAPE;THE LANDSCAPE ON BOTH SIDES OF THE CAMERA reflections on art, creativity, expression, and a life in photography.
by
Mallorca fotografieren : Kultur, Menschen, Landschaft - die schönsten Motive
by
Nature photography and the ecological self : a mixed-methods study
by
Outdoor Flash Photography
by
Maximizing the power of your camera's flash is difficult enough in a studio set-up, but outdoors literally presents a whole new world of challenges. John Gerlach and Barbara Eddy have taken the most asked about subject from their renowned photography workshops and turned it into this guidebook that is sure to inspire your next outdoor shoot, while also saving you time and frustration. Outdoor Flash Photography covers a range of practices from portrait to landscape, including unique strategies that the authors have pioneered through 40 years in the field. Mastering the use of multiple flashes to freeze action is shown through one of most challenging subjects in nature, hummingbirds in flight. This book will benefit photographers of all experience levels who are eager to evolve their outdoor photography and get the most out of their equipment.
Photographing Iceland : an insider's guide to the most iconic locations
by
Reisefotografie : Praxisnahe Profi-Tipps - von der Planung bis zur Nachbearbeitung
by
Scott Kelbys Reisefoto-Rezepte : 180 Tipps & Tricks für die schönsten Urlaubsfotos
by
Simple Scene, Sensational Shot
by
How many of us have put the camera away after a holiday to a far off exotic location? This book will show you how to make the most of your local area to make outstanding photos. A wealth of techniques and creative approaches will open your eyes to the beauty that surrounds you everywhere, and make you see the world with new eyes. Not only is the book packed with technical tips, but there's a chapter which can act as your guide as you explore anywhere with a camera. This book will also take you through different approaches to making a series of photos, for your own enjoyment or display, so you can create masterpieces that tell a story from their place on the wall, not just your memory card. Having read this book you'll never put the camera down in your neighborhood, and when you do travel to that exotic destination you can expect even more stunning results from your photography than ever before.
Travelling Images : looking across the borderlands of art, media and photography
by
This book critically examines images in the borderlands of the art world, investigating relations between visual art and vernacular visual culture within different images communities from the 1870s to the present day. It concentrates on the mechanisms of such processes and their implications for the understanding of art and art-historical narratives. Merging perspectives from art history and visual culture studies with media studies, it fills a gap in the field of visual studies through its use of a diversity of images as prime sources. Where textual statements are scarce the book maps visual statements instead, demonstrating the potential of image studies. Consequently, it will be of great relevance to those interested in art and visual culture in modernity, as well as discourses of the notion of art and art history writing.
The Travel Photo Essay : describing a journey through images
by
Successful travel photographers have to wear more hats than perhaps any other photographic genre. In a single travel photo essay they are at times architectural photographers, food photographers, music photographers, car photographers - the list encompassing every possible type of photography. The Travel Photo Essay teaches the reader the necessary techniques to create cohesive professional travel stories, using images that go far beyond "I was here" photographs. From the establishing shots to the equipment list, this book discusses the techniques and concepts necessary to create professional looking images in various genres, including portrait photography, landscape photography, wildlife photography, food photography, documentary photography, sports photography and more. Covering issues such as lighting, writing, workflow and the travel photography market, award-winning photographer and writer Mark Edward Harris explains how to marry photos with words, telling a cohesive story through a series of photographs.
TRENDS IN PHOTOGRAPHY is designed to educate students on the fundamentals of visual trends, their styles, messages and techniques. Students will understand that photography is not an isolated entity, but an ever-evolving-art-form. Students will receive insights into contemporary visual language (content, visualization, photographic techniques and practical execution), its implications, challenges and changes during time. In addition, it will further the student’s understanding of photography, professional self-awareness and sense of own direction in the creative world.
Adobe Photoshop Creative Cloud Revealed, 2nd Edition
by
Adobe® Photoshop Creative Cloud Revealed, 2nd Edition encourages students to creatively examine topics and themes to design meaningful projects that have impact. Photoshop introductory through advanced tools are used to find creative solutions and using imagery as a stepping stone to bigger conversations. The REVEALED Series extends step-by-step software instruction to creative problem-solving for real-world impact with more projects than any other Adobe curriculum. Through our exclusive partnership with National Geographic, students create unique and meaningful projects inspired by National Geographic storytellers with a focus on how design principles create meaningful compositions, layouts, and infographics, all while meeting most recent Adobe Professional Certification requirements.This updated series includes professional examples of photographs, infographics, and visually impactful layouts from National Geographic® Magazine. Students will connect concepts with real-world projects with featured interviews National Geographic Explorers, Designers and Creatives for a revered, professional perspective. Flexible for a variety of digital devices, these texts include instruction for ipad users as well as desktop/mac machines.
After Photography
by
One of our most influential commentators on photography investigates the future of visual media as the digital revolution transforms images, changing the way we conceptualize the world. From photos of news events taken on cell phones to the widespread use of image surveillance, digital media has fundamentally altered the way we receive visual information. Simultaneously, the increased manipulation of photographs has made photography suspect as reliable documentation, raising questions about its role in recounting personal and public histories. In a world beset by critical problems and ambiguous boundaries, Ritchin argues that it is time to begin energetically exploring possibilities created by technological innovations, and to use them to better understand our rapidly changing world.
Anti Glossy Fashion Photography Now
by
Capturing contemporary trends and forecasting the look of the future, this dazzling anthology collects the work of the most cutting-edge photographers working today, this volume is an essential compilation of the most important photographic trends of the age of social media and digital publication. The interaction between photography and fashion has always been compelling--how can artists balance commercial viability against their own creative vision? Anti-Glossy collects some of the most innovative photographers working in the field of fashion, exploring the way new media is influencing the direction of photography for print. As the notion of the "fashion photographer" becomes less distinct, the industry is benefitting from the talents of artists whose influence leads the genre into a multitude of surprising, often shocking, directions. In this collection of new fashion photography, full-page color and black-and-white photographs represent an incredible range of styles and techniques. From the evolving vision of masters of the form such as Juergen Teller and Glen Luchford, to the ironic work of Sebastian Kim, to the challenges posed by young female voices like Annemarieke Van Drimmelen, Charlotte Wales, Sarah Piantadosi, Joanna Piotrowska, and Karen Knorr, the photographers featured in this exciting collection represent a cutting-edge trend in all its diversity. Paris-based author and editor Patrick Remy has selected over twenty photographers from emerging talents that hold the prospect of creating enduring fashion images and influencing the cultural and style trends of tomorrow to established figures exploring new directions.
Bending the Frame
by
The older paradigm for photojournalists was to simply record events, with the hope-and frequently the expectation-that people and their governments would be moved to respond to the injustices pictured; as witnessed by the impact of certain images during the Civil Rights movement and the Vietnam War. Given evolving media and political climates, however, including the billions of images now available online from all kinds of sources, the purpose and effectiveness of media, in particular of visual journalism, has been called into question. Bending the Frame: Photojournalism, Documentary, and Citzenship, by author and critic Fred Ritchin, addresses the new and emerging potentials for visual media to impact society. Ritchin examines the historical and contemporary uses of photography and related media to inspire social change. From the unintended consequences of "citizen journalism" and leaked images such as those from Abu Ghraib, to the new strategies by visual journalists and the targeted human rights projects by documentary photographers, the intention of this book is to provide a much-needed critical approach to the issues involved in such efforts. Also encompassing online efforts, uses of video, and a diverse range of books and exhibitions, Bending the Frame aims for as wide-ranging and farreaching a discussion as possible, asking the critical question: how can images promote new thinking and make a difference in the world?
Experimental Photography : a handbook of techniques
by
Experimental Photography is the first manual ever to break down into a step-by-step format the experimental techniques that photographers use to subvert or expand conventional camera technology, heralding a new era in photography.The book features technical sections that define a particular process and show how to carry it out, accompanied by examples of the finished images. These are interspersed with illustrated interviews with photographers who use these techniques, examining what their work aims to do and how it is made.Some techniques, such as photograms or lumenprints, are cameraless; others involve building simple cameras from unexpected materials or exploiting the limitations of toy and disposable cameras for artistic effect. Camera hacking--breaking rules in exposure, zooming, panning, focus, and composition; modifying the camera to produce slit-scans; or adding filters--can produce a variety of exciting results.Film can also be manipulated or distressed, and many experiments can be conducted during the preparation of negatives and prints. Even once the print has been produced, creativity continues: mordançage, for example, provides a controlled degrading of the print, and bleaching and encaustic can be used to create new effects.For practicing photographers as well as anyone interested in artistic photographic techniques, this is an unprecedented sourcebook of practical inspiration that celebrates the work of the exceptional artists, "hackers," and artisans who are pushing the boundaries of how we conceive of photography.
How to read contemporary art
by
Today's artists create work that's challenging, complicated and often perplexing. Exploring the significance and impact of a broad selection of the most prominent artists working in Europe, North and Latin America, Asia and Australasia, including Francis Alys, Marina Abramovi'c, Allora and Calzadilla, Maurizio Cattelan, Luc Tuymans and many more, 'How to Read Contemporary Art' provides a thoughtful and accessible key to understanding the everchanging face of art practice at the beginning of the 21st century. Organized alphabetically by artist, it describes each artists use of media and symbolism in reference to their key pieces, and provides useful biographical information. Encompassing work in video, film, photography, installation, sculpture, painting, drawing, digital media and performance, this is a vibrant and vital companion for art lovers everywhere.
Insta-Perfect : creative photography for social media today
by
As 21st-century technology has enabled nearly anyone to sell merchandise to an international customer base, the need for high-quality presentation has never been higher. Social media allows sellers to share images and information, but the tool is wasted if the product itself isn't presented in an engaging, attractive way. Insta- Perfect is the ultimate inspiration guide to just that, featuring bold and memorable examples of product photography and art direction for a wide range of products. In interviews throughout the book, expert marketers and successful Instagram stars share their insights on a variety of topics, including setting, image composition/framing photo editing/retouching. A gallery of visual splendor in the age of social media for amateurs and professionals alike.
Laboratory Imaging and Photography : best practices for photomicrography and more
by
Laboratory Imaging and Photography: Best Practices for Photomicrography and More is the definitive guide to the production of scientific images. Inside, the reader will find an overview of the theory and practice of laboratory photography, along with useful approaches to choosing equipment, handling samples, and working with microscopic subjects. Drawing from over 150 years of combined experience in the field, the authors outline methods of properly capturing, processing and archiving the images that are essential to scientific research. Also included are chapters on applied close-up photography, artificial light photography and the optics used in today's laboratory environment, with detailed entries on light, confocal and scanning electron microscopy. A lab manual for the digital era, this peerless reference book explains how to record visual data accurately in an industry where a photograph can serve to establish a scientific fact. Key features include: Over 200 full-color photographs and illustrations A condensed history of scientific photography Tips on using the Adobe Creative Suite for scientific applications A cheat sheet of best practices Methods used in computational photography
Lighting for Outdoor Portrait Photography
by
Hit the ground running with this no-nonsense guide to outdoor portraits! Acclaimed photo-educator Jeff Smith shows you how to design beautiful images that virtually sell themselves. Quick lessons take you through every step of the process in detail, showing you how to select locations, and then use natural light alone or in harmony with reflected light and/or strobe lighting for flawless results. Smith shows you what to look for (and avoid) when lighting the subject's eyes and face, and demonstrates exactly how to balance your scene and subject for portraits all day long (even at the tricky midday hours). With this all-day approach to location lighting, you'll be able to book sessions that are more personalized, more profitable, and more convenient--for both you and your clients.
Perfect Likeness : photography and composition
by
This book considers a fascinating paradigm in contemporary photography, and the many ways it engages many of today's most important photographers. Serious photographers have long been suspicious of images that are too beautiful, too "photogenic," or too controlled. Recently, however, there has been a renewed interest in these questions, and in overtly composed images that go beyond simple representation. This volume collects compelling work by many artists working in this area, including Thomas Demand, Stan Douglas, Roe Ethridge, Peter Holzhauer, Barbara Probst, Jeff Wall, and Christopher Williams. Dozens of color reproductions show how these artists contend with the relationship between the world as they find it and the composed image through landscape, portraiture, and still life. Raising as many questions as it answers, this provocative book presents photography as a dynamic and compelling medium for both its practitioners and its audience.
The Photographer's Handbook
by
To take photos you need to get your settings right. To take good photos you need to understand how your camera works. To take great photos, you need to think about what you're shooting. This book will show you how to master all three. Divided into three definitive sections; Technology & Hardware, Shooting Skills and Subjects & Style, professional photographer Michael Freeman explores these topics to show you how to be your best photographer. Illustrated with a combination of Freeman's photography and that of some of the most well-known photographers in the history of the art, and presented as a luscious flex-bind with foil cover, this is the ultimate photographer's handbook.
Photography after Frank
by
In Photography After Frank, former New York Times writer and picture editor Philip Gefter presents the tale of contemporary photography, starting with a pivotal moment: Robert Frank's seminal work in the 1950s. Along the way, he connects the dots of photography's transformation into what it is today. Gefter begins with Frank's challenge to the notion of photography's objectivity with the grainy, off-handed spontaneity of The Americans. Next comes the "staged document" and postmodernism's further challenge to image fidelity. Other themes are photojournalism, the diversity of portraiture, the influence of private and corporate collections on curatorial decisions, and how the market shapes art making. Throughout the book, Gefter deftly connects Frank's legacy with the work of dozens of important individual artists who followed in his wake, from Lee Friedlander and Nan Goldin to Stephen Shore and Ryan McGinley. The book includes texts written exclusively for this publication as well as essays drawn from Gefter's critical writings, reviews, and even obituaries. Photography After Frank offers a page-turning yet journalistic approach bound to appeal to students and artworld aficionados, alike.
Photography and Collaboration : from conceptual art to crowdsourcing
by
Photography and Collaboration offers a fresh perspective on existing debates in art photography and on the act of photography in general. Unlike conventional accounts that celebrate individual photographers and their personal visions, this book investigates the idea that authorship in photography is often more complex and multiple than we imagine involving not only various forms of partnership between photographers, but also an astonishing array of relationships with photographed subjects and viewers. Thematic chapters explore the increasing prevalence of collaborative approaches to photography among a broad range of international artists from conceptual practices in the 1960s to the most recent digital manifestations. Positioning contemporary work in a broader historical and theoretical context, the book reveals that collaboration is an overlooked but essential dimension of the medium's development and potential.
Retro Cameras : the collector's guide to vintage film photography
by
Retro Cameras is a stylish guide for a generation that has moved from sharing vintage-filtered digital images via Instagram to embracing "old school" analog film photography and manual cameras of all formats. Quick reference shooting guides accompany each camera type, allowing even a camera phone junkie to quickly come to grips with shooting on film with a vintage camera. More than 100 camera models are included, from 35mm SLRs to Roll Film SLRs and Instant Cameras.With over 400 specially commissioned photographs, an in-depth test drive of each camera type, practical advice on how to use and get the most out of each camera, buyers' tips, and a dedicated glossary, Retro Cameras is a perfect reference for amateurs and professionals alike.
Victorian Photography, Literature and the Invention of Modern Memory
by
Invented during a period of anxiety about the ability of human memory to cope with the demands of expanding knowledge, photography not only changed the way the Victorians saw the world, but also provided them with a new sense of connection with the past and a developing language with which to describe it. Analysing a broad range of texts by inventors, cultural critics, photographers, and novelists, Victorian Photography, Literature, and the Invention of Modern Memory- Already the Past argues that Victorian photography ultimately defined the concept of memory for generations to come including our own. In addition to being invaluable for scholars working within the emerging field of research at the intersection of photographic and literary studies, this book will also be of interest to students of Victorian and modernist literature, visual culture and intellectual history.
The Visual Culture Reader
by
Ten years after the last edition, this thoroughly revised and updated third edition of The Visual Culture Reader highlights the transformed and expanded nature of globalized visual cultures. It assembles key new writings, visual essays and specially commissioned articles, emphasizing the intersections of the Web 2.0, digital cultures, globalization, visual arts and media, and the visualizations of war. The volume attests to the maturity and exciting development of this cutting-edge field. Fully illustrated throughout, The Reader features an introductory section tracing the development of what editor Nicholas Mirzoeff calls "critical visuality studies." It develops into thematic sections, each prefaced by an introduction by the editor, with an emphasis on global coverage. Each thematic section includes suggestions for further reading. Thematic sections include: Expansions War and Violence Attention and Visualizing Economy Bodies and Minds Histories and Memories (Post/De/Neo)Colonial Visualities Media and Mediations Taken as a whole, thesenbsp;47 essays provide a vital introduction to the diversity of contemporary visual culture studies and a key resource for research and teaching in the field. Contributors: Ackbar Abbas, Morana Alac, Malek Alloula, Ariella Azoulay, Zainab Bahrani, Jonathan L. Beller,Suzanne Preston Blier, Lisa Cartwright, Dipesh Chakrabarty, Wendy Hui Kyong Chun, Beth Coleman, Teddy Cruz, René Descartes, Faisal Devji, Henry Drewal, Okwui Enwezor, Frantz Fanon, Allen Feldman, Mark Fisher, Finbarr Barry Flood, Anne Friedberg, Alex Galloway, Faye Ginsburg, Derek Gregory, J. Jack Halberstam, Donna Haraway, Brian Holmes, Amelia Jones, Georgina Kleege, Sarat Maharaj, Brian Massumi, Carol Mavor, Tara McPherson, Nicholas Mirzoeff, Timothy Mitchell, W. J. T. Mitchell, Naeem Mohaiemen, Fred Moten, Lisa Nakamura, Trevor Paglen, Lisa Parks, Sumathi Ramaswamy, Jacques Rancière, Andrew Ross, Terence E. Smith, Marita Sturken, Paolo Virno, Eyal Weizman
Why Art Photography?
by
The second edition of Why Art Photography? is an updated, expanded introduction to the ideas behind today's striking photographic images. Lively, accessible discussions of key issues such as ambiguity, objectivity, fiction, authenticity, and photography's expanding field are supplemented with new material around timely topics such as globalization, selfie culture, and photographers' use of advanced digital technologies, including CGI and virtual reality. The new edition includes: an expanded introduction extended chapters featuring emerging trends a larger selection of images, including new color images an improved and expanded bibliography. This new edition is essential for students looking to enrich their understanding of photography as a complex and multi-faceted art form.
Why it does not have to be in focus : modern photography explained
by
This book offers a lively, informed defence of modern photography. Choosing 100 key photographs - with particular emphasis on the last twenty years - it examines what inspired each photographer, and traces how the piece was executed. In doing so, she brings to light the layers of meaning behind these singular works, some of which were initially dismissed out of hand for being blurred, overexposed or 'badly' composed. Discover why Gillian Wearing's 'Self-Portrait at 17 Years Old' is not the straightforward photobooth snap it appears on first sight; find out what lies behind Hiroshi Sugimoto's decision to use a 19th-century large-format camera for his work; and explore what prompted Richard Prince to begin photographing existing photographs. The often controversial images discussed in this book play with our expectations of a photograph, our ingrained tendency to believe that it is telling us the unadorned truth. Jackie Higgins proves once and for all that there's so much more to the art of photography than 'point and click'.
Words Not Spent Today Buy Smaller Images Tomorrow
by
At this transitional moment in the field of photography, how should we consider what is to come for the medium? Can its past and present practitioners help guide us, both as creators and as observers? David Levi Strauss-eminent author, critic, and teacher-rises to the challenge of these questions and more in Words Not Spent Today Buy Smaller Images Tomorrow: Essays on the Present and Future of Photographs. In the course of twenty-five essays, Strauss discusses the work of artists who provoke us with revealing, clear-eyed investigations of the ostensibly patent world in front of us, and others who transport us to new realms, poetic and unreal-creative minds ranging from Frederick Sommer, Helen Levitt, Daido Moriyama, and Joseph Beuys, to contemporary photographers Sally Mann, James Nachtwey, Susan Meiselas, Robert Bergman, Tim Davis, and many others. Also considered are the groundbreaking theoretical writings of Susan Sontag and Jean-Luc Nancy, the films of Chris Marker and Stan Brakhage, and issues and events that have irrevocably altered the way we consider the medium of photography and how it communicates: 9/11, Abu Ghraib, the death of Osama bin Laden, the Arab Spring, and Occupy Wall Street. Words Not Spent Today is an incisive exploration of photography's changing role as a tool of evidence and conscience as we move forward into-can we say it?-a post-photographic era.
TRENDS IN PHOTOGRAPHY is designed to educate students on the fundamentals of visual trends, their styles, messages and techniques. Students will understand that photography is not an isolated entity, but an ever-evolving-art-form. Students will receive insights into contemporary visual language (content, visualization, photographic techniques and practical execution), its implications, challenges and changes during time. In addition, it will further the student’s understanding of photography, professional self-awareness and sense of own direction in the creative world.
Adobe Photoshop and Lightroom Classic for photographers
by
Beginning photo retouching and restoration using GIMP : learn to retouch and restore your photos like a pro
by
Close-Up and Macro Photography : its art and fieldcraft techniques
by
Focusing on fieldcraft techniques for macro and close-up photography, Thompson covers the vital but often overlooked skills necessary to achieve consistent professional results in the field. Case studies covering a broad and often challenging group of subjects from the seashore to your back garden form the core of the lavishly illustrated book. Biology, life history, subject behaviour and ethics along with best practice approaches are discussed in detail and underpinned with photographic tips. The book is divided into four sections--Digital Fundamentals, Fieldcraft & Methodology, Portfolio Case Studies, Digital Workflow & Presentation--covering the full photographic process from capture through to editing, captioning, development and storage are discussed. Moving beyond the surface-level approach to macro instruction, this book provides readers with techniques that work in the field. Illustrated with over 250 of the author's own inspiring images, this publication is a must for photographers, naturalists and anyone interested in improving their macro skills in the field.
Developing professional iPhone photography : using Photoshop, Lightroom, and other iOS and desktop apps to create and edit photos
by
Digital Image Processing with C++
by
Digital Image Processing with C++: Implementing Reference Algorithms with the CImg Library presents the theory of digital image processing and implementations of algorithms using a dedicated library. Processing a digital image means transforming its content (denoising, stylizing, etc.), or extracting information to solve a given problem (object recognition, measurement, motion estimation, etc.). This book presents the mathematical theories underlying digital image processing, as well as their practical implementation through examples of algorithms implemented in the C++ language using the free and easy-to-use CImg library. Chapters cover the field of digital image processing in a broad way and propose practical and functional implementations of each method theoretically described. The main topics covered include filtering in spatial and frequency domains, mathematical morphology, feature extraction and applications to segmentation, motion estimation, multispectral image processing and 3D visualization. Students or developers wishing to discover or specialize in this discipline and teachers and researchers hoping to quickly prototype new algorithms or develop courses will all find in this book material to discover image processing or deepen their knowledge in this field.
The Digital Photography Book
by
Digital Ultraviolet and Infrared Photography
by
Digital Ultraviolet and Infrared Photography discusses the growing number of applications of ultraviolet and infrared photography. Scientific and technical photographers, such as those engaged in scientific, medical, forensic, and landscape and wildlife photography routinely use ultraviolet and infrared techniques, and these techniques are growing in use in creative photography. This is the first book to address the application and potential for both ultraviolet and infrared photography in both science and art. The author, Adrian Davies, discusses the how-to of ultraviolet and infrared digital recording with a dissection of techniques, camera requirements and camera conversion, a useful appendix of resources and equipment currently available and inspirational image examples throughout. Digital Ultraviolet and Infrared Photography is an essential read for photographers using these tools either professionally or creatively.
The enthusiast's guide to travel photography : 55 photographic principles you need to know
by
Fujifilm X-T3 : pocket guide : buttons, dials, settings, modes, and shooting tips.
by
Fujifilm X-T5 : pocket guide : buttons, dials, settings, modes, and shooting tips
by
IPhone Photography for Dummies
by
Create beautiful iPhone photos with the techniques found in this book iPhone Photography For Dummies, shares the expertise of photography workshop instructor Mark Hemmings as he shows readers how to get stunning images using their favorite iPhone. By implementing Hemmings' simple techniques, you'll get professional-looking results in a fraction of the time you'd expect. You'll learn to: Adjust camera settings Create majestic landscape images Capture exciting action shots Shoot beautiful portraits Select an editing app Share and organize images Shoot photos comfortably while on the go Perfect for those who want to take breathtaking photos without investing in a top-of-the-line camera, iPhone Photography For Dummies takes the guesswork and luck out of creating beautiful imagery. It shows people without formal training in photography how to make meaningful and noticeable improvements in their shooting technique using either the latest iPhone model or older versions of the device.
IPhone Photography for Dummies
by
Create beautiful iPhone photos with the techniques found in this book iPhone Photography For Dummies, shares the expertise of photography workshop instructor Mark Hemmings as he shows readers how to get stunning images using their favorite iPhone. By implementing Hemmings' simple techniques, you'll get professional-looking results in a fraction of the time you'd expect. You'll learn to: Adjust camera settings Create majestic landscape images Capture exciting action shots Shoot beautiful portraits Select an editing app Share and organize images Shoot photos comfortably while on the go Perfect for those who want to take breathtaking photos without investing in a top-of-the-line camera, iPhone Photography For Dummies takes the guesswork and luck out of creating beautiful imagery. It shows people without formal training in photography how to make meaningful and noticeable improvements in their shooting technique using either the latest iPhone model or older versions of the device.
Light and Lens : photography in the digital age
by
The new edition of this pioneering book allows students to acquire an essential foundation for digital photography. Fully updated, it clearly and concisely covers the fundamental concepts of imagemaking, how to use digital technology to create compelling images, and how to output and preserve images in the digital world. Exploring history, methods, and theory, this text offers classroom-tested assignments and exercises from leading photographic educators, approaches for analyzing, discussing, and writing about photographs, and tools to critically explore and make images with increased visual literacy. New to this edition: New larger page format Revised and renewed to reflect technological advances Expanded coverage of smartphone/mobile photography Extended coverage of the careers section More than 100 new images
The perception machine : our photographic future between the eye and AI
by
Pet photography : the secrets to creating authentic pet portraits
by
Street Photography : creative vision behind the lens
by
With both training and preparation, a street photographer needs to make rapid decisions; there may only be a fraction of a second to immortalize a moment in time that has never happened before and will never happen again. This is where Street Photography: Creative Vision Behind the Lens comes in. Follow Valérie Jardin on an inspiring photo walk around the world. After an overview of the practical and technical aspects of street photography, Valérie takes you along on a personal photographic journey as she hits the streets of her favorite urban haunts. She shows you the art of storytelling through her photographs, from envisioning the image to actually capturing it in the camera. Learn about the technical and compositional choices she makes and the thought process that spurred the click of the shutter.　 Perfect for both the new photographer excited to capture the world around them and for the experienced street photographer wishing to improve their techniques and images, Street Photography requires no special equipment, just a passion for seeing and capturing the extraordinary in the ordinary.
Understanding photography : master your digital camera and capture that perfect photo
by
Wie mache ich das in Photoshop? : Scott Kelbys beste Rezepte für professionelle Bildbearbeitung
by
Events and Special Occasions Photography
EVENTS AND SPECIAL OCCASIONS PHOTOGRAPHY is a course where you will be engaged in live events photography. You will learn the techniques and latest trends of events photography by understanding how to prepare and function in a live photographic activity. Having the right attitude and preparation is more important than skills in photographing events. The knowledge and proper exposure of being on location and actual events coverage will boost your confidence to photograph during live events.
Anti Glossy Fashion Photography Now
by
Capturing contemporary trends and forecasting the look of the future, this dazzling anthology collects the work of the most cutting-edge photographers working today, this volume is an essential compilation of the most important photographic trends of the age of social media and digital publication. The interaction between photography and fashion has always been compelling--how can artists balance commercial viability against their own creative vision? Anti-Glossy collects some of the most innovative photographers working in the field of fashion, exploring the way new media is influencing the direction of photography for print. As the notion of the "fashion photographer" becomes less distinct, the industry is benefitting from the talents of artists whose influence leads the genre into a multitude of surprising, often shocking, directions. In this collection of new fashion photography, full-page color and black-and-white photographs represent an incredible range of styles and techniques. From the evolving vision of masters of the form such as Juergen Teller and Glen Luchford, to the ironic work of Sebastian Kim, to the challenges posed by young female voices like Annemarieke Van Drimmelen, Charlotte Wales, Sarah Piantadosi, Joanna Piotrowska, and Karen Knorr, the photographers featured in this exciting collection represent a cutting-edge trend in all its diversity. Paris-based author and editor Patrick Remy has selected over twenty photographers from emerging talents that hold the prospect of creating enduring fashion images and influencing the cultural and style trends of tomorrow to established figures exploring new directions.
A Companion to Photography
by
The study of photography has never been more important. A look at today's digital world reveals that a greater number of photographs are being taken each day than at any other moment in history. Countless photographs are disseminated instantly online and more and more photographic images are earning prominent positions--and garnering record prices--in the rarefied realm of top art galleries. Reflecting this dramatic increase in all things photographic, A Companion to Photography presents a comprehensive collection of original essays that explore a variety of key areas of current debate around the state of photography in the twenty-first century. Essays are grouped and organized in themed sections--including photographic interpretation, markets, popular photography, documents, and fine art--and provide comprehensive coverage of the subject. Representing a diversity of approaches, essays are written by both established and emerging photographers and scholars, as well as various experts in their respective areas. A Companion to Photography offers scholars and professional photographers alike an essential and up-to-date resource that brings the study of contemporary photography into clear focus.
Complete Digital Photography
by
In this thoroughly updated eighth edition of COMPLETE DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHY, popular photographer, writer, and teacher Ben Long is your guide through the creative and challenging world of digital photography. In this book is everything you'll need to know in order to create great digital photos, from how a camera works and how to choose the right camera for you, to all the details of shooting, image editing, output, and workflow. The step-by-step tutorials included here offer great tips and techniques on improving your processes from start to finish; you'll learn about exposure theory, composition, lighting, complex masking, image adjustment, and much more. No prior experience is needed or assumed, and by the end of the book you'll be tackling complex photographic challenges with your own growing expertise. And the results will astound you.
Digital Photo Assignments : projects for all levels of photography classes
by
This collection of more than 40 photo assignments is designed to help all students--from beginning freshmen to experienced seniors--improve or reinvigorate their work and reach their full potential as photographers. Whether you are building a syllabus for your first photography class, revitalizing assignments for your students, or looking to add DSLR video, workflow, or color correction to your class, you will find a wealth of ideas in this wonderful working guide. The assignments begin with using the camera, and progress through learning composition and lighting, working in genres, building a portfolio and more.
The flash photography field guide
by
Grammar of the Shot
by
Whether you're just learning how to frame a shot or simply looking for a refresher, the third edition of Grammar of the Shot gives you the tools you need to build a successful visual story that flows smoothly and makes sense to your audience. Understand the basic building blocks essential for successful shot composition, screen direction, depth cues, lighting, screen direction, camera movement, and many general practices that make for richer, multi-layered visuals. Expand your visual vocabulary, help jumpstart your career in filmmaking, and watch visual examples and further instruction on the companion website, www.focalpress.com/cw/bowen. Designed as an easy-to-use reference, Grammar of the Shot presents each topic succinctly with clear photographs and diagrams illustrating the key concepts, and is a staple of any filmmaker¿s library. * A simple and clear overview of the principles of shooting motion pictures¿timeless information that will improve your work * The companion website offers video instruction and examples to bring the book's lessons to life * Together with its companion volume Grammar of the Edit, Third Edition these books are exactly what the beginning filmmaker needs New to this edition: * A full chapter devoted to lighting * More script coverage, complete with a sample script * Suggested exercises and projects for you to practice your skills * End-of-chapter quizzes to test your grasp of key concepts * New visual examples
Graphic Design for Art, Fashion, Film, Architecture, Photographer, Product Design and Everything in Between
by
This collection of groundbreaking campaigns and industry insights from the world's leading design studios shows how today's graphic designers are thinking, collaborating, and breaking the rules. This guide explores ways in which graphic designers can successfully collaborate with other creative professionals and sectors, whether it be a more sophisticated logo for a product, a better-designed lookbook for a fashion brand, or a more intuitive wayfinding system for a museum. The book features exceptionally conceived design solutions across a variety of industries--from architecture and product design to art, fashion, and film. Through dynamic spreads, readers will discover the Berlin-based studio Hort's transformative campaign for Nike; Base's responsive, flexible logo for Munich's Haus der Kunst museum; how design agency Bond worked with ArtRabbit, a website and app that catalogs contemporary art exhibitions, on a clever identity rollout; and how John Haslam, managing director of bespoke paper company G.F Smith, feels about the process of working with designers. Each example illustrates the significance of the graphic designer's role in making a campaign marketable and successful. Insights from clients and the designers themselves reveal the inner workings of the design process. An indispensable reference for the graphic design industry, this visually arresting and informative volume shows how excellence can be achieved when creative minds work together.
The Live Event Video Technician
by
The Live Event Video Technician covers terms, format types, concepts, and technologies used in video production for corporate meetings, concerts, special events, and theatrical productions. The book begins by providing a history of the industry and an overview of important roles and functions therein. It then discusses various display technologies such as LED walls and video projection, as well as video systems for converting and switching of various types of sources. Presenting the cornerstone formats, connectors, and methodologies of visual technology, this book offers a strong foundation to help readers navigate this ever-changing field. Written in an accessible tone, the book clarifies jargon and is an overarching source of knowledge for the role of the video technician, for which there has previously been little formal training. The Live Event Video Technician provides a wealth of practical information for students of media and communications courses, readers with a novice or entry-level understanding of video and AV production, and anyone with an interest in working as technical personnel in live event production.
Mass Photography : collective histories of everyday life
by
With increasingly accessible camera technology, crowd sourced public media projects abound like never before. Such projects often seek to secure a snapshot of a single day in order to establish communities and create visual time capsules for the future. Mass Photography: Collective Histories of Everyday Life assesses the potential of these popular moment-in-time projects by examining their current day prevalence and their historical predecessors. Through archival research and interviews with organisers and participants, it examines, for the first time, the vast photographic collections resulting from such projects, analysing their structures and systems, their aims and objectives, and their claims and promises. The central focus is the 55,000 photographs submitted to One Day for Life in 1987, which aimed, in its own time, to be 'the biggest photographic event the world had ever seen'. Through its case studies, Mass Photography examines the particular cultural role that amateur photography offers, demonstrating how it has come to be embraced as a privileged authentic form, capable of communicating identity, capturing history and touching places that other images cannot reach. In revealing previously uncharted histories of participatory media and user-generated content, this work challenges claims made of the networked digital photograph's seemingly new and unique capacity. As the first book to examine these ambitious and participatory photographic phenomena, Mass Photography makes a valuable contribution to photographic history and theory by taking a fresh look at amateur practice on an unprecedented scale.
New Ways of Seeing : the democratic language of photography
by
Those born since the digital revolution, seem to have the hardest time re-imagining the role of photography in the world today. Thinking of photography as a visual language is the approach this book adopts to addresses this challenge. Considering photography in this way develops the metaphor of 'learning a language' when attempting to explain what photography can be, and what it can give a student in transferable creative and life skills. This begins with challenging the pre-conception that successful photography is defined by the successful single image or 'the good photograph'. The book emphasises the central role of narrative and visual storytelling through a technique of 'photosketching' to develop the building blocks of visual creativity and ultimately to craft successful bodies of photographic work. New Ways of Seeing explains how to both learn and teach photography as a visual language, appropriate for both professionals and students working today.
Simple scene sensational shot : artistic photography in any environment
by
Turn your everyday world into creative digital photography masterpieces. This book will show you how to make the most of your local area to create outstanding photos that will have your friends gasping and exclaiming, 'is this really our town?' A wealth of techniques and creative approaches will open your eyes to the beauty that surrounds you, and make you see the world with new eyes. Not only is the book packed with creative and technical tips, but there's a chapter that can act as your guide as you explore with your camera, whether for the first time or with the new outlook that this book will give you. This book will also take you through different approaches to making a series of photos, for display, so you can create masterpieces that tell a story from their place on the wall, not just your memory card.
Sketching Light
by
Legendary magazine photographer Joe McNally takes students on another memorable ride with Sketching Light, another trip into the land of light--but this time running the gamut from small flash to big flash, and everywhere in between. He includes coverage of Nikon Speedlights, but he also covers big flash, as well as "in-between" lights as the Elinchrom Quadra. The exploration of new technology, as well as the explanation of older technology. No matter what equipment Joe uses and discusses, the most important element of Joe's instruction is that it is straightforward, complete, and honest. No secrets are held back, and the principles he talks about apply generally to the shaping and quality of light, not just to an individual model or brand of flash. He tells students what works and what doesn't via his let's-see-what-happens approach, he shows how he sets up his shots with plentiful sketches and behind-the-scenes production shots, and he does it all with the intelligence, clarity, and wisdom that can only come from shooting in the field for 30 years for the likes of National Geographic, Time, Life, and Sports Illustrated--not to mention the wit and humor of a clearly warped (if gifted) mind.
Virtual Presenting
by
Responding to the widespread and continued acceleration of virtual working practices in recent years, Virtual Presenting provides a clear guide to producing, presenting, and broadcasting in a remote context. Unlike traditional studio production where a presenter is surrounded by a crew and cameras, the virtual presenter is often isolated or connected to a remote crew. Virtual Presenting explains how to make an authentic connection across great spaces, linked only via the Internet. Topics covered include how to build a virtual setup; how to appear on camera; how to appear confident and comfortable; and how to optimize your presentation voice. The authors demonstrate how to tell effective stories across the entire new media landscape of webcasting, webinars, livestreams, and virtual events. Finally, success stories and case studies from teachers, students, and professionals are interwoven to show how these guidelines translate into best practices. Virtual Presenting will be a valuable resource for students of media production and remote broadcasting as well as professionals looking to become stronger communicators and visual presenters.
Why Art Photography?
by
The second edition of Why Art Photography? is an updated, expanded introduction to the ideas behind today's striking photographic images. Lively, accessible discussions of key issues such as ambiguity, objectivity, fiction, authenticity, and photography's expanding field are supplemented with new material around timely topics such as globalization, selfie culture, and photographers' use of advanced digital technologies, including CGI and virtual reality. The new edition includes: an expanded introduction extended chapters featuring emerging trends a larger selection of images, including new color images an improved and expanded bibliography. This new edition is essential for students looking to enrich their understanding of photography as a complex and multi-faceted art form.
Events and Special Occasions Photography
EVENTS AND SPECIAL OCCASIONS PHOTOGRAPHY is a course where you will be engaged in live events photography. You will learn the techniques and latest trends of events photography by understanding how to prepare and function in a live photographic activity. Having the right attitude and preparation is more important than skills in photographing events. The knowledge and proper exposure of being on location and actual events coverage will boost your confidence to photograph during live events.
A Companion to Photography
by
The study of photography has never been more important. A look at today's digital world reveals that a greater number of photographs are being taken each day than at any other moment in history. Countless photographs are disseminated instantly online and more and more photographic images are earning prominent positions--and garnering record prices--in the rarefied realm of top art galleries. Reflecting this dramatic increase in all things photographic, A Companion to Photography presents a comprehensive collection of original essays that explore a variety of key areas of current debate around the state of photography in the twenty-first century. Essays are grouped and organized in themed sections--including photographic interpretation, markets, popular photography, documents, and fine art--and provide comprehensive coverage of the subject. Representing a diversity of approaches, essays are written by both established and emerging photographers and scholars, as well as various experts in their respective areas. A Companion to Photography offers scholars and professional photographers alike an essential and up-to-date resource that brings the study of contemporary photography into clear focus.
David Busch's DJI Mini 3/Mini 3 Pro Guide to Drone Photography
by
Eventfotografie : Professionell fotografieren auf Veranstaltungen und Feiern
by
The Flash Photography Field Guide
by
Shooting with any kind of flash - whether it's a simple light on your camera, a remotely-triggered unit, or a complete studio setup - completely changes the photographic experience. No longer do you simply need to be aware of light; now you need to know how to shape it to your own ends. The Flash Photography Field Guide, small enough to be taken on the most arduous shoot, will show you exactly how to do this, whether you're shooting models in a studio, live sports events, or something as personal and special as your friend's wedding. This book covers the details of setting up and using modern TTL flash systems, and the creative and technical choices you'll come across, from syncing the flash with the camera to modifying the quality of the light.
Grammar of the Shot
by
Whether you're just learning how to frame a shot or simply looking for a refresher, the third edition of Grammar of the Shot gives you the tools you need to build a successful visual story that flows smoothly and makes sense to your audience. Understand the basic building blocks essential for successful shot composition, screen direction, depth cues, lighting, screen direction, camera movement, and many general practices that make for richer, multi-layered visuals. Expand your visual vocabulary, help jumpstart your career in filmmaking, and watch visual examples and further instruction on the companion website, www.focalpress.com/cw/bowen. Designed as an easy-to-use reference, Grammar of the Shot presents each topic succinctly with clear photographs and diagrams illustrating the key concepts, and is a staple of any filmmaker¿s library. * A simple and clear overview of the principles of shooting motion pictures¿timeless information that will improve your work * The companion website offers video instruction and examples to bring the book's lessons to life * Together with its companion volume Grammar of the Edit, Third Edition these books are exactly what the beginning filmmaker needs New to this edition: * A full chapter devoted to lighting * More script coverage, complete with a sample script * Suggested exercises and projects for you to practice your skills * End-of-chapter quizzes to test your grasp of key concepts * New visual examples
Photographing outdoor sports : the right settings, gear, and tips for capturing baseball, soccer, surfing, and other outdoor events
by
Photo Op : 52 inspirational projects for the adventurous image-maker
by
First published in 2010. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis, an informa company.
Simple Scene, Sensational Shot
by
How many of us have put the camera away after a holiday to a far off exotic location? This book will show you how to make the most of your local area to make outstanding photos. A wealth of techniques and creative approaches will open your eyes to the beauty that surrounds you everywhere, and make you see the world with new eyes. Not only is the book packed with technical tips, but there's a chapter which can act as your guide as you explore anywhere with a camera. This book will also take you through different approaches to making a series of photos, for your own enjoyment or display, so you can create masterpieces that tell a story from their place on the wall, not just your memory card. Having read this book you'll never put the camera down in your neighborhood, and when you do travel to that exotic destination you can expect even more stunning results from your photography than ever before.
Sketching Light
by
Legendary magazine photographer Joe McNally takes students on another memorable ride with Sketching Light, another trip into the land of light--but this time running the gamut from small flash to big flash, and everywhere in between. He includes coverage of Nikon Speedlights, but he also covers big flash, as well as "in-between" lights as the Elinchrom Quadra. The exploration of new technology, as well as the explanation of older technology. No matter what equipment Joe uses and discusses, the most important element of Joe's instruction is that it is straightforward, complete, and honest. No secrets are held back, and the principles he talks about apply generally to the shaping and quality of light, not just to an individual model or brand of flash. He tells students what works and what doesn't via his let's-see-what-happens approach, he shows how he sets up his shots with plentiful sketches and behind-the-scenes production shots, and he does it all with the intelligence, clarity, and wisdom that can only come from shooting in the field for 30 years for the likes of National Geographic, Time, Life, and Sports Illustrated--not to mention the wit and humor of a clearly warped (if gifted) mind.
Theatre and Stage Photography : a guide to capturing images of theatre, dance, opera, and other performance events
by
Documenting theatrical and stage events under the often dramatic lighting designed for the production provides a number of specific photographic challenges, and is unlike most every other branch of photography. Theatre & Stage Photography provides an overview of basic photography as it applies to "available-light" situations, and will move both basic and experienced photographers through the process of accurately capturing both the production process and the resultant performance.
Using digital photography and video in participant observation of contentious events
by
FUNDAMENTALS IN PHOTOGRAPHY covers the basic concepts, skills, knowledge, and practice of digital photography. In this course, you will focus on the technical aspect of Photography, which specifically includes the use of the Digital Single Reflex Camera to control exposure, ISO, and shutter speed, the exploration of composition, and the use of artificial and natural sources of light. This subject will give you the groundwork for a study and/or career in the field of photography and other allied fields, wherein lessons learned in the classroom can be utilized as their foundation and building block for other creative endeavors. This introductory course is designed for you to learn the technical, theoretical, and aesthetic aspects inherent to contemporary photography through discussions, class exercises, and project assignments.
A Companion to Photography
by
The study of photography has never been more important. A look at today's digital world reveals that a greater number of photographs are being taken each day than at any other moment in history. Countless photographs are disseminated instantly online and more and more photographic images are earning prominent positions--and garnering record prices--in the rarefied realm of top art galleries. Reflecting this dramatic increase in all things photographic, A Companion to Photography presents a comprehensive collection of original essays that explore a variety of key areas of current debate around the state of photography in the twenty-first century. Essays are grouped and organized in themed sections--including photographic interpretation, markets, popular photography, documents, and fine art--and provide comprehensive coverage of the subject. Representing a diversity of approaches, essays are written by both established and emerging photographers and scholars, as well as various experts in their respective areas. A Companion to Photography offers scholars and professional photographers alike an essential and up-to-date resource that brings the study of contemporary photography into clear focus.
The Digital Photography Book, Part 2
by
Scott Kelby, author of The Digital Photography Book, part 1, the top-selling digital photography book of all time, is back with an entirely new book that picks up right where part 1 left off. It's more of that "Ah ha-so that's how they do it," straight-to-the-point, skip-thetechno- jargon stuff you can really use today that made part 1 so successful. This book truly has a brilliant premise, and here's how Scott describes it: "If you and I were out on a shoot and you asked me, 'When I use my flash, the background behind the person I'm shooting turns black. How do I fix that?' I wouldn't give you a lecture on flash ratios, or start a discussion on flash synchronization and rear curtain sync. I'd just say, 'Lower your shutter speed to 1/60 of a second. That should do it.' Well, that's what this book is all about: you and I out shooting, where I answer questions, give you advice, and share the secrets I've learned just like I would with a friend-without all the technical explanations and techie photo speak." Each page covers a single concept on how to make your photography better. Every time you turn the page, you'll learn another pro setting, tool, or trick to transform your work from snapshots into gallery prints. If you're tired of taking shots that look "okay," and if you're tired of looking in photography magazines and thinking, "Why don't my shots look like that?" then this is the book for you. This isn't a book of theory-full of confusing jargon and detailed concepts. This is a book on which button to push, which setting to use, and when to use it. With over 200 of the most closely guarded photographic "tricks of the trade," this book gets you shooting dramatically better-looking, sharper, more colorful, more professional-looking photos every time.
Langford's Starting Photography : the guide to creating great images
by
Starting with the basics of camera control and moving on to shutter speeds, aperture, zoom and flash, Langford's Starting Photography gives you the only introduction to digital photography you'll ever need. Once you've mastered the basics, examples and projects allow you to explore the key methods for capturing a variety of subjects from portraits and pets to landscapes and sports photography, alongside straightforward advice on using editing software to get the best out of your digital shots, will have you producing unforgettable images in moments. More inspiring than a textbook, more interesting than a reference, and more in-depth than a photography class, Langford's Starting Photography is the only guide you need to start taking great images.
The Photograph As Contemporary Art
by
"Essential reading for anyone who wishes to make sense of the complex . . . world of contemporary art photography." --Picture Professional In the 21st century photography has come of age as a contemporary art form. Nearly two centuries after photographic technology was first invented, the art world has fully embraced it as a legitimate medium, equal in status to painting and sculpture. This book provides an introduction to contemporary art-photography, identifying its most important features and themes and celebrating its exciting pluralism through an overview of its most important and innovative practitioners. The work of nearly 250 photographers is reproduced, from established artists such as Isa Genzken, Jeff Wall, Sophie Calle, Thomas Demand, Nan Goldin, and Sherrie Levine to emerging talents such Walead Beshty, Jason Evans, Lucas Blalock, Sara VanDerBeek, and Viviane Sassen. This new edition brings the story of contemporary art photography up to date with a revised introduction outlining the evolution of photography from documentary tool to art form, and an updated final chapter focusing on the younger generation of artists who emphasize the technical and material properties of photography, employ it as part of a wider pan-media practice, or respond to evolving new modes of dissemination in the digital age.
Photography: a Critical Introduction
by
Photography: A Critical Introduction was the first introductory textbook to examine key debates in photographic theory and place them in their social and political contexts, and is now established as one of the leading textbooks in its field. Written especially for students in higher education and for introductory college courses, this fully revised edition provides a coherent introduction to the nature of photographic seeing. Individual chapters cover: Key debates in photographic theory and history Documentary photography and photojournalism Personal and popular photography Photography and the human body Photography and commodity culture Photography as art This revised and updated fifth edition includes: New case studies on topics such as: materialism and embodiment, the commodification of human experience, and an extended discussion of landscape as genre. 98 photographs and images, featuring work from: Bill Brandt, Susan Derges, Rineke Dijkstra, Fran Herbello, Hannah Höch, Karen Knorr, Dorothea Lange, Chrystel Lebas, Susan Meiselas, Lee Miller, Martin Parr, Ingrid Pollard, Jacob Riis, Alexander Rodchenko, Andres Serrano, Cindy Sherman and Jeff Wall. Fully updated resource information, including guides to public archives and useful websites. A full glossary of terms and a comprehensive bibliography. Contributors: Michelle Henning, Patricia Holland, Derrick Price, Anandi Ramamurthy and Liz Wells.
Camera and Craft
by
#2 on Photo.net's list of Best Photography Books of 2014! To create successful imagery, you need to balance technical know-how and aesthetic vision. In Camera & Craft, we deconstruct photographic principles in new ways to help you think through your process. Together with nine guest photographers, we explore photographic practice and follow up with inventive exercises and demonstrations that challenge you to engage with your tools--all with the goal of helping you work more creatively. Along the way are conversations with our guest photographers that address each topic, from how the professionals work with clients and models to what they think about as they look through the viewfinder. Here's what you'll find inside: Advice and insights from professionals working in a variety of fields, from photojournalism and portraiture to fine-art, landscape and commercial photography Technical explanations about how photographic tools work--so you can connect knowledge to your practice and work more instinctively and creatively Key steps for improving digital workflow Innovative exercises at the end of each chapter as well as on our companion website that encourage you to experiment with and understand the photographic process--from learning how far you can push your camera's sensor to exploring the effects of neutral vs. creative color Interviews with technical and creative experts about developing skills and making images that matter This book is part of The Digital Imaging Masters Series, which features cutting-edge information from the most sought-after and qualified professionals and instructors in the photography field. Based on the progressive curriculum of the Master of Professional Studies in Digital Photography (MPS DP) program created by Katrin Eismann at the School of Visual Arts (SVA) in New York City, these books are the next best thing to being in the classroom with the Digital Photography Masters themselves.
Introduction to Photography
by
This book is intended to be the primary textbook to support any college who would like to run a Photography 101 course for students. The course is designed to offer tutors an independent learning tool to enable students to learn the craft of using an interchangeable lens camera (DSLR or Mirrorless) and the basics of an image-editing program (Adobe Lightroom) to enable them to take creative control of the imaging process. The curriculum offers a step-by-step and jargon-free approach to learning the fundamental skills of creative camera control. Each page features a large image with a brief explanation of how the creative controls of the camera have led to the resulting visual appearance of the image. Information on each page is stripped down the essentials and text is carefully selected to be unambiguous and kept to the bare minimum to ensure rapid acquisition of the skills on offer. This effective course-in-a-book allows students quickly to become technically proficient, and instructors to efficiently evaluate students' progress.
FUNDAMENTALS IN PHOTOGRAPHY covers the basic concepts, skills, knowledge, and practice of digital photography. In this course, you will focus on the technical aspect of Photography, which specifically includes the use of the Digital Single Reflex Camera to control exposure, ISO, and shutter speed, the exploration of composition, and the use of artificial and natural sources of light. This subject will give you the groundwork for a study and/or career in the field of photography and other allied fields, wherein lessons learned in the classroom can be utilized as their foundation and building block for other creative endeavors. This introductory course is designed for you to learn the technical, theoretical, and aesthetic aspects inherent to contemporary photography through discussions, class exercises, and project assignments.
Android Smartphone Photography for Dummies
by
Wait--you took that amazing picture? Taking a photo is as simple as point and click. Taking a good photo takes a bit more know-how, and Android Smartphone Photography For Dummies is your quick-and-easy guide. No matter what model of Android phone you have, this book teaches you to produce high-quality images using the powerhouse camera you carry in your pocket every day. You'll learn the photography techniques pros use, like how to recognize beautiful outdoor lightning, how to capture moving subjects, and how to make stuff look good. Whatever kind of photos you want to take, this book will help you identify the gear and the apps you need for stunning results. With Dummies as your friendly instructor, you'll be wowing your friends and family before you know it. Explore your phone's camera, including little-known advanced features that will make a big difference in your images Figure out how to edit your pictures, correct lighting imbalances, apply neat filters, remove blemishes, and more Learn the basic principles of photography and apply your knowledge to outdoor photography, action shots, and still life Plus: capture video, organize your images, share photos online, choose a phone tripod, and protect your camera from the elements Dummies makes it easy for Android users of all skill levels to morph into masterful image-makers.
Camera and Craft: Learning the Technical Art of Digital Photography
by
#2 on Photo.net's list of Best Photography Books of 2014! To create successful imagery, you need to balance technical know-how and aesthetic vision. In Camera & Craft, we deconstruct photographic principles in new ways to help you think through your process. Together with nine guest photographers, we explore photographic practice and follow up with inventive exercises and demonstrations that challenge you to engage with your tools--all with the goal of helping you work more creatively. Along the way are conversations with our guest photographers that address each topic, from how the professionals work with clients and models to what they think about as they look through the viewfinder. Here's what you'll find inside: Advice and insights from professionals working in a variety of fields, from photojournalism and portraiture to fine-art, landscape and commercial photography Technical explanations about how photographic tools work--so you can connect knowledge to your practice and work more instinctively and creatively Key steps for improving digital workflow Innovative exercises at the end of each chapter as well as on our companion website that encourage you to experiment with and understand the photographic process--from learning how far you can push your camera's sensor to exploring the effects of neutral vs. creative color Interviews with technical and creative experts about developing skills and making images that matter This book is part of The Digital Imaging Masters Series, which features cutting-edge information from the most sought-after and qualified professionals and instructors in the photography field. Based on the progressive curriculum of the Master of Professional Studies in Digital Photography (MPS DP) program created by Katrin Eismann at the School of Visual Arts (SVA) in New York City, these books are the next best thing to being in the classroom with the Digital Photography Masters themselves.
David busch's canon eos 90d guide to digital photography
by
David Busch's Canon EOS R5/R6 Guide to Digital Photography
by
Photography 101 : exposure basics, camera settings, lens info, composition tips, and shooting scenarios.
Product photography : lighting, composition, and shooting techniques
by
VISUALISATION discusses various subject matters and photographic genre. This course will follow an alternative approach to producing images. It is not about "seeing and taking", but all about “seeing, imagining, visualizing, creating and taking”. You will be looking at your own and other student’s images of various subjects, learn to set your mind free from what you can see, visualize and imagine not what the image is, but far more, what the image could have been by using different aesthetics, techniques and concepts. You will be instructed to conceptually think of a photographic shoot given all information of the situation, imagine your photos and sketch this prior to the photographic execution. You will then present and defend your final works in class.
A Companion to Photography
by
The study of photography has never been more important. A look at today's digital world reveals that a greater number of photographs are being taken each day than at any other moment in history. Countless photographs are disseminated instantly online and more and more photographic images are earning prominent positions--and garnering record prices--in the rarefied realm of top art galleries. Reflecting this dramatic increase in all things photographic, A Companion to Photography presents a comprehensive collection of original essays that explore a variety of key areas of current debate around the state of photography in the twenty-first century. Essays are grouped and organized in themed sections--including photographic interpretation, markets, popular photography, documents, and fine art--and provide comprehensive coverage of the subject. Representing a diversity of approaches, essays are written by both established and emerging photographers and scholars, as well as various experts in their respective areas. A Companion to Photography offers scholars and professional photographers alike an essential and up-to-date resource that brings the study of contemporary photography into clear focus.
Desire
by
The invention of photography gave artists a new means of expression - and a new way of depicting the human body. This elegant, compelling collection of images from new and established photographers demonstrates how technology has altered the genre - not only in terms of technique, but also composition, theme and content. This incredibly diverse collection features the works of more than 30 artists from around the world, including Evan Baden's explorations of the ways youth culture views sex, intimacy and privacy; Noritoshi Hirakawa's erotic and intimate portraits, which challenge mainstream conceptions of sexuality and heterosexual desire; David Bellemere's dreamlike works, which are inspired by 1970s aesthetics, nature, light and the female body shape; and Ana Kras's surreal photographs that seem like they were taken coincidentally. At once cutting-edge and tasteful, this compelling volume presents a wide range of erotic photography.
Experimental Photography : a handbook of techniques
by
Experimental Photography is the first manual ever to break down into a step-by-step format the experimental techniques that photographers use to subvert or expand conventional camera technology, heralding a new era in photography.The book features technical sections that define a particular process and show how to carry it out, accompanied by examples of the finished images. These are interspersed with illustrated interviews with photographers who use these techniques, examining what their work aims to do and how it is made.Some techniques, such as photograms or lumenprints, are cameraless; others involve building simple cameras from unexpected materials or exploiting the limitations of toy and disposable cameras for artistic effect. Camera hacking--breaking rules in exposure, zooming, panning, focus, and composition; modifying the camera to produce slit-scans; or adding filters--can produce a variety of exciting results.Film can also be manipulated or distressed, and many experiments can be conducted during the preparation of negatives and prints. Even once the print has been produced, creativity continues: mordançage, for example, provides a controlled degrading of the print, and bleaching and encaustic can be used to create new effects.For practicing photographers as well as anyone interested in artistic photographic techniques, this is an unprecedented sourcebook of practical inspiration that celebrates the work of the exceptional artists, "hackers," and artisans who are pushing the boundaries of how we conceive of photography.
The Photographer's Handbook
by
To take photos you need to get your settings right. To take good photos you need to understand how your camera works. To take great photos, you need to think about what you're shooting. This book will show you how to master all three. Divided into three definitive sections; Technology & Hardware, Shooting Skills and Subjects & Style, professional photographer Michael Freeman explores these topics to show you how to be your best photographer. Illustrated with a combination of Freeman's photography and that of some of the most well-known photographers in the history of the art, and presented as a luscious flex-bind with foil cover, this is the ultimate photographer's handbook.
Photographers on Photography : how the masters see, think & shoot
by
Through a carefully curated selection of quotations, images, and interviews, Photographers on Photography reveals what matters most to fifty masters of photography. With enlightening text by Henry Carroll, author of the internationally bestselling Read This If You Want To Take Great Photographs series, you'll discover how the giants of the genre developed their distinctive visual styles and the core ideas that underpin their practice. The insightful perspective from these influential artists will inspire your own photographic process and, most importantly, help determine what photography means to you. "I haven't touched my Nikon 35mm since 2008, and Photographers on Photography: How the Masters See, Think & Shoot made me want to pick it up again. I don't know if there's any more glowing praise I can give than that." Communication Arts "This is a fantastic book that explores photography in a thoughtful way. We can all benefit from giving some thought as to why and how we photograph what we do." Fstoppers.com Interviews with Olivia Bee, Esther Teichmann, Alex Soth, Ron Jude, Broomberg & Chanarin and further inspiration from: Eddie Adams, Lisette Model, Irving Penn, Garry Winogrand, Viviane Sassen, Maisie Cousins, Harley Weir, Gillian Wearing, Dorothea Lange, Hellen Van Meene, Man Ray, David Hockney, Ansel Adams, Daido Moriyama, Ralph Gibson, Saul Leiter, Todd Hido, Richard Misrach, Tacita Dean, Amalia Ulman, Alison Jackson, Jason Fulford, James Welling, Paul Graham, Laia Abril, John Baldessari, Lars Tunbjörk, Richard Avedon, Wendy Red Star, Dana Lixenberg, Edward Weston, Roni Horn, Vik Muniz, Penelope Umbrico, Ryuji Miyamoto, Bill Henson, Alvin Langdon Coburn, Ishiuchi Miyako, Leiko Shiga, Joan Fontcuberta, Charles Sheeler, Brandon Lattu, Nobuyoshi Araki, and William Henry Fox Talbot. Titles in Henry Carroll's "Read This" series: Read This if You Want to Take Great Photographs by Henry Carroll (9781780673356) Read This if You Want to Take Great Photographs of People by Henry Carroll (9781780676241) Use This if You Want to Take Great Photographs: A Photo Journal by Henry Carroll (9781780678887) Read This if You Want to Be Great at Drawing by Selwyn Leamy (9781786270542) Read This if You Want to Be a Great Writer by Ross Raisin (9781786271976) Read This if You Want to Be Instagram Famous edited by Henry Carroll (9781780679679)
Photography Visionaries
by
Photography Visionaries is an inspiring guide to 75 of the most influential photographers from c.1900 to the present. Entertainingly written by an expert on photography, it provides a fascinating insight into the lives and careers of men and women working in a medium which perhaps more than any other in the visual arts has been deeply affected by technological change. The entries are arranged chronologically, instilling in the reader an understanding of what marks each photographer as a visionary. Each entry is less about providing a full biography of the person and more about creating a sense of excitement regarding their work and the lasting impact that it has had on photography. With the aid of an arresting selection of photographs, some well-known and others less so, this book offers a unique and engaging perspective on the development of photography through some of its most inventive practitioners.
Retro Cameras
by
A generation who have come of age sharing vintage-filtered images via Instagram, developing an obsession with photography, are now seeking the authentic, hands-on, creative buzz that exists outside of the digital world - embracing 'old school' analogue film photography and 'full manual' cameras of all formats. Retro Cameras is a stylish, design-led guide to classic and retro cameras aimed at those who want to discover the world of analogue photography. It includes more than 100 camera models, from the easily affordable to the highly collectible, in 13 formats: 35mm SLRs; 35mm Rangefinders; 35mm Viewfinder Cameras; Roll Film SLRs; Sheet and Roll Film Folding Cameras; Twin Lens Reflexes; Instamatics; Stereo Cameras; Panoramic and Wide-angle Cameras; Miniature Cameras and Instant Cameras. Supplementing an already comprehensive resource are quick reference shooting guides for each format, as well as a list of retro camera accessories. With over 400 specially commissioned photographs, practical advice on how to use and get the most out of each camera, buyers' tips and a dedicated glossary, Retro Cameras is a perfect reference for young photographers who want to get creative with analogue photography, while also offering authoritative guidance for more experienced collectors and enthusiasts.
Victorian Photography, Literature and the Invention of Modern Memory
by
Invented during a period of anxiety about the ability of human memory to cope with the demands of expanding knowledge, photography not only changed the way the Victorians saw the world, but also provided them with a new sense of connection with the past and a developing language with which to describe it. Analysing a broad range of texts by inventors, cultural critics, photographers, and novelists, Victorian Photography, Literature, and the Invention of Modern Memory- Already the Past argues that Victorian photography ultimately defined the concept of memory for generations to come including our own. In addition to being invaluable for scholars working within the emerging field of research at the intersection of photographic and literary studies, this book will also be of interest to students of Victorian and modernist literature, visual culture and intellectual history.
VISUALISATION discusses various subject matters and photographic genre. This course will follow an alternative approach to producing images. It is not about "seeing and taking", but all about “seeing, imagining, visualizing, creating and taking”. You will be looking at your own and other student’s images of various subjects, learn to set your mind free from what you can see, visualize and imagine not what the image is, but far more, what the image could have been by using different aesthetics, techniques and concepts. You will be instructed to conceptually think of a photographic shoot given all information of the situation, imagine your photos and sketch this prior to the photographic execution. You will then present and defend your final works in class.
Art, Science, and Craft of Great Landscape Photography, 2nd Edition
by
The art of photography : a personal approach to artistic expression
by
Follow the Sun : a field guide to architectural photography in the digital age
by
Global forest visualization : from green marbles to storyworlds.
by
Kibana 8. x - a Quick Start Guide to Data Analysis
by
The landscape photographer's guide to Photoshop : a visualization-driven workflow
by
Science for the Curious Photographer : an introduction to the science of photography
by
While there are many books that teach the "how-to" of photography, Science for the Curious Photographer is a book for those who also want to understand how photography works. Beginning with an introduction to the history and science of photography, Charles S. Johnson, Jr. addresses questions about the principles of photography, such as why a camera needs a lens, how lenses work, and why modern lenses are so complicated. Addressing the complex aspects of digital photography, the book discusses color management, resolution, "noise" in images, and the limits of human perception. The creation and appreciation of art in photography is discussed from the standpoint of modern cognitive science. A crucial read for those seeking the scientific context to photographic practice, this second edition has been comprehensively updated, including discussion of DSLRs, mirror-less cameras, and a new chapter on the limits of human vision and perception.
Tableau basics : use the Tableau tab right-click menu to improve visualization development
by
Understanding photography : master your digital camera and capture that perfect photo
by
Visual Analytics for Dashboards : A Step-By-Step Guide to Principles and Practical Techniques
by
This book covers the key principles, best practices, and practical techniques for designing and implementing visually compelling dashboards. It explores the various stages of the dashboard development process, from understanding user needs and defining goals, to selecting appropriate visual encodings, designing effective layouts, and employing interactive elements. It also addresses the critical aspect of data storytelling, examining how narratives and context can be woven into dashboards to deliver impactful insights and engage audiences. Visual Analytics for Dashboards is designed to cater to a wide range of readers, from beginners looking to grasp the fundamentals of visual analytics, to seasoned professionals seeking to enhance their dashboard design skills. For different types of readers, such as a data analyst, BI professional, data scientist, or simply someone interested in data visualization, this book aims to equip them with the knowledge and tools necessary to create impactful dashboards. What you'll learn The principles of data visualization How to create effective dashboards Meet all the requirements for visual analytics/data visualization/dashboard courses Deepen understanding of data presentation and analysis How to use different kinds of tools for data analysis, such as scorecards and key performance indicators Who This Book Is For Business analysts, data analysts, BI professionals, end-users, executives, developers, as well as students in dashboards, data visualizations, and visual analytics courses.
Visualization, Visual Analytics and Virtual Reality in Medicine
by
Visualization Techniques for Climate Change with Machine Learning and Artificial Intelligence
by
Visualization Techniques for Climate Change with Machine Learning and Artificial Intelligence covers computer-aided artificial intelligence and machine learning technologies as related to the impacts of climate change and its potential to prevent/remediate the effects. As such, different types of algorithms, mathematical relations and software models may help us to understand our current reality, predict future weather events and create new products and services to minimize human impact, chances of improving and saving lives and creating a healthier world.This book covers different types of tools for the prediction of climate change and alternative systems which can reduce the levels of threats observed by climate change scientists. Moreover, the book will help to achieve at least one of 17 sustainable development goals i.e., climate action.- Includes case studies on the application of AI and machine learning for monitoring climate change effects and management- Features applications of software and algorithms for modeling and forecasting climate change- Shows how real-time monitoring of specific factors (temperature, level of greenhouse gases, rain fall patterns, etc.) are responsible for climate change and possible mitigation efforts to achieve environmental sustainability
Explore these full text databases dealing with Photography to view and download articles/readings for your research:
